Agilent E5070B/E5071B ENA Series RF Network Analyzers

VBA Programmer’s Guide

Ninth Edition
FIRMWARE REVISIONS
This manual applies directly to instruments that have the firmware revision A.08.10.
For additional information about firmware revisions, see Appendix A.

Manufacturing No. E5070-90413

June 2007
Notices
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice.
This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. All rights
are reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to
another language without the prior written consent of Agilent Technologies.
Microsoft®,MS-DOS®,Windows®,Visual C++®,Visual Basic®,VBA® and Excel® are
registered
UNIX is a registered trademark in U.S. and other countries, licensed
exclusively through X/Open Company Limited.

Portions ©Copyright 1996, Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.

© Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Agilent Technologies

Manual Printing History

The manual’s printing date and part number indicate its current edition. The printing date
changes when a new edition is printed (minor corrections and updates that are incorporated
at reprint do not cause the date to change). The manual part number changes when
extensive technical changes are incorporated.
August 2002 First Edition (part number: E5070-90033)
March 2003 Second Edition (part number: E5070-90043, changes for firmware
version A.03.50)
January 2004 Third Edition (part number: E5070-90053, changes for firmware
version A.03.60)
August 2004 Fourth Edition (part number: E5070-90063, changes for firmware
version A.04.00)
May 2005 Fifth Edition (part number: E5070-90073, changes for firmware
version A.05.00)
November 2005 Sixth Edition (part number: E5070-90083, changes for firmware
version A.06.00)
May 2006 Seventh Edition (part number: E5070-90093, changes for firmware
version A.06.50)
February 2007 Eighth Edition (part number: E5070-90403, changes for firmware
version A.08.00)
June 2007 Ninth Edition (part number: E5070-90413, changes for firmware
version A.08.10)

2
Typeface Conventions
Sample (bold) Boldface type is used when a term is defined or
emphasized.
Sample (Italic) Italic type is used for emphasis and for titles of
manuals and other publications.
[Sample] Indicates the hardkey whose key label is
“Sample“.
[Sample] - Item Indicates a series of key operations in which you
press the [Sample] key, make the item called
“Item” on the displayed menu blink by using the
[ ↓] or in other ways, and then press the [Enter]
key.

Sample Program Disk

A VBA sample program disk (Agilent part number: E5070-180x1) is furnished with this
manual. The disk contains the sample programs used in this manual.
The customer shall have the personal, non-transferable rights to use, copy, or modify
SAMPLE PROGRAMS in this manual for the customer’s internal operations. The
customer shall use the SAMPLE PROGRAMS solely and exclusively for their own
purposes and shall not license, lease, market, or distribute the SAMPLE PROGRAMS or
modification of any part thereof.
Agilent Technologies shall not be liable for the quality, performance, or behavior of the
SAMPLE PROGRAMS. Agilent Technologies especially disclaims any responsibility for
the operation of the SAMPLE PROGRAMS to be uninterrupted or error-free. The
SAMPLE PROGRAMS are provided AS IS.
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Agilent Technologies shall not be liable for any infringement of any patent, trademark,
copyright, or other proprietary right by the SAMPLE PROGRAMS or their use. Agilent
Technologies does not warrant that the SAMPLE PROGRAMS are free from
infringements of such rights of third parties. However, Agilent Technologies will not
knowingly infringe or deliver software that infringes the patent, trademark, copyright, or
other proprietary right of a third party.

3
 E5070B/E5071B Documentation Map
The following manuals are available for the E5070B/E5071B.

• User’s Guide (Part Number: E5070-904x0, attached to option ABA)

This manual describes most of the basic information necessary to use the
E5070B/E5071B. It provides a function overview, detailed operation procedure for
each function (from preparation for measurement to analysis of measurement results),
measurement examples, specifications, and supplemental information. For
programming guidance on performing automatic measurement with the
E5070B/E5071B, please see the Programming Manual.
• Installation and Quick Start Guide (Part Number: E5070-900x1, attached to option
ABA)
This manual describes installation after it is delivered and the basic operation
procedures for applications and analysis. Refer to this manual when you use the
E5070B/E5071B for the first time.
• Programmer’s Guide (Part Number: E5070-900x2, attached to option ABA)
This manual provides programming information for performing automatic
measurement with the E5070B/E5071B. It includes an outline of remote control,
procedures for detecting measurement start (trigger) and end (sweep end), application
programming examples, command reference, and related information.
• VBA Programmer’s Guide (Part Number: E5070-900x3, attached to option ABA)
This manual describes programming information for performing automatic
measurement with internal controller. It includes an outline of VBA programming,
some sample programming examples, a COM object reference, and related
information.

NOTE The number position shown by “x” in the part numbers above indicates the edition number.
This convention is applied to each manual, CD-ROM (for manuals), and sample programs
disk issued.

4
 Contents

1. Making Effective Use of This Manual

Contents of This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
How To Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Looking Up COM Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Using Sample Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2. Introduction to VBA Programming

Introduction of the E5070B/E5071B Macro Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
An Overview of a Control System Based on the Macro Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Implementing a Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Overview of E5070B/E5071B COM Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
About COM Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Using COM Object to Control the E5070B/E5071B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Major Control Difference between COM Object and SCPI Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

3. Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA

Displaying Visual Basic Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Initial Screen of Visual Basic Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Closing Visual Basic Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Switching to the E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Making a Preparation Before Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
A Project and Three Types of Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Displaying a Code Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Coding a VBA Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
User Interface Elements of a Code Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Creating a Simple VBA Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Auto-complete Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Saving a VBA program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Saving a Project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Saving a Module (Exporting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Loading a VBA Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Loading a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Loading a Module (Importing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Running a VBA Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Running a previous loaded VBA program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Loading and executing program in batch process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Stopping a VBA Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Stopping with the Dialog Box Appeared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Abruptly Terminating the VBA Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Errors and Debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Types of Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Using a Debug Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Printing Output Values in the Echo Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Entering Values Output to the Echo Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Opening the Echo Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Clearing Values Output in the Echo Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Using VBA Online Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

5
Contents

Accessing VBA Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Uses Advanced Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Accessing a List of E5070B/E5071B COM Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Using Automatic Library References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

4. Controlling the E5070B/E5071B

Detecting the End of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Using the Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Using the SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Reading/Writing Measurement Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Executing a Procedure with a Softkey (User Menu Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Preparation for Using the User Menu Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
How to Use the User Menu Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Simple Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Using a User Defined Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

5. Controlling Peripherals
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Programming with VISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
STEP 1. Starting Up VISA System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
STEP 2. Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
STEP 3. Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
STEP 4. Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Example Program to Read Out the Product Information of Peripheral (Instrument) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

6. Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Overview of the program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Description of the program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Measuring a Multi-port Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Overview of the program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Description of the program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Executing Power Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Program overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Program description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Connecting Hard Disk of External PC (shared folder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Using VBA program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Description of operation in VBA program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

7. COM Object Reference

COM Object Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
SCPI Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
COM Object List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
List by Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
List by Front Panel Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

6
 Contents

COM Object Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Notational Rules of COM Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Object Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Related Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Equivalent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
ECHO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Parse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal Key_id As Long) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
UserMenu.PRESet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
UserMenu.Press(Key_id) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
UserMenu.Show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
VBAVersion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
WaitOnSRQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
SCPI Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
SCPI.ABORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).BBALanced.DEFine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). SBALanced.DEFine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). SSBalanced.DEFine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. BBALanced.PPORts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. PROPerty.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SBALanced.PPORts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SSBalanced.PPORts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). FILename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

7
Contents

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A. PORTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B. PORTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C. PORTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).USER.FILename . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).USER.FILename . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).IMAGinary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).REAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).Z0.R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.COUNt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. MEDium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. TIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. WGCutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet. PHASe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. CENTer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SHAPe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

8
 Contents

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STARt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. THReshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.COUPle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).DISCrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.COUPle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STARt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PEXCursion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PPOLarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TARGet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TRACking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TTRansition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. THReshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).SET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

9
Contents

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.MEMorize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFset.XAXis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. CENTer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. IMPulse.WIDTh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. KBESsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. LPFRequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. STIMulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.A.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(Num).DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
SCPI.DISPlay.CCLear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

10
 Contents

SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
SCPI.DISPlay.UPDate.IMMediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).LABel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).MAXimize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory. STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. RPOSition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
SCPI.FORMat.BORDer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
SCPI.FORMat.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
SCPI.IEEE4882.ESR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
SCPI.IEEE4882.IDN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
SCPI.IEEE4882.RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
SCPI.IEEE4882.STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
SCPI.IEEE4882.TRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
SCPI.IEEE4882.WAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
SCPI.MMEMory.CATalog(Dir) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
SCPI.MMEMory.COPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

11
Contents

SCPI.MMEMory.DELete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(Pt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
SCPI.MMEMory.MDIRectory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.CLEar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
SCPI.OUTPut.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERESponse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.SHORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

12
 Contents

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. ISOLation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. TRLReflect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LENGth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.RESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).ARBitrary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std). CHARacter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).DELay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMAXimum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMINimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LABel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LOSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).TYPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).Z0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption. IMPedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption. RPLane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.CCHeck. ACQuire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESponse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation .STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

13
Contents

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ADAPter.REMoval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESponse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.SHORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.THRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SIMPlified.SAVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

14
 Contents

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.PROPerty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.ACQuire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer.CATalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).COUNt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).INCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627

15
Contents

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).ROSCillator.SOURce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.POINts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.TIME.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.ASPurious. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.DELay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.ACTive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.COUNt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel(Ch).TRACe.ACTive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.TRACe.COUNt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
SCPI.SERVice.PORT.COUNt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
SCPI.SERVice.SREVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MAXimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MINimum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.POINts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.ACQuire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. ASENsor.RCFactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.AVERage.COUNt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. BSENsor.RCFactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. NTOLerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. TABLe.ASENsor.DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. TABLe.BSENsor.DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
SCPI.STATus.PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670

16
 Contents

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.CONDition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). CONDition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). NTRansition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712

17
Contents

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
SCPI.SYSTem.DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
SCPI.SYSTem.ERRor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.STAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
SCPI.SYSTem.POFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
SCPI.SYSTem.SERVice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
SCPI.SYSTem.TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
SCPI.SYSTem.UPReset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755

18
 Contents

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757

8. Waveform Analysis Library

Ripple Analysis Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
Flow of Programming Using the Ripple Analysis Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
Condition Setting Before Using the Ripple Analysis Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
List of the Ripple Analysis Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
Simple Use Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
Procedure Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
FirstLeftGap(Chan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
FirstLeftInterval(Chan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
FirstRightGap(Chan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
FirstRightInterval(Chan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
GapMean(Chan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
MaxEnvelopeGap(Chan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
MaxGap(Chan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
MaxLeftGap(Chan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
MaxPeakToPeak(Chan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
MaxRightGap(Chan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
MaxRipplePoint(Chan,Stim). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
MaxRippleValue(Chan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
Pole(Chan,D,LeftStim,LeftValue,RightStim,RightValue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775

9. Complex Operation Library

Complex operation library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
Data of the complex type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
List of procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
Procedure Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
ComplexAbs(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
ComplexAdd(x,y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
ComplexArg(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
ComplexConj(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
ComplexCos(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
ComplexCosh(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
ComplexDiv(x,y). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
ComplexExp(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
ComplexLog(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
ComplexLog10(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
ComplexMul(x,y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
ComplexNorm(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
ComplexPolar(x,y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
ComplexSet(x,y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
ComplexSetArray(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
ComplexSin(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
ComplexSinh(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
ComplexSqrt(x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
ComplexSub(x,y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784

19
Contents

Sample Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785

A. Manual Changes
Manual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
Change 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
Change 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
Change 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
Change 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
Change 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
Change 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
Change 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
Change 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
Change 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
Change 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799

20
 1. Making Effective Use of
This Manual

1 Making Effective Use of This Manual

This chapter provides an overview of this manual as well as useful information to help you
navigate through the manual. It also briefly describes how to use this manual, focusing on
how you can look up particular COM object.

21
Making Effective Use of This Manual
Contents of This Manual

Contents of This Manual

This is a VBA programming guide with Agilent E5070B/E5071B.
This guide describes programming method mainly aiming at learning how to write a
program that controls the E5070B/E5071B using COM objects, focusing on the macro
function of the E5070B/E5071B and sample usage with the built-in VBA.
Controlling the E5070B/E5071B using an external controller is not covered by this guide;
it is described in Programmer's Guide. For remote control using an external controller, see
Programmer's Guide.
Description in this guide assumes that the reader has learned manual operation of the
E5070B/E5071B.Thus, this guide does not describe each feature of the E5070B/E5071B in
detail. For detailed information on each feature, see User's Guide.
The chapter-by-chapter contents of this manual are as follows.

Chapter 1, “Making Effective Use of This Manual.”

This chapter provides an overview of this manual as well as useful information to

help you navigate through the manual. It also briefly describes how to use this
manual, focusing on how you can look up particular COM object.

Chapter 2, “Introduction to VBA Programming.”

This chapter introduces you to the E5070B/E5071B's VBA macro function,

describes how you can implement your system using the VBA macro function, and
provides an overview of the COM objects that come with the E5070B/E5071B.

Chapter 3, “Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA.”

This chapter provides descriptive information on basic operations for creating VBA
programs within the E5070B/E5071B's VBA environment; topics include launching
Visual Basic Editor, creating, saving, and running VBA programs, and so on.

Chapter 4, “Controlling the E5070B/E5071B.”

This chapter describes how to use the E5070B/E5071B's VBA to control the
E5070B/E5071B itself.

Chapter 5, “Controlling Peripherals.”

This chapter explains how to control peripherals connected to the E5070B/E5071B

with GPIB by using the software (VISA library) installed in the E5070B/E5071B.

Chapter 6, “Application Programs.”

This chapter describes sample programs (VBA programs) based on actual

measurement examples.

Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference.”

This chapter describes the COM object model of the Agilent E5070B/E5071B and
the COM object reference in alphabetical order. If you want to look up COM objects
by their function, see “COM object list by function.”

22 Chapter 1
 1. Making Effective Use of
Making Effective Use of This Manual
Contents of This Manual

This Manual
Chapter 8, “Waveform Analysis Library.”

This chapter describes how to use the ripple analysis library and the procedures in
the ripple analysis library.

Chapter 9, “Complex Operation Library.”

This chapter describes the complex operation library.

Appendix A, “Manual Changes.”

This appendix contains the information required to adapt this manual to versions or
configurations of the E5070B/E5071B manufactured earlier than the current printing
date of this manual.

Chapter 1 23
Making Effective Use of This Manual
How To Use This Manual

How To Use This Manual

Chapter 3 provides the basic operation of VBA when coding VBA programs, and Chapter
4 provides the description of controlling the E5070B/E5071B and sample program
examples that you can use to develop your custom programs. For more information on
individual COM object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference.”

Looking Up COM Objects

Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference.” contains a complete reference of COM objects. You
can look up a particular COM object in any of the following ways:
Lookup by Abbreviated COM Object Name
The COM object reference is organized alphabetically according to the
abbreviated name used as the title for each COM object’s description.
Lookup by COM Object Function
Table 7-1 on page 138 provides a complete list of COM objects by
function and indicates the page numbers where the COM objects
appear in the COM object reference.
Lookup by Front panel key
Table 7-2 on page 160 provides a complete list of COM objects that
correspond to the front panel key tree and indicates the page numbers
where the COM objects appear in the COM object reference.

Using Sample Programs

The manual comes with a sample program disk, which contains the source files of the
sample programs described in this manual. The disk is DOS-formatted.

Loading a Sample Program

For the method to load a sample program into the E5070B/E5071B VBA, see Section
“Loading a VBA Program” on page 49 in the Chapter 3 “Operation Basics of the
E5070B/E5071B's VBA”.

24 Chapter 1
 1. Making Effective Use of
Making Effective Use of This Manual
How To Use This Manual

This Manual
List of the Sample Programs
Table 1-1 shows the file list contained with the VBA sample program disk. To look up the
description of a sample program, see the listings under “Sample program” in the index.
Table 1-1 List of the sample programs
Project Object names of Module type Content
modules in the
project

apl_bsc.vba Program for the basic measurement of the bandpass filter

mdlBscMeas Standard module
apl_fem.vba Application program for the measurement using the E5091A
mdlFemMeas Standard module
apl_sys.vba Application program for the duplexer measurement
mdlDupMeas Standard module
frmDupMeas UserForm
ctrl_ext.vba Program for reading out the product information of the
peripheral
mdlVisa Standard module
Module1 Standard module
Module2 Standard module
map_drive.vba Program for connecting a hard disk (a shared folder) of an
external PC to the E5070B/E5071B.
Module1 Standard module
frmMapDrive UserForm
meas_sing.vba Program for detecting the end of the measurement using
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle object and
mdlSingMeas Standard module
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC object.
frmSingMeas UserForm
meas_srq.vba Program for detecting the end of the measurement through
the status register
mdlSrqMeas Standard module
frmSrqMeas UserForm
meas_user.vba Program for utilizing the user menu function (interrupt
processing by the assigned softkey)
mdlUserMenu Standard module
pow_cal.vba Program for performing the power calibration
mdlPowCal Standard module
Module1 Standard module
Module2 Standard module
read_write.vba Program for reading / displaying / writing a formatted data
array
mdlReadWrite Standard module
frmReadWrite UserForm

NOTE The sample program disk also contains two definition file for controlling peripherals with
VISA library, named “visa32.bas” and “vpptype.bas.”

Chapter 1 25
Making Effective Use of This Manual
How To Use This Manual

26 Chapter 1
 VBA Programming
2. Introduction to

2 Introduction to VBA Programming

This chapter introduces you to the E5070B/E5071B's VBA macro function, describes how
you can implement your system using the VBA macro function, and provides an overview
of the COM objects that come with the E5070B/E5071B.

27
 Introduction to VBA Programming
Introduction of the E5070B/E5071B Macro Function

Introduction of the E5070B/E5071B Macro Function

The E5070B/E5071B has a built-in macro function that allows a single instruction to
substitute for multiple instructions. You can have the E5070B/E5071B automatically
execute your own macro program that contains a series of VBA (Visual Basic for
Application) statements. The macro function allows you to run a variety of applications;
you can control not only the E5070B/E5071B but also various peripherals from your own
macro code.
The VBA is based on the VB (Visual Basic) programming language. Although the VBA is
similar to the VB, they are not the same. The VBA is decreased some of the VB’s features
and added characteristic features for each application. The E5070B/E5071B VBA is added
features for controlling the E5070B/E5071B. For details of difference between the VBA
and the VB, refer to Microsoft official guides, and various books on VBA.
For information on the basic operating procedures for the E5070B/E5071B's VBA, see
Chapter 3, “Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA,” on page 33. This manual is
not meant to be an in-depth guide to VBA programming basics and the syntax of VBA
functions and commands. Such in-depth information is covered in VBA Help, Microsoft
official guides, and various books on VBA.
The macro function allows you to control the E5070B/E5071B itself as well as various
peripherals. You can do the following:

1. Automate repetitive tasks

You can use the E5070B/E5071B's macro function to combine several processes into
one. Automating repetitive tasks provides higher efficiency and eliminates human
error. Once you have contained repetitive tasks in Sub procedures, you can later call the
procedures from other programs, thus allowing effective reuse of programming assets.
2. Implement a user interface
The E5070B/E5071B VBA supports user forms (see “User Form” on page 37) that
simplify creating a visual user interface. User forms guide users through common tasks
such as performing measurement and entering data, without requiring familiarity with
the E5070B/E5071B, thus minimizing the possibility of human error.

NOTE When more than 1601 measurement points is set for 1 channel and 4 traces, the
E5070B/E5071B VBA macro function may not operate.

28 Chapter 2
 Introduction to VBA Programming
An Overview of a Control System Based on the Macro Function

An Overview of a Control System Based on the Macro

Function
This section describes how you can use the E5070B/E5071B's built-in VBA macro
function to implement a system that controls the E5070B/E5071B and peripherals, and
what command sets are available for such purposes.

VBA Programming
2. Introduction to
Implementing a Control System
Macro-based control systems are classified into two types: As shown in Figure 2-1, a VBA
control system controls the E5070B/E5071B itself while a VBA remote control system
controls peripherals. When you use the macro function to control peripherals, you must
connect the E5070B/E5071B with the peripherals through USB/GPIB interface, and
configure them to communicate over VISA (Virtual Instrument Software Architecture).
For information on programming using the VISA library, refer to “Programming with
VISA” on page 89.

Figure 2-1 Configuration example of control system using macro environment

Required Equipment

1. E5070B/E5071B
2. Peripherals and/or other instruments that serve your purpose
3. USB/GPIB interface

NOTE To use the VBA remote control system, you need to set the USB/GPIB interface correctly.
For detail, refer to User's Guide.

NOTE Do not connect two or more USB/GPIB interfaces.

Chapter 2 29
Introduction to VBA Programming
An Overview of a Control System Based on the Macro Function

Control Methods
The command set you can use differs depending on whether you use the macro function to
control the E5070B/E5071B or a peripheral.

Controlling the E5070B/E5071B

When you want to control the E5070B/E5071B itself, you can create a program using
COM objects within the E5070B/E5071B VBA environment. COM objects that come with
the E5070B/E5071B include seven objects specific to the COM interface and COM objects
that correspond to SCPI commands.
For information on using E5070B/E5071B's COM objects, see Chapter 7, “COM Object
Reference,” on page 135. For information on using SCPI commands, see the “SCPI
Command Reference” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer's Guide.

Controlling a Peripheral
When you want to control a peripheral, you can create a program using VISA library
functions within the E5070B/E5071B VBA environment.
For information on using the VISA library, see Chapter 5, “Controlling Peripherals,” on
page 87. For a complete description of VISA functions, refer to the VISA library's online
help. You can access this online help by double-clicking a file named visa.hlp contained in
the CD-ROM (Agilent part No. E5070-905xx).
For information on the GPIB commands available with a particular peripheral, refer to the
documentation that comes with the peripheral.

30 Chapter 2
 Introduction to VBA Programming
Overview of E5070B/E5071B COM Object

Overview of E5070B/E5071B COM Object

The E5070B/E5071B VBA environment provides COM objects that support controlling
the E5070B/E5071B. This section provides an overview of COM objects as well as
considerations for using the E5070B/E5071B's COM objects. For more information on the
E5070B/E5071B's COM objects and the comparison with SCPI commands, refer to
Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference,” on page 135.

VBA Programming
The definitions and specifications of COM are beyond the scope of this guide. Such

2. Introduction to
in-depth information is covered in a variety of books on COM.

About COM Object

When you control the E5070B/E5071B through the macro function, you can use COM
objects as components of your application. The functionality of the E5070B/E5071B's
COM objects is exposed through properties and methods.

Property
A property allows you to read or write a setting or attribute of an object. With the
E5070B/E5071B, you can use properties to set or read the settings of the E5070B/E5071B.
You can find properties in the list of object types in Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference,”
on page 135.

Method
A method allows you to manipulate an object in a particular way. With the
E5070B/E5071B, you can use methods to perform specific tasks.
You can find methods in the list of object types in Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference,” on
page 135.

Event
An event means an operation from outside that the program can recognize such as clicking
a mouse. The E5070B/E5071B detects events that a specific softkey is pressed using the
UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal Key_id As Long) on page 204 procedure to execute the
assigned procedure.

Using COM Object to Control the E5070B/E5071B

When you want to control the E5070B/E5071B, you can use COM objects alone or in
conjunction with SCPI commands and the Parse on page 200 object. The latter method is
a little slower than the former method because the Parse on page 200 object is used to
parse the messages of SCPI commands. For instructions on using the E5070B/E5071B's
VBA Editor to create a program that uses COM objects, refer to Chapter 3, “Operation
Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA,” on page 33.

Chapter 2 31
Introduction to VBA Programming
Overview of E5070B/E5071B COM Object

Major Control Difference between COM Object and SCPI Command

While the control using SCPI commands allows SRQ (Service Request) interrupts through
the status reporting mechanism, the control using COM objects does not support SRQ
interrupts. Instead of SRQ interrupts, you can use the WaitOnSRQ object to suspend the
program until the E5070B/E5071B is put into the desired state. For a detailed example of
use, see “WaitOnSRQ” on page 207.

32 Chapter 2
 3. Operation Basics of the
E5070B/E5071B’s VBA

3 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's

VBA

This chapter provides descriptive information on basic operations for creating VBA
programs within the E5070B/E5071B's VBA environment; topics include launching Visual
Basic Editor, creating, saving, and running VBA programs, and so on.

33
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Displaying Visual Basic Editor

Displaying Visual Basic Editor

This section describes how to launch Visual Basic Editor.

Step 1. From the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen, launch Visual Basic Editor using one of
the following methods:

• [Macro Setup] - VBA Editor

• Press [Alt] + [F11] on the keyboard.

Initial Screen of Visual Basic Editor

When you launch Visual Basic Editor, it displays the initial screen, which contains a
number of windows as shown in Figure 3-1. The initial screen provides the following GUI
elements:

Figure 3-1 Example of Visual Basic Editor initial screen

1. Menu Bar
Clicking one of the menu labels brings up the corresponding menu. The menu bar can be
used as the primary method to navigate through E5070B/E5071B's VBA environment.

2. Toolbar
The toolbar provides access to commonly used commands via icon buttons; these
commands are a subset of the commands accessible from the menu bar. For the description
of the buttons on the standard toolbar, see Figure 3-2.

34 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Displaying Visual Basic Editor

Figure 3-2 Buttons on the standard toolbar

3. Project Explorer
Within the E5070B/E5071B's VBA environment, you can develop your application as a
project that consists of a number of files (modules). Project Explorer shows a list of all files
(modules) that make up a project. The list also includes files (modules) created or loaded in

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
Visual Basic Editor. For information on modules, refer to “A Project and Three Types of
Module” on page 37.

Step 1. To display the project explorer, do one of the following:

• On the View menu, click Project Explorer.

• Press [Ctrl] + [R] on the keyboard.

• On the toolbar, click “Project Explorer” icon (Figure 3-2).

4. Property Window
A property window shows the settings (label, font, color, size, etc.) of a control (such as a
command button or text box) placed on the user form. For information on user forms, refer
to “User Form” on page 37.
You can also set properties by programming in the code window.

Step 1. To display the project explorer, do one of the following:

• On the View menu, click Properties Window.

• Press [F4] on the keyboard.

• On the toolbar, click “Property Window” icon (Figure 3-2).

Chapter 3 35
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Closing Visual Basic Editor

Closing Visual Basic Editor

This section describes how to quit Visual Basic Editor.

Step 1. Close the Visual Basic Editor using one of the following methods:

• On Visual Basic Editor's File menu, click Close and Return to E5070.

• Within Visual Basic Editor, press [Alt] + [Q] on the keyboard.

• [Macro Setup] - Close Editor(E5070B/E5071B measurement screen)

NOTE Whenever you launch Visual Basic Editor, it automatically displays the project files you
were working with in the previous session. However, once you turn off the power to the
E5070B/E5071B, the project files kept in memory will be lost; therefore, it is strongly
recommended to save your VBA programs before you turn off the power.

Switching to the E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen

You can switch to the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen without closing Visual Basic
Editor.

Step 1. To switch to the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen, do one of the following:

• On the View menu, click E5070.

• Press [Alt] + [F11] on the keyboard.

• On the toolbar, click “E5070B/E5071B” icon (Figure 3-2).

• Press the [Focus] key on the E5070B/E5071B front panel.

36 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Making a Preparation Before Coding

Making a Preparation Before Coding

A Project and Three Types of Module

Project Explorer (Figure 3-1) displays a list of files (modules) that are used in the
E5070B/E5071B VBA. This section describes a project composed of a number of files
(modules) and three types of modules (“user form”, “standard,” and “class”). Each type of
module serves its own purposes as described below.

Project
When you develop an application within the E5070B/E5071B's VBA environment, you
use a number of VBA program files (modules), and manage them as one project. The
project is saved with the file extension “.vba”.

User Form
A user form contains controls such as buttons and text boxes. You can code event-driven
procedures that are invoked when a particular event occurs on a particular control, thereby
creating a user interface. The user form is saved with the file extension “.frm”.

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
Standard module
A standard module contains a collection of one or more procedures (subprograms enclosed
between Sub and End Sub). One typical use of a standard module is to contain shared
subroutines and globally called functions. The standard module is saved with the file
extension “.bas”.

Class Module
A class module contains both data and procedures and acts as one object. Once you have
created a class module that serves as an object, you can create any number of instances of
that object by naming each instance as an object variable. While each procedure must be
unique in a standard module, you can have multiple instances of an object created through
a class module. The class module is saved with the file extension “.cls”.

Chapter 3 37
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Making a Preparation Before Coding

Displaying a Code Window

The code windows appear on the Visual Basic Editor by inserting the modules in a project.
You can do coding (programming) on this code windows practically.
The E5070B/E5071B's VBA environment does not allow you to manage multiple projects.
When the current project is existing in the Visual Basic Editor by loading the saved project
file, you can replace the current project with a new project by the following method from
the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen.

• [Macro Setup] - New Project

NOTE When you replace the current project with a new project, the message whether or not the
current project is saved may appear. If you want to save the project, click Yes button to
display a dialog box for saving (Figure 3-6 on page 46). For saving the project, see “Saving
a Project” on page 46.

Inserting the User Form

Within Visual Basic Editor, do one of the following to add a user form to your project (this
brings up such a window as shown in Figure 3-3):

• On the Insert menu, click UserForm.

• On the toolbar, click “Insert User Form/Standard Module/Class Module/Procedure”
icon (Figure 3-2), and click UserForm.
• In Project Explorer (Figure 3-1), right-click the “VBAProject” icon, and click Insert -
UserForm.

NOTE Adding a user form does not automatically open the code window for that user form. To
open the code window, click the “Show Code” icon (Figure 3-3) in Project Explorer
(Figure 3-1) or double-click a control placed on the user form.

38 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Making a Preparation Before Coding

Figure 3-3 Adding a user form

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA

Chapter 3 39
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Making a Preparation Before Coding

Inserting the Standard Module

Within Visual Basic Editor, do one of the following to add a standard module to your
project (this brings up such a window as shown in Figure 3-4):

• On the Insert menu, click Module.

• On the toolbar, click “Insert User Form/Standard Module/Class Module/Procedure”
icon (Figure 3-2), and click Module.
• In Project Explorer (Figure 3-1), right-click the “VBAProject” icon, and click Insert -
Module.

Figure 3-4 Adding a standard module/class module

Inserting the Class Module

Within Visual Basic Editor, do one of the following to add a class module to your project
(this brings up such a window as shown in Figure 3-4):

• On the Insert menu, click ClassModule.

• On the toolbar, click “Insert User Form/Standard Module/Class Module/Procedure”
icon (Figure 3-2), and click ClassModule.
• In Project Explorer (Figure 3-1), right-click the “VBAProject” icon, and click Insert -
ClassModule.

40 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Making a Preparation Before Coding

Deleting Modules
You can delete any unnecessary module from the project within Visual Basic Editor. The
following procedure assumes that you want to delete a class module named “Class1”.

Step 1. In Project Explorer (Figure 3-1), click the “Class1” class module under the “Class
Modules” icon to highlight it.

Step 2. Delete the “Class1” class module using one of the following methods:

• On the File menu, click Remove Class1....

• Click the right mouse button, and click Remove Class1....

Step 3. When you are prompted to confirm whether to export (save) “Class1”, click No.
Alternatively, you can click Yes if you want to save the module.

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA

Chapter 3 41
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Coding a VBA Program

Coding a VBA Program

This section provides descriptive information on the user interface elements of a code
window that lets you code a VBA program, and walks through a sample program
(procedure) that finds the maximum value contained in an array so you can gain insight
into how to create your own programs.

User Interface Elements of a Code Window

A code window is where you code a VBA program. When you are working with a user
form, you can open the code window for that user form by double-clicking a control (such
as a button or text box) placed on the form. Similarly, when you are working with a
standard or class module, you can open the code window associated with that module by
double-clicking the module's icon in Project Explorer (Figure 3-1).

Figure 3-5 Code window for a standard module

1. Object box
Provides a list of objects currently used within the code window.

2. Procedure box
Provides a list of procedures that reside within the code window. When you are working
with a user form, this provides a list of events (actions such as click or double-click).

3. Margin indicator bar

Primarily intended for use when debugging a program.

42 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Coding a VBA Program

4. Show Procedure button

Displays only the procedure at the cursor position.

5. Show Module button

Displays the entire program contained in the code window.

Creating a Simple VBA Program

This section walks through a sample program that finds the maximum value contained in
an array while breaking down the code into a number of blocks and describing what they
do. Line numbers are added for description purpose only, and do not appear in the actual
program source code.

Example 3-1 Sample program that finds the maximum value contained in an array
10| Option Explicit
20|
30| Sub Maximum()
40|

3. Operation Basics of the

50| Dim q As Variant

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
60| Dim x(100) As Integer
70| Dim i As Integer, n As Integer
80| Dim Start As Integer, Last As Integer, Num As Integer
90| Dim Maximum As Integer
100|
110| ' Defining the array
120| q = Array(7, -2, 3, -20, 15, -6, 27, -12, 9, -5, 18, 23, _
130| 9, -16, 22, 0)
140|
150| Start = LBound(q)
160| Last = UBound(q)
170| Num = Last - Start + 1
180|
190| For i = Start To Last
200| x(i) = q(i)
210| Next i
220|
230| Maximum = x(Start)
240|
250| For n = Start + 1 To Last
260| If x(n) > Maximum Then Maximum = x(n)
270| Next n
280|
290| MsgBox Maximum
300|
310| End Sub

Chapter 3 43
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Coding a VBA Program

Let us break down the code into a number of blocks and see what they do.
Line 10 This instruction mandates explicit declaration of variables.
Lines 30 to 310 The code enclosed between Sub Maximum() and End Sub will be
executed within the E5070B/E5071B's macro environment. Thus
enclosed code is called a procedure. In this example, "Maximum" is
the procedure name.
Lines 50 to 90 These lines declare data types of variables using Dim statements. A
statement is the minimum instruction unit based on the syntax. The
sample program declares the variable "q" as Variant, and the variables
"x(100)", "i", "n", "Start", "Last", "Num", and "Maximum" as Integer.
For a complete list of statements and data types supported by VBA,
see VBA Online Help.
Line 110 Any text preceded by a comment indicator (') is treated as a comment.
Lines 120 to 130 These lines use VBA's Array function to initialize the array. The q()
array contains elements delimited with commas in the ascending order
of index numbers (zero-based). A combination of a space and
underscore (_) is used to continue the statement across two or more
lines.
Line 150 Stores the starting index number of the q array into the Start variable.
Line 160 Stores the last index number of the q array into the Last variable.
Line 170 Stores the number of elements in the q array into the Num variable.
Lines 190 to 210 and
Lines 250 to 270 The code within each For ⋅⋅⋅Next statement is iterated until the counter
reaches the specific number.
Line 200 Stores the contents of the q array (Variant) into the x variable (Integer).
Line 230 Uses the first element of the x array as the tentative maximum value.
Line 260 Compares the tentative maximum value with each of elements that
follow; if an element is larger than the tentative maximum value, then
that element is used as the tentative maximum value.
Line 290 Uses a message box function to display the maximum value. For a
complete list of functions supported by VBA, see VBA Online Help.

NOTE The sample program in Example 3-1 consists of a single procedure contained in a single
module. However, when you deal with procedures and variables across multiple modules,
you should be aware of the scope of variables and procedures.

44 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Coding a VBA Program

Auto-complete Feature
When you use COM objects in Visual Basic Editor, the editor's auto-complete feature
allows you to easily type in keywords without misspelling them.
The following procedure assumes that you are entering the
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous on page 424 object.

Step 1. In a standard module, type sub main and press the [Enter] key. End Sub is automatically
added.

Step 2. Typing scpi followed by a dot (.) brings up a list of classes under the SCPI class.

Step 3. Typing in automatically moves focus to INITiate in the list box.

Step 4. Typing ( brings up a list of indexes.

Step 5. Typing 1). brings up a list of classes under the INITiate class.

Step 6. Typing c automatically moves focus to CONTinuous in the list box.

Step 7. Typing = brings up a list box for setting a Boolean value (True/False).

Step 8. Typing t automatically moves focus to True.

3. Operation Basics of the

Step 9. Pressing the [Enter] key completes the statement: SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = True.

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA

Chapter 3 45
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Saving a VBA program

Saving a VBA program

You can save VBA programs either as one complete project or on a module by module
basis.

Saving a Project
When you opt to save your program as one complete project, you can have the files
(modules) making up the project into a single package. A project is saved as a .vba file.
You can save your program to a project file using one of the following two methods:

Saving a Project from Visual Basic Editor

Step 1. Open the Save As dialog box by doing one of the following:

• On the File menu, click Save xxx.VBA. "xxx" represents the file name.

• On the toolbar, click “Save Project File” icon (Figure 3-2).

• Press [Ctrl] + [S] on the keyboard.

Step 2. The Save As dialog box (Figure 3-6) appears. Specify the file name and location (drive or
folder) and click Save.

The Save As dialog box has the following user interface elements:

Figure 3-6 Save As dialog box

1. Save in: Specify the location (drive or folder) where to save the file.

2. File name Type in the file name.

3. Save as type: Select the type of the file you are saving. Normally, you should select
VBA Project Files [*.vba].

4. Save: Clicking this button saves the project.

5. Cancel: Clicking this button closes the Save As dialog box and brings you back
to the main screen.

46 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Saving a VBA program

E5070B/E5071B Saving a Project from the E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen

Step 1. Display the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen following the instructions given in
“Switching to the E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen” on page 36.

Step 2. Open the Save As dialog box using the following key sequence:

• [Macro Setup] - Save Project

Step 3. The Save As dialog box (Figure 3-6) appears. Specify the file name and location (drive or
folder) and click Save.

Saving a Module (Exporting)

Alternatively, you can save each module (user form, standard, or class) of your VBA
program individually. To save a module, you must use Visual Basic Editor. User forms are
saved as .frm files, standard modules as .bas files, and class modules as .cls files.

Step 1. In Project Explorer (Figure 3-1), click the file name that appears under the desired module
icon to highlight it.

Step 2. Open the Export File dialog box by doing one of the following:

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
• On the File menu, click Export File....

• Click the right mouse button, and click Export File....

• Press [Ctrl] + [E] on the keyboard.

Step 3. The Export File dialog box (Figure 3-7) appears. Specify the file name and location (drive
or folder) and click Save.

The Export File dialog box has the following user interface elements:

Figure 3-7 Export File dialog box

1. Save in: Specify the location (drive or folder) where to save the file.

2. File name Type in the file name.

Chapter 3 47
Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Saving a VBA program

3. Save as type: Select the type of the module you are saving. The type that
corresponds to the module you are saving is selected by default.
Normally, you should use the default.

4. Save: Clicking this button saves the module.

5. Cancel: Clicking this button closes the Export File dialog box and brings you
back to the main screen.

6. Help: Clicking this button brings up VBA Online Help.

48 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Loading a VBA Program

Loading a VBA Program

Once you have saved a project or module file, you can load it later whenever necessary.

Loading a Project
You can load a saved project file either from the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen or
by specifying that the project file be automatically loaded when the power is turned on.

Loading a Project from the E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen

Step 1. Access the Open dialog box using the following key sequence:

• [Macro Setup] - Load Project

NOTE When the another project has already been loaded on the Visual Basic Editor, the message
whether or not the current project is saved may appear. If you want to save the project,
click Yes button to display a dialog box for saving (Figure 3-6 on page 46). For saving the
project, see “Saving a Project” on page 46.

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
Step 2. The Open dialog box (Figure 3-8) appears. Specify the file name and location (drive or
folder) of the file you want to load and click Open.

The Open dialog box has the following user interface elements:

Figure 3-8 Open dialog box

1. Look in: Specify the location (drive or folder) where the project resides.

2. File name: Specify the file name of the project you want to load.

3. Files of type: Select the type of the file you want load. Normally, you should select
VBA Project Files [*.vba].

4. Open: Clicking this button loads the project.

5. Cancel: Clicking this button closes the Open dialog box and brings you back to
the main screen.

Chapter 3 49
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Loading a VBA Program

Automatically Loading a Project at Power-On

Once you have saved a project file that satisfies the following conditions, the project will
be automatically loaded whenever the power is turned ON.

Auto-loaded project Conditions

Directory where the project resides. A:\ or D:\

Project file name autoload.vba*1

*1.Upper/lower case insensitive.

NOTE If there is the file named “autoload.vba” in both the A drive and the D drive, the file in the
A drive is used.

Loading a Module (Importing)

To load a saved module into a project, you must use Visual Basic Editor.

Step 1. In Project Explorer (Figure 3-1), click the file name that appears under the desired module
icon to highlight it.

Step 2. Open the Import File dialog box by doing one of the following:

• On the File menu, click Import File....

• In Project Explorer (Figure 3-1), right-click the “VBAProject” icon, and click Import
File....

• Press [Ctrl] + [M] on the keyboard.

Step 3. The Import File dialog box (Figure 3-9) appears. Specify the file name and location (drive
or folder) of the file (module) you want to load and click Open.

The Import File dialog box has the following user interface elements:

50 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Loading a VBA Program

Figure 3-9 Import File dialog box

1. Look in: Specify the location (drive or folder) where the module resides.

2. File name: Specify the file name of the module you want to load.

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
3. Files of type: Select the type of the file you want load. Normally, you should select
VB Files [*.frm,*.bas,*.cls].

4. Open: Clicking this button loads the module.

5. Cancel: Clicking this button closes the Import File dialog box and brings you
back to the main screen.

6. Help: Clicking this button brings up VBA Online Help.

Chapter 3 51
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Running a VBA Program

Running a VBA Program

The E5070B/E5071A provides 2 methods to execute a VBA program: executing a program
that you previously loaded and loading and executing a program in a batch process. The
execution status of the VBA program is indicated in the instrument status bar, as shown in
Figure 3-10. “Run” indicates that the program is running while “Stop” indicates that the
program is stopped.

Figure 3-10 Instrument status bar indicating the status of the VBA program

Running a previous loaded VBA program

The E5070B/E5071B allows you to run a previous loaded VBA program using one of the
four methods listed below.

Running a Program from Visual Basic Editor

Step 1. Open the Macros dialog (Figure 3-11)box by doing one of the following:

• On the Run menu, click Run Macro.

• On the Tools menu, click Macros....

• On the toolbar, click “Run Macro” icon (Figure 3-2).

• Press [F5] on the keyboard.

NOTE Doing the above steps with the cursor positioned within a procedure in the code window
immediately runs the program without displaying the Macros dialog box.

Step 2. In the Macros dialog box, select the VBA program (procedure name) you want to run, and
click the Run button.

52 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Running a VBA Program

The Macros dialog box has the following user interface elements:

Figure 3-11 Macros dialog box

1. Macro Name: Select the VBA program (procedure name) you want to run from the

3. Operation Basics of the

list box so its name appears here.

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
2. Macro In: Specify the project that contains the VBA program you want to run.
Normally, use the default.

3. Run: Clicking this button runs the selected VBA program (procedure).

4. Cancel: Clicking this button closes the Macros dialog box and brings you back
to the main screen.

5. Step Into: Clicking this button brings up Visual Basic Editor and put it into
step-in mode, where the selected VBA program is run step by step.
This mode is primarily intended for use when debugging a VBA
program. For more information on step-in mode, see “Debug Toolbar”
on page 58.

6. Edit: Displays the code of the selected VBA program. You can use this for
re-editing your code.

7. Create: This button is normally dimmed.

8. Delete: Clicking this button deletes the selected VBA program. Take care not
to inadvertently delete your VBA program before saving it.

NOTE The Macros dialog provides access to subprograms (procedures enclosed between Sub and
End Sub) created in a standard module.

Chapter 3 53
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Running a VBA Program

Running a Program from the E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen

The E5070B/E5071B allows you to run a program from E5070B/E5071B screen using one
of the four methods listed below.

Step 1. Display the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen following the instructions given in
“Switching to the E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen” on page 36.

Step 2. Run the VBA program (procedure) using the following key sequence:

• [Macro Setup] - Select Macro - Module xxx

where “Module” is the object name (Name property shown in the property window: see
Figure 3-4 on page 40) and “xxx” is the procedure name.

• Press the [Macro Run] key on the E5070B/E5071B front panel. For a program to be
run from the measurement screen, its procedure name must be “Main” (subprogram
enclosed between Sub Main() and End Sub), and its object name (Name property as
displayed in the property window) must be “Module1”.

NOTE When you are working with the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen, the
E5070B/E5071B's macro environment only provides access to those VBA programs that
are created as subprograms (enclosed between Sub and End Sub) in a standard module.

Loading and executing program in batch process

NOTE This feature is available for E5070B/E5071B Rev. 3.5 or later.

This section describes how to load and execute a program (VBA project) in a batch process
by pressing the softkey corresponding to the program name.

Step 1. Save the VBA program (VBA project file) into the following folder.

D:\VBA

NOTE This feature is available only for programs saved in D:\VBA. This feature is not available
for programs saved in subfolders of D:\VBA.

NOTE When copying a VBA program to D:\VBA from another folder, copy all the files necessary
to execute the program to appropriate folders. When copying a factory-installed VBA
program into D:\VBA, choose only its VBA project file.

Step 2. Press

Step 3. Press Load & Run.

Step 4. Press the softkey corresponding to the VBA project file name of the program you want to
execute. The pressed VBA project is loaded and the program whose procedure name is set
to "Main" (subprogram enclosed between Sub Main() and End Sub) and whose object
name (Name property as displayed in the property window) is set to "Module" is executed.

54 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Stopping a VBA Program

NOTE There is no limit to the number of VBA project files that can be saved in D:\VBA.
However, the maximum number of programs that can be displayed as softkeys is 50.

• File names of the VBA projects saved in D:\VBA are displayed as softkeys in
alphabetical order.

• The maximum number of characters that can be displayed in a softkey is 12. If a file
name has 13 or more characters, "..." is added to the 12th character from the beginning
of the program name and displayed. In this case a .vba extension is omitted.

Stopping a VBA Program

Stopping with the Dialog Box Appeared

This section describes how to break a procedure during the execution of a VBA program
(display a dialog box as shown in Figure 3-12 using forced interrupts).

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
Step 1. To break the running VBA program, do one of the following:

• On the Run menu, click Break.

• On the toolbar, click “Break Macro” icon (Figure 3-2).

• Press [Ctrl] + [Break] on the keyboard.

• [Macro Setup] - Stop(E5070B/E5071B measurement screen)

• Press the [Macro Break] key on the E5070B/E5071B front panel.

Step 2. A dialog box as shown in Figure 3-12 is displayed through forced interrupts, and the
program is suspended.

Figure 3-12 Dialog box that appears when a VBA program is suspended

Chapter 3 55
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Stopping a VBA Program

1. Continue: Resumes the execution of the program.

2. End: Terminates the VBA program.

3. Debug: Displays a run-time error.

4. Help: Brings up VBA Online Help.

Abruptly Terminating the VBA Program

This section describes how to abruptly terminate a running procedure. When abruptly
terminating the VBA program by the below methods, the “Program interrupted” message
is shown in the instrument status bar on the bottom of the LCD display.

Step 1. To terminate the running VBA program, do one of the following:

• On the Run menu, click Reset.

• On the toolbar, click “Reset Macro” icon (Figure 3-2).

• Insert an End statement into your code.

56 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Errors and Debugging

Errors and Debugging

Types of Error
Errors in VBA programs are classified into the following two types:

Syntax errors

A syntax error is generated when Visual Basic Editor detects an invalid statement that
violates the Visual Basic syntax rules. For example, misspelled keywords generate syntax
errors. An error dialog box appears that indicates the error message, and highlight the
invalid statement in red. To get detailed information on the error, click the HELP button in
the error dialog box to display the help topic on the error. You cannot run the macro until
you correct the syntax error.
The E5070B/E5071B VBA environment is by default configured to automatically check
for syntax errors, but you can disable the auto syntax check feature using the following
steps:

Step 1. On the Tools menu, click Options....

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
Step 2. On the Editor tab, clear the Auto Syntax Check check box.

Step 3. Click the OK button.

Run-time Errors
A run-time error is generated when a VBA program attempts to execute an invalid
statement at run time. When a run-time error is generated, the program is stopped at the
invalid statement, and an error dialog box as shown in Figure 3-12 appears. You can
terminate the program by clicking the END button in the error dialog box. Also, you can
click the DEBUG button in the error dialog box to identify the statement that caused the
error. In this case, the statement in question is highlighted in yellow.

NOTE Some run-time errors occur under particular conditions, even though a program run
without occurring the errors under normal conditions. For example, the “Target value not
found” error that occurs when a program that analyzes the results using the Marker
Bandwidth Search feature fail to perform bandwidth search because the marker is not in the
appropriate position, the “Ecal module not in RF path” error that occurs when a program
that performs calibrations using a ECal module fail to measure the calibration data because
the ECal module is not appropriately connected to test ports, and so on. To avoid
interruption of the program by these errors, you can handle these errors like lines 730 to
960 in Example 6-1 on page 99.

Chapter 3 57
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Errors and Debugging

Using a Debug Tool

The E5070B/E5071B's VBA environment provides a variety of debug tools that help you
identify logical errors. Detailed information on using the debug tools is covered in VBA
Online Help and books on VBA.

Debug Toolbar
The debug toolbar (Figure 3-13) provides tool buttons that allow you to easily access
various debug tools. To display the debug toolbar, do the following:

Step 1. On the View menu, click Toolbars - Debug.

Figure 3-13 Debug toolbar

1. Set/clear break points (keyboard: [F9])

Puts a break point at the cursor position or clears an existing break point.
2. Step-in (keyboard: [F8])
Runs the VBA program step by step. If the current program contains a call to another
procedure, that procedure is also run step by step.
3. Step-over (keyboard: [Shift]+[F8])
Runs the VBA program step by step. If the current program contains a call to another
procedure, that procedure is run as one line.
4. Step-out (keyboard: [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[F8])
Executes the remaining lines of the function where the execution point is currently
placed.
5. Local window
Opens the local window that shows the current values of local variables.
6. Immediate window (keyboard: [Ctrl]+[G])
Opens the immediate window that evaluates entered values of variables or expressions.
7. Watch window
Opens the watch window that displays the current value of a specified expression.
8. (keyboard: [Shift]+[F9])
Displays the current value of a specified expression in a dialog box.

58 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Errors and Debugging

Setting a Break Point

By placing a break point at a particular statement in a VBA program, you can
automatically suspend the program when it is executed to that statement.

Step 1. When you put a break point at a line, the line is highlighted in umber as shown in Figure
3-14. To set a break point do one of the following:

• Place the cursor at the desired line of code, and click the “Set/clear break points” button
(Figure 3-13: 1) on the debug toolbar.

• Click anywhere in the margin indicator bar of the code window.

Figure 3-14 Setting a break point

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA

Chapter 3 59
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Errors and Debugging

Monitoring Variable or Property Values

With your VBA program suspended, you can use the following debug tool to monitor
variables or properties. To do this, you must set a break point, run the VBA program, and
suspend it.

Data Hint
When you point to the variable or expression of interest, Data Hint shows the current value
as shown in Figure 3-15.

Figure 3-15 Data Hint

Immediate Window
To display the immediate window, click the “Immediate Window” button (Figure 3-13:6)
on the debug toolbar.
In the immediate window, enter a question mark (?) followed by the variable or expression
whose value you want to check, and press the Enter key, as shown in Figure 3-16. The
current value appears in the line that follows.

Figure 3-16 Immediate window

60 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Errors and Debugging

Watch Window
To display the watch window (Figure 3-17), click the “Watch Window” button (Figure
3-13: 7) on the debug toolbar.

Figure 3-17 Watch window

Step 1. To open the Add Watch dialog box (Figure 3-18), do the following:

• On the Debug menu, click Add Watch....

Step 2. As shown in Figure 3-18, you can specify an expression of interest as a watch expression to
always monitor its value.

3. Operation Basics of the

Step 3. Click the OK button.

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
Figure 3-18 Add Watch dialog box

Chapter 3 61
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Errors and Debugging

Quick Watch
In the code window, select a variable or expression whose value you want to watch. On the
debug toolbar, click the “Quick Watch” button (Figure 3-13:8) to open the Quick Watch
dialog box (Figure 3-19). The dialog box displays the current value of your specified
variable or expression.
Also, you can click the Add button in the Quick Watch dialog box to specify the current
expression as a watch expression.

Figure 3-19 Quick watch

62 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Printing Output Values in the Echo Window

Printing Output Values in the Echo Window

The echo window, which appears in the lower part of the E5070B/E5071B measurement
screen, can be used to display a message or the return value (data) of an object.

Entering Values Output to the Echo Window

You can use the COM objects listed below to enter values output to the echo window. For
more information on each object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference.”

• ECHO on page 198

• SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA on page 385

Opening the Echo Window

You can use the COM objects listed below to open the echo window. For more information
on each object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference.”

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
• SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE on page 394
• SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe on page 393
Alternatively, you can also open the echo window using the following key sequence:

• [Macro Setup] - Echo Window (ON)

Clearing Values Output in the Echo Window

You can use the COM object shown below to clear values output to the echo window. For
more information on this object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference.”

• SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar on page 385

Alternatively, you can also clear values output to the echo window using the following key
sequence:

• [Macro Setup] - Clear Echo

Chapter 3 63
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Using VBA Online Help

Using VBA Online Help

VBA Online Help provides useful topics, such as the VBA terminology or how to use a
particular feature. In VBA Online Help, you can find a topic of interest through the
Contents or by entering specific keywords.

Accessing VBA Online Help

Step 1. From Visual Basic Editor, do one of the following to access the VBA Online Help screen
(Figure 3-20):

• On the Help menu, click Microsoft Visual Basic Help.

• Press [F1] on the keyboard.

• On the toolbar, click “VBA Help” icon (Figure 3-2).

Figure 3-20 VBA Online Help screen

64 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Using VBA Online Help

Using the Contents Tab

Step 1. Clicking the Contents tab in the VBA Online Help screen brings up the items listed below.
The E5070B/E5071B VBA Online Help has a hierarchical table of contents. Click an item
to expand it, and then find a topic of interest.

• Visual Basic User Interface Help

• Visual Basic Conceptual Topics

• Visual Basic How-To Topics

• Visual Basic Language Reference

• Visual Basic Add-In Model

• Microsoft Forms Reference

When you need information on using Visual Basic Editor, use User Interface Help and
How-To Topics as primary sources of information. Formats of VBA programs are covered
in Visual Basic Conceptual Topics. Properties and methods supported by VBA are covered
in Visual Basic Language Reference and Visual Basic Add-In Model. Information on using
user forms is covered in Microsoft Forms Reference.

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA
Using the Index Tab

Step 1. In the VBA Online Help screen, click the Index tab, and enter a keyword(s) into the text
box. For example, you may wish to search for “Sub” or “With” when you are writing your
own code.

Looking up a Keyword in the Code within Visual Basic Editor

When you want to know the usage or meaning of a keyword contained in a sample program
or some other code, you can quickly access the help topic on that keyword by moving the
cursor to the keyword and pressing [F1].

Chapter 3 65
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Uses Advanced Techniques

Uses Advanced Techniques

Accessing a List of E5070B/E5071B COM Objects

The E5070B/E5071B VBA environment provides COM objects that support controlling
the E5070B/E5071B. When you are developing a program using E5070B/E5071B COM
objects, you can access a list of E5070B/E5071B COM objects by opening Object Browser
within Visual Basic Editor.

Step 1. To open Object Browser, do one of the following:

• On the View menu, click Object Browser.

• On the toolbar, click “Object Browser” icon (Figure 3-2).

Step 2. Select E5070Lib from the Project/Library box to display the E5070B/E5071B library as
shown in Figure 3-21.

NOTE There are some COM objects NOT used in controlling with E5070B/E5071B VBA in the
list of the E5070B/E5071B COM objects displayed on the Object Browser. The COM
objects NOT used in controlling with E5070B/E5071B VBA are not described in the
Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference,” on page 135.

Figure 3-21 How to use Object Browser

66 Chapter 3
 Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Uses Advanced Techniques

Using Automatic Library References

For libraries that satisfy the following conditions, the library reference will be
automatically set whenever a new project is created and loaded ([Macro Setup] - New
Project).

Automatically referenced libraries Conditions

Directory where the library resides. D:\Agilent

Extensions of libraries olb, tlb, dll, or ocx

To check the library reference setting, you must use Visual Basic Editor.
Follow these steps to check the library reference setting.

• On the Tools menu, click References....

NOTE A project sets the library reference when the project is created. Therefore, if the existing
project is loaded, libraries added after the development of the project are not automatically
set in the library reference.

3. Operation Basics of the

E5070B/E5071B’s VBA

Chapter 3 67
Operation Basics of the E5070B/E5071B's VBA
Uses Advanced Techniques

68 Chapter 3
 E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the

4 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B

This chapter describes how to use the E5070B/E5071B's VBA to control the
E5070B/E5071B itself.

69
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Detecting the End of Measurement

Detecting the End of Measurement

This chapter uses sample programs to demonstrate how to trigger the instrument to start a
new measurement cycle and how to detect the end of a measurement cycle. The trigger
system is responsible for such tasks as detecting the start of a measurement cycle
(triggering) and enabling/disabling measurement on each channel. For a detailed
description of the trigger system and the concept of triggering, see Chapter “Making a
Measurement” in E5070B/E5071B Programmer's Guide gives a detailed description.
You can detect the end of measurement by using either the status register or the
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle on page 756 object.

Using the Status Register

The status of the E5070B/E5071B can be detected through the status register. For a
complete description of the status report mechanism, including the specifications of each
bit of the status register, see Appendix “Status Reporting System” in E5070B/E5071B
Programmer's Guide.
If your program is based on SPCI commands, you can use SRQ (Service Request)
interrupts to detect the end of measurement. For more information, see Section “Waiting
for the End of Measurement” in E5070B/E5071B Programmer's Guide.
On the other hand, if your program is based on COM objects, SRQ interrupts are not
available; instead, you can use the following object to suspend the program until SRQs are
generated upon completion of measurement.

• WaitOnSRQ on page 207

The sample program disk contains a sample program, named “meas_srq.vba”, that
demonstrates how to use the status register to suspend the program until the end of
measurement. This VBA program consists of the following modules:

NOTE For information on loading VBA programs, see “Loading a VBA Program” on page 49.

Object name Module type Content

frmSrqMeas UserForm Uses the status register to wait for the end of
measurement.

mdlSrqMeas Standard module Invokes a UserForm.

NOTE This sample program correctly runs when the maximum number of channels/traces is set 9
channels/9 traces.

70 Chapter 4
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Detecting the End of Measurement

When you run this VBA program, a UserForm as shown in Figure 4-1 appears. For how to
use each element in Figure 4-1, see the following description.

Figure 4-1 The UserForm when running the Example 4-1 program

1. The program turns on Continuous Activation mode for each channel and determines
whether to enable or disable each channel for measurement.
2. The program triggers the instrument to start a new measurement cycle, waits for the
end of measurement, and then displays a message. For detail, see the description of the
code window.
3. The program exits, and the UserForm disappears.
In Visual Basic Editor, open the UserForm (object name: frmSrqMeas), and double-click
the Meas or Exit button to bring up the code window. The following is the description of
the subprograms associated with the respective buttons.
Procedure called when the user clicks the Exit button on the UserForm (lines 10 to 50)
Line 30 Unloads the UserForm from the memory, and terminates the program.
Procedure called when the user clicks the Meas button on the UserForm (lines 70 to 390)
Line 110 Hides the UserForm (object name: frmSrqMeas) from the screen.
Line 130 Displays 9 channel windows.

E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the
Line 140 Sets the trigger source to "bus".
Lines 160 to 240 These lines turn on or off Continuous Activation mode for each
channel depending on whether the corresponding option buttons are on
or off. By default, the mode is turned on for channel 1 only.
Lines 260 to 270 These lines configure the instrument so that operation status event
register's bit 4 is set to 1 only when operation status condition
register's bit 4 is changed from 1 to 0 (negative transition).
Line 280 Enables the operation status event register's bit 4.
Line 290 Enables the status byte register's bit 7.
Line 300 Clears the status byte register and operation status event register.
Line 310 Triggers the instrument to start a measurement cycle.
Line 320 Verifies that the instrument is in a measurement cycle, and suspends
the program until the end of measurement. The time-out is set to 100
seconds (maximum value).

Chapter 4 71
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Detecting the End of Measurement

Lines 330 to 350 These lines display a measurement completion message upon
detecting the end of measurement.
Line 370 Displays the UserForm (object name :frmSrqMeas) on the screen.

Example 4-1 Using SRQs to detect the end of measurement (object name: frmSrqMeas)
10| Private Sub cmdExit_Click()
20|
30| Unload Me
40|
50| End Sub
60|
70| Private Sub cmdMeas_Click()
80|
90| Dim Cond As Boolean
100|
110| frmSrqMeas.Hide
120|
130| SCPI.DISPlay.Split = "d123_456_789"
140| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.Source = "bus"
150|
160| SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = optOn1.Value
170| SCPI.INITiate(2).CONTinuous = optOn2.Value
180| SCPI.INITiate(3).CONTinuous = optOn3.Value
190| SCPI.INITiate(4).CONTinuous = optOn4.Value
200| SCPI.INITiate(5).CONTinuous = optOn5.Value
210| SCPI.INITiate(6).CONTinuous = optOn6.Value
220| SCPI.INITiate(7).CONTinuous = optOn7.Value
230| SCPI.INITiate(8).CONTinuous = optOn8.Value
240| SCPI.INITiate(9).CONTinuous = optOn9.Value
250|
260| SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition = 0
270| SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition = 16
280| SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle = 16
290| SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE = 128
300| SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS
310| SCPI.IEEE4882.TRG
320| WaitOnSRQ Cond, 100000
330| If Cond = True Then
340| MsgBox "Measurement Completion"
350| End If
360|
370| frmSrqMeas.Show
380|
390| End Sub

72 Chapter 4
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Detecting the End of Measurement

Using the SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle Object

When you trigger the instrument by issuing the SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle on
page 756 object, you can use the SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420 object to suspend
the program until the end of measurement.
The sample program disk contains a sample program, named “meas_sing.vba”, that
demonstrates how to use the SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle on page 756 object to
suspend the program until the end of measurement. This VBA program consists of the
following modules:

Object name Module type Content

frmSingMeas UserForm Uses the SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle

and SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC objects to suspend
the program until the end of measurement.

mdlSingMeas Standard module Invokes a UserForm.

NOTE This sample program correctly runs when the maximum number of channels/traces is set 9
channels/9 traces.

When you run this VBA program, a window as shown in Figure 4-1 appears. For how to
use each element, see Figure 4-1 in the previous section.
In Visual Basic Editor, open the UserForm (object name:frmSingMeas), and double-click
the Meas or Exit button to bring up the code window. The following is the description of
the subprograms associated with the respective buttons.
Procedure called when the user clicks the Exit button on the UserForm (lines 10 to 50)
Line 30 Unloads the UserForm from the memory, and terminates the program.
Procedure called when the user clicks the Meas button on the UserForm (lines 70 to 330)
Line 110 Hides the UserForm (object name: frmSingMeas) from the screen.
Line 130 Displays 9 channel windows.
Line 140 Sets the trigger source to "bus".

E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the
Lines 160 to 240 These lines turn on or off Continuous Activation mode for each
channel depending on whether the corresponding option buttons are on
or off. By default, the mode is turned on for channel 1 only.
Line 260 Triggers the instrument to start a measurement cycle.
Line 270 Executes the SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC object to suspend the program
until the value of 1 is returned indicating the end of measurement.
Line 290 Displays a measurement completion message.
Line 310 Displays the UserForm (object name: frmSingMeas) on the screen.

Chapter 4 73
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Detecting the End of Measurement

Example 4-2 Using the SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle object to suspend the program until
the end of measurement (object name:frmSingMeas)
10| Private Sub cmdExit_Click()
20|
30| Unload Me
40|
50| End Sub
60|
70| Private Sub cmdMeas_Click()
80|
90| Dim Dmy As Long
100|
110| frmSingMeas.Hide
120|
130| SCPI.DISPlay.Split = "d123_456_789"
140| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.Source = "bus"
150|
160| SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = optOn1.Value
170| SCPI.INITiate(2).CONTinuous = optOn2.Value
180| SCPI.INITiate(3).CONTinuous = optOn3.Value
190| SCPI.INITiate(4).CONTinuous = optOn4.Value
200| SCPI.INITiate(5).CONTinuous = optOn5.Value
210| SCPI.INITiate(6).CONTinuous = optOn6.Value
220| SCPI.INITiate(7).CONTinuous = optOn7.Value
230| SCPI.INITiate(8).CONTinuous = optOn8.Value
240| SCPI.INITiate(9).CONTinuous = optOn9.Value
250|
260| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
270| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
280|
290| MsgBox "Measurement Completion"
300|
310| frmSingMeas.Show
320|
330| End Sub

74 Chapter 4
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Reading/Writing Measurement Data

Reading/Writing Measurement Data

This section describes how to process the E5070B/E5071B's internal data. You can use
these internal data arrays: corrected data arrays, corrected memory arrays, formatted data
arrays, formatted memory arrays, and stimulus data arrays. For more information on the
internal data arrays, see Section “Internal Data Processing” in E5070B/E5071B
Programmer's Guide.
To read/write a formatted data array, formatted memory array, corrected data array, or
corrected memory array use the following objects:

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa on page 275

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory on page 276
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa on page 277
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory on page 278
To read a c stimulus data array, use the following objects:

• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.DATA on page 589

The E5070B/E5071B VBA allows you to deal with multiple pieces of data through
variables of Variant type. Variant variables can contain any type of data, allowing you to
deal with array data without being aware of the number of elements. For example, a
formatted data array that includes 5 measurement points is stored as shown in Figure 4-2.
Note that a formatted data array always contains 2 data items per measurement point,
whichever data format is used. For more information on contained data, see Section
“Internal Data Processing” in E5070B/E5071B Programmer's Guide; you can find a table
that describes the relationship between contained data items and data formats.

Figure 4-2 Example storing data into a Variant variable

E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the

Chapter 4 75
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Reading/Writing Measurement Data

NOTE When you use one of the objects listed above, the base index number of the array is always
0 even if the declaration section contains the “Option Base 1" statement, which specifies
the use of the base array index of 1.

For example, you may wish to read the formatted data array for a particular trace in its
entirety (including all measurement points), display the data in the echo window, and then
write the data into another trace. How to implement such a process can be better
understood with the aid of a sample program.
The sample program disk contains a sample program, named “read_write.vba”, that
demonstrates how to read and write measurement data. This VBA program consists of the
following modules:

Object name Module type Content

frmReadWrite UserForm Reads, displays, and writes a formatted data array.

mdlReadWrite Standard module Invokes a UserForm.

NOTE This sample program correctly runs when the maximum number of channels/traces is set 9
channels/9 traces.

When you run this VBA program, a window as shown in Figure 4-3 appears. For how to
use each element in Figure 4-3, see the following description.

Figure 4-3 The UserForm when running the Example 4-3 program

1. The program lets the user specify the channel to be controlled.

2. The program lets the user specify which trace's formatted data array to read (source
trace).
3. The program reads the formatted data array for the trace specified by the user, display
the measurement results in the echo window, and write the data into the trace specified
by the user. For detail, see the description of the code window.
4. The program lets the user specify which trace's formatted data array to overwrite (target
trace).
5. The program exits, and the window disappears.

76 Chapter 4
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Reading/Writing Measurement Data

In Visual Basic Editor, open the UserForm (object name: frmReadWrite), and double-click
the entire UserForm or the Copy -> or Exit button to bring up the code window. The
following is the description of the subprograms associated with the respective buttons.
Procedure called when the user clicks the Copy button on the UserForm (lines 10 to 520)
Lines 90 to 160 These lines identify the selected items in each list and store them into
the variables TrGet, TrPut, and ActCh.
Lines 180 to 210 If the specified target trace is not displayed, these lines display that
trace.
Lines 230 to 250 These lines make active the specified trace (TrGet: source trace) in the
specified channel(ActCh) and hold the sweep.
Line 260 Reads the number of measurement points for the specified channel
(ActCh) and stores that number into the Nop variable.
Line 280 Reads the formatted data array for the active trace (source trace) and
store the data into the FmtData variable.
Line 290 Reads the stimulus array for the specified channel (ActCh) and stores
the data into the Freq variable.
Line 330 Reads the data format for the active trace (source trace) and store it
into the Fmt variable.
Lines 340 to 350 These lines display the echo window in the lower part of the LCD
screen.
Lines 360 to 470 The lines display, in the echo window, each point along with one
measured value (the odd part of the index is always 0) and a frequency
if the Fmt is "MLOG", "PHAS", "GDEL", "MLIN", "SWR", "REAL",
"IMAG", or "UPH"; or along with two measured values and a
frequency if Fmt$ returns any other string.
Line 490 Makes active the specified trace (TrPut: target trace) in the specified
channel(ActCh).
Line 500 Writes the formatted data array (FmtData) into the active trace (target
trace).

E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the
Procedure called when the user clicks the Exit button on the UserForm (lines 540 to 580)
Line 560 Unloads the UserForm from the memory, and terminates the program.
Procedure that initializes the UserForm (lines 600 to 1020)
Lines 620 to 1000 When the program is launched, these lines add each list item and set
the default value for each list.

Example 4-3 Reading/displaying/writing a formatted data array (read_write.frm)

10| Private Sub cmdCopy_Click()
20|
30| Dim X As Integer, Y As Integer, Z As Integer, I As Integer
40| Dim ActCh As Long, TrGet As Long, TrPut As Long
50| Dim TrCont As Long, Nop As Long
60| Dim FmtData As Variant, Freq As Variant
70| Dim Fmt As String
80|
90| X = cboCh.ListIndex

Chapter 4 77
Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Reading/Writing Measurement Data

100| ActCh = X + 1
110|
120| Y = cboGet.ListIndex
130| TrGet = Y + 1
140|
150| Z = cboPut.ListIndex
160| TrPut = Z + 1
170|
180| TrCont = SCPI.CALCulate(ActCh).PARameter.Count
190| If TrCont < TrPut Then
200| SCPI.CALCulate(ActCh).PARameter.Count = TrPut
210| End If
220|
230| SCPI.CALCulate(ActCh).PARameter(TrGet).SELect
240| SCPI.INITiate(ActCh).CONTinuous = False
250| SCPI.ABORt
260| Nop = SCPI.SENSe(ActCh).SWEep.POINts
270|
280| FmtData = SCPI.CALCulate(ActCh).SELected.Data.FDATa
290| Freq = SCPI.SENSe(ActCh).FREQuency.Data
300|
310| '''Displays the formatted data
320|
330| Fmt = SCPI.CALCulate(ActCh).SELected.Format
340| SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE = "ECHO"
350| SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe = True
360| Select Case Fmt
370| Case "MLOG", "PHAS", "GDEL", "MLIN", "SWR", "REAL",
"IMAG", "UPH"
380| ECHO "Nop", "Frequency(GHz)", "Data"
390| For I = 0 To Nop - 1
400| ECHO I + 1, Freq(I) / 1000000000#, FmtData(2 * I)
410| Next I
420| Case Else
430| ECHO "Nop", "Frequency(GHz)", "Data1", "Data2"
440| For I = 0 To Nop - 1
450| ECHO I + 1, Freq(I) / 1000000000#, FmtData(2 * I),
FmtData(2 * I + 1)
460| Next I
470| End Select
480|
490| SCPI.CALCulate(ActCh).PARameter(TrPut).SELect
500| SCPI.CALCulate(ActCh).SELected.Data.FDATa = FmtData
510|
520| End Sub
530|
540| Private Sub cmdExit_Click()
550|
560| Unload Me
570|
580| End Sub
590|
600| Private Sub UserForm_Initialize()
610|
620| With cboCh
630| .AddItem "CH1"
640| .AddItem "CH2"
650| .AddItem "CH3"

78 Chapter 4
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Reading/Writing Measurement Data

660| .AddItem "CH4"

670| .AddItem "CH5"
680| .AddItem "CH6"
690| .AddItem "CH7"
700| .AddItem "CH8"
710| .AddItem "CH9"
720| End With
730|
740| With cboGet
750| .AddItem "Trace 1"
760| .AddItem "Trace 2"
770| .AddItem "Trace 3"
780| .AddItem "Trace 4"
790| .AddItem "Trace 5"
800| .AddItem "Trace 6"
810| .AddItem "Trace 7"
820| .AddItem "Trace 8"
830| .AddItem "Trace 9"
840| End With
850|
860| With cboPut
870| .AddItem "Trace 1"
880| .AddItem "Trace 2"
890| .AddItem "Trace 3"
900| .AddItem "Trace 4"
910| .AddItem "Trace 5"
920| .AddItem "Trace 6"
930| .AddItem "Trace 7"
940| .AddItem "Trace 8"
950| .AddItem "Trace 9"
960| End With
970|
980| cboCh.ListIndex = 0
990| cboGet.ListIndex = 0
1000| cboPut.ListIndex = 0
1010|
1020| End Sub

E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the

Chapter 4 79
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Executing a Procedure with a Softkey (User Menu Function)

Executing a Procedure with a Softkey (User Menu Function)

The E5070B/E5071B lets you perform procedures assigned to specific softkeys ([Macro
Setup] - User Menu - Button 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10) without using user forms by an event
that the softkey is pressed. This function is called the user menu function.

NOTE You do not have to execute any VBA program when using the user menu function.

Preparation for Using the User Menu Function

Before using the user menu function, perform the following preparation.

Coding of a Procedure Assigned to a Softkey

Follow these steps to create a procedure assigned to a specific softkey in the “UserMenu”
object in the “E5070 Objects” folder.

Step 1. Double-click the “UserMenu” icon in the “E5070 Objects” folder to open the code
window.

Step 2. In the object box in the code window, click UserMenu as shown below.

Step 3. In the UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal Key_id As Long) on page 204 procedure, create a

program you want to assign to a specific softkey (specify with the id variable). For actual
use example, see Line 70 to 430 in the Example 4-5 on page 83.

NOTE During processing an event (during execution of a procedure for a key pressed), another
event (an interrupt by a procedure for another softkey pressed) cannot be accepted.

NOTE You cannot save (export) the “UserMenu” object by module basis; save it by project basis.

80 Chapter 4
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Executing a Procedure with a Softkey (User Menu Function)

Settings for Softkey Label and Softkey Enabled/Disabled

When you want to change the softkey labels for the user menu function, use the following
COM object. For more information on this object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object
Reference.”.

• UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption on page 202

When you want to set the softkey enabled/disabled for the user menu function, use the
following COM object. For more information on this object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object
Reference.”.

• UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled on page 203

Moreover, when you want to preset the above settings for the user menu function, use the
following COM object. For more information on this object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object
Reference.”.

• UserMenu.PRESet on page 204

NOTE The above user menu setting is also preset by pressing [Macro Setup] - Preset User Menu
on the E5070B/E5071B front panel.

How to Use the User Menu Function

To execute a procedure assigned to a softkey, you need to generate an event of pressing the
softkey. To generate an event, the manual method and the COM object method are
available.

Method by Manual Operation

Step 1. Click the specific softkey as follows:

• [Macro Setup] - User Menu - Button No.

"No." represents a button number. You can set the label for "Button No." as you like.
For detail, refer to the “Settings for Softkey Label and Softkey Enabled/Disabled.”

E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the
section.

Method by COM Object

You can use the following COM object to perform the same operation as pressing a
specific softkey. For more information on this object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object
Reference.”.

• UserMenu.Press(Key_id) on page 205

Chapter 4 81
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Executing a Procedure with a Softkey (User Menu Function)

Simple Example
The sample program disk contains a sample program, named “meas_user.vba“, that
demonstrates how to use the user menu function. This VBA program consists of the
following standard module and the “UserMenu” object.

Object name Module type Content

mdlUserMenu Standard module Sets the softkey labels and enables interrupts
from the softkeys.

The program (object name: mdlUserMenu) is described in detail below:

Line 70 Stores True into the State variable.
Lines 90 to 150 Sets the first to third softkey (id: 1 to 3) enabled, and sets the fourth to
tenth softkey (id: 4 to 10) disabled.
Lines 170 to 190 Sets the first softkey label (id: 1) to “Setup” the second softkey label
(id: 2) to “Meas” the third softkey label (id: 3) to “Exit”.
Line 210 Displays the buttons for the user menu function in the softkey area.
Lines 230 to 250 Processing repeated until the State variable is True (State = True).

Line 240: Detects an event that a specific softkey is pressed and

enables the interrupt from the event.

Example 4-4 Sample program using user menu (object name: mdlUserMenu)
10| Public State As Boolean
20|
30| Sub Main()
40|
50| Dim I As Long, J As Long
60|
70| State = True
80|
90| For I = 1 To 3
100| UserMenu.Item(I).Enabled = True
110| Next I
120|
130| For J = 4 To 10
140| UserMenu.Item(J).Enabled = False
150| Next J
160|
170| UserMenu.Item(1).Caption = "Setup"
180| UserMenu.Item(2).Caption = "Meas"
190| UserMenu.Item(3).Caption = "Exit"
200|
210| UserMenu.Show
220|
230| Do While State
240| DoEvents
250| Loop
260|
270| End Sub

82 Chapter 4
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Executing a Procedure with a Softkey (User Menu Function)

The procedures of the “UserMenu” object are described below.

Lines 70 to 190 The procedure when the first softkey (id: 1) is pressed.

Line 90: Returns the E5070B/E5071B to the preset state.

Lines 110 to 130 For channel 1, sets the sweep start value to 1.73
GHz, the sweep stop value to 1.83 GHz, and the number of
measurement points to 51.
Lines 150 to 170 After aborting the measurement, sets the trigger
source to the bus trigger and turns on the continuous trigger startup
mode for channel 1.
Line 190: Displays the buttons for the user menu function in the
softkey area.
Lines 210 to 320 The procedure when the second softkey (id: 2) is pressed.

Lines 230 to 240 Generates a trigger to start a single sweep and

waits until the measurement finishes (1 is read out with the
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC object).
Line 260: Retrieves the number of points in channel 1 and stores
that number into the Nop variable.
Lines 280 to 290 Specifies trace 1 of channel 1 to the active trace,
retrieves the formatted data array, and stores the data into the
FmtData variable.
Lines 310 to 320 Displays the echo window in the lower part of the
LCD screen.
Lines 340 to 360: Displays 2 measurement data values (primary
value and secondary value) for each measurement point in the echo
window.
Lines 380 to 430 The procedure when the third softkey (id: 3) is pressed.

Line 400: Displays a program closing message.

Line 410: Stores False into the sta variable to terminate the main

E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the
program.

Example 4-5 Sample program using user menu (“UserMenu” object)

10| Private Sub UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal id As Long)
20|
30| Dim I As Integer
40| Dim Nop As Long, Dmy As Long
50| Dim FmtData As Variant
60|
70| If id = 1 Then
80|
90| SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet
100|
110| SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.STARt = 1730000000#
120| SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.STOP = 1830000000#
130| SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 51
140|
150| SCPI.ABORt

Chapter 4 83
Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Executing a Procedure with a Softkey (User Menu Function)

160| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.Source = "BUS"

170| SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = True
180|
190| UserMenu.Show
200|
210| ElseIf id = 2 Then
220|
230| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
240| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
250|
260| Nop = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts
270|
280| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
290| FmtData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.FDATa
300|
310| SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE = "ECHO"
320| SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.State = True
330|
340| For I = 1 To Nop - 1
350| ECHO FmtData(2 * I - 2), FmtData(2 * I - 1)
360| Next I
370|
380| ElseIf id = 3 Then
390|
400| MsgBox "Program ended!"
410| State = False
420|
430| End If
440|
450| End Sub

84 Chapter 4
 Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Using a User Defined Variable

Using a User Defined Variable

The E5070B/E5071B has an area that the user can set any value. These areas are divided
depending on the data type. Up to ten (1 to10) areas can be used for each command.
For example, after setting the value (data) obtained using VBA of the E5070B/E5071B to
the user defined variable, the value can be obtained by using the external controller.

NOTE Turning off the powerof the instrument initializes the user defined variables, while
executing preset does not initialize them.

• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA on page 459

• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE on page 461
• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA on page 462
• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA on page 463
• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA on page 464

NOTE These commands do not refer to or change the results within the E5070B/E5071B.

E5070B/E5071B
4. Controlling the

Chapter 4 85
Controlling the E5070B/E5071B
Using a User Defined Variable

86 Chapter 4
5 Controlling Peripherals
5. Controlling Peripherals

This chapter explains how to control peripherals connected to the E5070B/E5071B with
GPIB by using the software (VISA library) installed in the E5070B/E5071B.

87
Controlling Peripherals
Overview

Overview
The E5070B/E5071B macro function (E5070B/E5071B VBA) can be used not only to
automate measurements but also to control external measurement instruments connected
via USB/GPIB interface cable by acting as a self-contained system controller (see “An
Overview of a Control System Based on the Macro Function” on page 29).
The E5070B/E5071B macro function (E5070B/E5071B VBA) performs communications
via the COM interface when controlling the E5070B/E5071B itself, but it communicates
via VISA (Virtual Instrument Software Architecture) when controlling external
measurement instruments.
To control peripherals connected to the E5070B/E5071B via USB/GPIB interface cable,
the following preparation is required.

Preparation

Importing Definition Files

To use the VISA library in the E5070B/E5071B macro (E5070B/E5071B VBA), you need
to import two definition files into your project with the Visual Basic editor to define the
VISA functions and perform other tasks. The definition files are stored on the sample
programs disk under the following filenames (for information on importing modules, refer
to “Saving a Module (Exporting)” on page 47).

• visa32.bas
• vpptype.bas

88 Chapter 5
 Controlling Peripherals
Programming with VISA

Programming with VISA

Figure 5-1 shows the flow of controlling the instrument with VISA. When developing a
VISA program in the Visual Basic language, a special programing notice (in the readme
text file listed below) must be reviewed.
For details on the use of the VISA library and the programing notice for using the VISA
library with the E5070B/E5071B macro (E5070B/E5071B VBA), refer to the following
files contained on the CD-ROM (Agilent part number: E5070-905xx).

• visa.hlp (on-line help for the VISA library)

• vbreadme.txt (notes on using the VISA library with VB)

Figure 5-1 Flow of instrument control with VISA

5. Controlling Peripherals

Chapter 5 89
 Controlling Peripherals
Programming with VISA

STEP 1. Starting Up VISA System

The VISA system startup session is processed in Line 90 in Example 5-1. VISA’s
viOpenDefaultRM function initializes and starts up the VISA system. The
viOpenDefaultRM function must be executed before other VISA functions are called, and
the parameter of this function is startup information (Defrm in Example 5-1).

Syntax viOpenDefaultRM(param)

Parameter

(param)

Description Startup information (output)

Data type Long integer type

STEP 2. Connection
The connection session is handled in Line 130 in Example 5-1. VISA’s viOpen function
makes connection with the specified instrument. The viOpen function returns a value so
that the VISA functions can apply it to the specified instrument. The parameters of this
function are startup information (Defrm in Example 5-1), the address information of the
specified instrument (“GPIB0::17::INSTR” in Example 5-1), access mode (0 in Example
5-1), timeout (0 in Example 5-1), and connection information (Equip in Example 5-1).

Syntax viOpen(param1,param2,param3,param4,param5)

Parameters

(param1)

Description Startup information (input)

Data type Long integer type

(param2)

Description Address information of the specified instrument (input)

Data type Character string type

Syntax GPIB[board]*1::primary address*2::INSTR

*1.GPIB0 for the E5070B/E5071B.

*2.The GPIB address of the instrument controlled by the E5070B/E5071B.

(param3)

Description Access mode (Enter 0)

90 Chapter 5
 Controlling Peripherals
Programming with VISA

(param4)

Description Timeout (Enter 0)

(param5)

Description Connection information (output)

Data type Long integer type

STEP 3. Communication
The communication session is conducted in Line 170 in Example 5-1. VISA’s viVPrintf
function sends a program message (GPIB command) to the specified instrument. The
parameters of this function are connection information (Equip in Example 5-1), the
program message (“*IDN?” in Example 5-1), and the variable to be formatted (0 in
Example 5-1).

NOTE To input/output GPIB commands, the viVPrintf function and the viVScanf function are
mainly used, but other VISA functions are also available. For more information, refer to
visa.hlp (online help for the VISA library).

Syntax viVPrintf(param1,param2,param3)

Parameters

(param1)

Description Connection information (input)

Data type Long integer type

(param2)

Description Program message (input)*1

Data type Character string type

*1. When sending a program message of the GPIB command, a message terminator is
required at the end of the message (Chr$(10) in Example 5-1).

(param3)

Description A variable to be formatted*1

Data type Specified data type

5. Controlling Peripherals

*1. If not applicable, enter 0.

Chapter 5 91
 Controlling Peripherals
Programming with VISA

The receiving session is controlled in Line 210 in Example 5-1. VISA’s viVScanf function
receives the result from the specified instrument and stores it in the output variable. The
parameters of this function are connection information (Equip in Example 5-1), the format
parameter for the output variable (%t in Example 5-1), and the output variable (Prod in
Example 5-1).

Syntax viVScanf(param1,param2,param3)

Parameters

(param1)

Description Connection information (input)

Data type Long integer type

(param2)

Description Format parameter for the output variable

Data type Character string type

(param3)

Description Output variable (output)

Data type Character string type

STEP 4. Disconnection
The disconnection session is handled in Line 280 in Example 5-1. VISA’s viClose function
disconnects communication and terminates the VISA system. The parameter of this
function is startup information (Defrm in Example 5-1).

Syntax viClose(param)

Parameter

(param)

Description Startup information (input)

Data type Long integer type

92 Chapter 5
 Controlling Peripherals
Programming with VISA

Example Program to Read Out the Product Information of Peripheral

(Instrument)
Here is a sample program to control instruments connected through USB/GPIB interface
cable using the E5070B/E5071B as the system controller. The sample program disk
contains a sample program, named “ctrl_ext.vba”, that reads out the product information of
external instrument connected via GPIB. This VBA program consists of the following
modules.

Object name Module type Content

mdlVisa Standard module Reads out the product information of external

instrument.
Module1 Standard module Two definition files to use VISA library
Module2

NOTE When you control peripherals from E5070B/E5071B VBA, use the GPIB commands
provided for the instrument to communicate over VISA. On the other hand, when you
control the E5070B/E5071B itself from E5070B/E5071B VBA, use the COM objects
provided for the E5070B/E5071B to communicate.

Lines 90 to 100 Initializes and starts up the VISA system and outputs the startup
information to the Defrm variable. During this process, if an error
occurs, the program goes to the error handling routine (Lines 320 to
360).
Lines 130 to 140 Establishes the connection to the external instrument (GPIB address:
17) connected via GPIB and outputs the connection information to the
Equip variable. During this process, if an error occurs, the program
goes to the error handling routine (Lines 320 to 360).
Lines 170 to 180 Queries the product information of the external instrument connected
via USB/GPIB interface cable using VISA. During this process, if an
error occurs, the program goes to the error handling routine (Lines 320
to 360).
Lines 210 to 250 Retrieves the product information through VISA and outputs it into the
Prod variable. Displays the read-out result in the message box. During
this process, if an error occurs, the program goes to the error handling
routine (Lines 320 to 360).
Line 280 Breaks the communication and terminates the VISA system.
Lines 320 to 360 If an error occurs in a VISA function, displays the detail of the error
and terminates the program.
5. Controlling Peripherals

Chapter 5 93
 Controlling Peripherals
Programming with VISA

Example 5-1 Sample program to read out the product information

10| Sub Main()
20|
30| Dim status As Long 'VISA function status return
code
40| Dim Defrm As Long 'Session to Default Resource
Manager
50| Dim Equip As Long 'Session to instrument
60| Dim Prod As String * 100 'String to receive the result
70|
80| ' Initializes the VISA system.
90| status = viOpenDefaultRM(Defrm)
100| If (status <> VI_SUCCESS) Then GoTo VisaErrorHandler
110|
120| ' Opens the session to the specified instrument.
130| status = viOpen(Defrm, "GPIB0::17::INSTR", 0, 0, Equip)
140| If (status <> VI_SUCCESS) Then GoTo VisaErrorHandler
150|
160| ' Asks for the instrument's product information.
170| status = viVPrintf(Equip, "*IDN?" & Chr$(10), 0)
180| If (status <> VI_SUCCESS) Then GoTo VisaErrorHandler
190|
200| ' Reads the result.
210| status = viVScanf(Equip, "%t", Prod)
220| If (status <> VI_SUCCESS) Then GoTo VisaErrorHandler
230|
240| ' Displays the result.
250| MsgBox Prod
260|
270| ' Closes the resource manager session (which closes
everything)
280| Call viClose(Defrm)
290|
300| GoTo Prog_end
310|
320| VisaErrorHandler:
330| Dim VisaErr As String * 200
340| Call viStatusDesc(Defrm, status, VisaErr)
350| MsgBox "Error : " & VisaErr, vbExclamation
360| Exit Sub
370|
380| Prog_end:
390|
400| End Sub

94 Chapter 5
 6. Application Programs

6 Application Programs

This chapter describes sample programs (VBA programs) based on actual measurement
examples.

95
 Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

Example 6-1 shows a sample program (VBA program) that demonstrates how to perform
the basic measurement of the band-pass filter. You can find the source file of this program,
named “apl_bsc.vba”, on the sample program disk. This VBA program consists of the
following standard module.

Object name Module type Content

mdlBscMeas Standard module Performs basic measurement of band-pass

filter

Overview of the program

The sample program performs full 2-port calibration using the 85032F calibration kit,
measures a band-pass filter (center frequency: 947.5 MHz), and calculates and displays its
bandwidth, insertion loss, and so on. This measurement is the same as “Example of
measuring a band-pass filter” in Installation/Quick Start Guide of the E5070B/E5071B.
Therefore, for information on the flow of the measurement, the connection of the standard,
and so on, refer to the description in Installation/Quick Start Guide.

Description of the program

When you run this VBA program, reset is performed, the measurement conditions are
automatically set, and the message “Perform the full 2-port calibration” is displayed. To
perform the full 2-port calibration, click the Yes button; to skip it, click the No button.
To perform the calibration, follow the onscreen messages to connect each standard of the
Agilent 85032F calibration kit to the specified port and then click the OK button to
measure the calibration data. Click the Cancel button to return to the beginning of the
calibration. You cannot skip the isolation calibration. When the calibration data
measurement for all standards is complete, the message “All calibration data completion”
is displayed, and the calibration coefficient is calculated.

NOTE When you cancel the calibration data measurement before completing the measurement of
necessary calibration data, the settings condition may not be returned to its former state.

Then, the message “Connect DUT, and then press [Macro Setup]-Continue button.” is
displayed in the instrument status bar in the lower part of the LCD display. Connect a DUT
and perform [Macro Setup] - Continue. After the measurement, the search result is
displayed in the echo window, as shown in Figure 6-1. If no bandwidth search target is
found, only the result of the insertion loss obtained with the marker is displayed.

96 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

Figure 6-1 Example of display after executing the program in Example 6-1

The basic measurement program (object name: mdlBscMeas) is described in detail below.
Line numbers are added for description purpose only and do not appear in the actual
program source code.
Lines 120 to 160 Store the sweep center value (947.5 MHz), the sweep span value (200
MHz), the number of measurement points (401), the IF bandwidth (10
kHz), and the power level (-10 dBm) into the variables Center, Span,
Nop, IfBw, and Pow, respectively.
Lines 170 to 210 Store the number of traces (1), the measurement parameter (S21), the
data format (log amplitude), the calibration kit number (4: 85032F),
and the save file name (State08.sta) into the variables, NumTrac, Par,
Fmt, CalKit, and File, respectively.
Line 250 Returns the E5070B/E5071B to the preset state.
Lines 290 to 300 For channel 1, turn on the continuous trigger startup mode to On and
set the trigger source to the bus trigger.
Lines 320 to 360 For channel 1, set the sweep center value to the Center variable, the
sweep span value to the Span variable, the number of measurement
points to the Nop variable, the IF bandwidth to the IfBw variable, and
the power level to the Pow variable.
Lines 380 to 410 For channel 1, set the number of traces to the NumTrac variable, the
measurement parameter to the Par variable, and the data format to the
Fmt variable.
Line 450 Stores the calibration kit number for channel 1 into the CalKit
variable.
Line 460 Stores 1 and 2 into the Port variable that indicates ports used for the
full 2-port calibration.
Line 480 Calls the Calib_Solt procedure (lines 1200 to 2130). For information

Chapter 6 97
Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

on the Calib_Solt procedure, see the description later.

Lines 520 to 530 Save the instrument setting and the calibration coefficient into a file
whose name is specified with the File variable.
Line 580 Displays a message that prompts you to connect a DUT (Device Under
Test) in the instrument status bar in the lower part of the LCD display
and waits for the operation of [Macro Setup] - Continue after the
connection.
Lines 620 to 630 Generate a trigger to start a single sweep and wait until the
measurement finishes (1 is read out with the SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
object).
Line 650 For trace 1 of channel 1, executes auto scale to set the optimum scale.
Lines 690 to 710 Display marker 1 and move it so that the stimulus value becomes equal
to the value of the Center variable. Then, these lines read out the
response value of marker 1 and store it into the MkrVal variable.
Line 730 Enables the error handling routine starting from Bw_Err (lines 890 to
950). If a runtime error occurs, the program goes to the error handling
routine.
Lines 750 to 770 Set the bandwidth definition value to -3 dB and the bandwidth search
result display to on, read out the bandwidth search result (bandwidth,
center frequency, Q value, and insertion loss), and store it into the
BwData variable.
Lines 790 to 840 Based on the bandwidth search result, these lines store the bandwidth
to the Bw variable, the center frequency to the Cent variable, the Q
value to the Qfac variable, and the insertion loss to the Loss variable.
Then, the program goes to the processing starting from Skip_Bw_Err.
Lines 880 to 960 Define a runtime error handler. These lines read out and display the
error number and error message of the error that occurred and store 0
to the Bw, Cent, and Qfac variables and the response value of marker 1
(MkrVal(0) variable) to the Loss variable. Then, the program finishes
the error handling and proceeds to the next processing.
Lines 1000 to 1010 Calculate the 2 (higher and lower) cutoff frequencies from the values
in the Bw and Cent variables and store them into the CutLow and
CutHigh variables.
Lines 1030 to 1110 Display the search result (the values of the Bw, Cent, CutLow,
CutHigh, Qfac, and Loss variables) in the echo window.
Lines 1130 to 1160 Display the message asking whether you want to perform
measurement again. Click the Yes button to return to the DUT
connection section. Click the No button to terminate the program.
Procedure: Calib_Solt (lines 1200 to 2130).
Lines 1260 to 1300 Display the message that prompts for the execution of the full n-port
calibration (specified with the SoltType variable). Click the Cancel
button to cancel the calibration.
Lines 1320 to 1410 Set the calibration type to the full n-port calibration for the port
specified with the Port variable.
Lines 1450 to 1520 Display the message that prompts for connecting the open standard to

98 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

the specified port. These lines start the measurement of the open
calibration data initiated by clicking the OK button after the
connection and wait for the completion of the measurement. Click the
Cancel button to return to the beginning of the calibration.
Lines 1540 to 1610 Display the message that prompts for connecting the short standard to
the specified port. These lines start the measurement of the short
calibration data initiated by clicking the OK button after the
connection and wait for the completion of the measurement. Click the
Cancel button to return to the beginning of the calibration.
Lines 1630 to 1700 Display the message that prompts for connecting the load standard to
the specified port. These lines start the measurement of the load
calibration data initiated by clicking the OK button after the
connection and wait for the completion of the measurement. Click the
Cancel button to return to the beginning of the calibration.
Lines 1750 to 1840 Display the message that prompts for connecting the thru standard
between the specified ports. These lines start the measurement of the
thru calibration data initiated by clicking the OK button after the
connection and wait for the completion of the measurement. Click the
Cancel button to return to the beginning of the calibration.
Lines 1880 to 2060 When the calibration type is not the 1-port calibration (a value other
than 1 is specified for the SoltType variable, displays the message
asking you whether you want to measure the isolation calibration data.
When the Yes button is clicked, displays the message that prompts for
connecting the load standard to the specified two ports (specified with
the Port(I-1) and Port(J-1) variables). These lines start the
measurement of the isolation calibration data initiated by clicking the
OK button after the connection and wait for the completion of the
measurement. Click the Cancel button to return to the beginning of the
calibration.
Lines 2080 to 2090 Calculate the calibration coefficients from the measured calibration
data and turn on the error correction function. Then, these lines display
a calibration completion message.

Example 6-1 Measuring a band-pass filter (object name: mdlBscMeas)

10| Sub Main()
20|
30| Dim Par As String, Fmt As String, File As String
40| Dim Center As Double, Span As Double, IfBw As Double, Pow
As Double
50| Dim Bw As Double, Cent As Double
60| Dim CutLow As Double, CutHigh As Double
70| Dim Qfac As Double, Loss As Double
80| Dim MkrVal As Variant, BwData As Variant
90| Dim Nop As Long, NumTrac As Long, CalKit As Long, Buff As
Long
100| Dim Port As Variant, Error As Variant
110|
120| Center = 947500000# 'Center freq : 947.5 MHz
130| Span = 200000000# 'Span freq : 200 MHz
140| Nop = 401 'Number of points : 401
150| IfBw = 10000# 'IF bandwidth : 10 kHz
160| Pow = -10 'Power level : -10dBm

Chapter 6 99
Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

170| NumTrac = 1 'Number of traces : 1

180| Par = "S21" 'Meas. parameter : S21
190| Fmt = "MLOG" 'Data format : Log Mag
200| CalKit = 4 'Calibration kit : 85032F
210| File = "State08.sta" 'Saved file name : State08.sta
220|
230| '''Presetting the E5070B/E5071B
240|
250| SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet
260|
270| '''Setting measurement conditions
280|
290| SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = True
300| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.Source = "BUS"
310|
320| SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.Center = Center
330| SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.Span = Span
340| SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = Nop
350| SCPI.SENSe(1).BANDwidth.RESolution = IfBw
360| SCPI.Source(1).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude = Pow
370|
380| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter.Count = NumTrac
390| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).DEFine = Par
400| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).Select
410| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.Format = Fmt
420|
430| '''Performing full 2-port calibration
440|
450| SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.Select = CalKit
460| Port = Array(1, 2)
470|
480| Calib_Solt 1, 2, Port
490|
500| '''Saving state & cal data
510|
520| SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe = "CST"
530| SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe = File
540|
550| '''Connecting DUT
560|
570| Meas_Start:
580| Prompt ("Connect DUT, and then press [Macro Setup]-Continue
button.")
590|
600| '''Performing single sweep
610|
620| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
630| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
640|
650| SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(1).Y.SCALe.AUTO
660|
670| '''Analyzing the results
680|
690| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).STATe = True
700| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).X = Center
710| MkrVal = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).Y
720|
730| On Error GoTo Bw_Err

100 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

740|
750| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).BWIDth.THReshold = -3
760| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).BWIDth.STATe = True
770| BwData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).BWIDth.DATA
780|
790| Bw = BwData(0)
800| Cent = BwData(1)
810| Qfac = BwData(2)
820| Loss = BwData(3)
830|
840| GoTo Skip_Bw_Err
850|
860| Bw_Err:
870|
880| Error = SCPI.SYSTem.Error
890| MsgBox "Error No:" & Error(0) & " , Description:" & Error(
1)
900|
910| Bw = 0
920| Cent = 0
930| Qfac = 0
940| Loss = MkrVal(0)
950|
960| Resume Skip_Bw_Err
970|
980| Skip_Bw_Err:
990|
1000| CutLow = Cent - Bw / 2
1010| CutHigh = Cent + Bw / 2
1020|
1030| ECHO "##Measurement Result##"
1040| ECHO " BW:" & Bw
1050| ECHO "cent:" & Cent
1060| ECHO " low:" & CutLow
1070| ECHO "high:" & CutHigh
1080| ECHO " Q:" & Qfac
1090| ECHO "loss:" & Loss
1100| SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE = "ECHO"
1110| SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe = True
1120|
1130| Buff = MsgBox("Do you make another measurement?", vbYesNo,
"Bandpass fileter measurement")
1140| If Buff = vbYes Then
1150| GoTo Meas_Start
1160| End If
1170|
1180| End Sub
1190|
1200| Private Sub Calib_Solt(Chan As Long, SoltType As Long, Port
As Variant)
1210|
1220| Dim Dmy As Long, I As Long, J As Long, Buff As Long
1230|
1240| Cal_Start:
1250|
1260| Buff = MsgBox("Perform the full " & SoltType & "-port cali
bration.", vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calibration")
1270|

Chapter 6 101
Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

1280| If Buff = vbCancel Then

1290| GoTo Cal_Skip
1300| End If
1310|
1320| Select Case SoltType
1330| Case 1
1340| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 =
Port(0)
1350| Case 2
1360| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT2 =
Port
1370| Case 3
1380| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT3 =
Port
1390| Case 4
1400| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT4 =
Port
1410| End Select
1420|
1430| For I = 1 To SoltType
1440|
1450| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Open standard to Port " & CS
tr(Port(I - 1)) & ".", _
1460| vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port
calibration")
1470| If Buff = vbOK Then
1480| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN =
Port(I - 1)
1490| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1500| Else
1510| GoTo Cal_Start
1520| End If
1530|
1540| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Short standard to Port " &
CStr(Port(I - 1)) & ".", _
1550| vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port
calibration")
1560| If Buff = vbOK Then
1570| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.Short =
Port(I - 1)
1580| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1590| Else
1600| GoTo Cal_Start
1610| End If
1620|
1630| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Load standard to Port " &
CStr(Port(I - 1)) & ".", _
1640| vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port
calibration")
1650| If Buff = vbOK Then
1660| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.Load =
Port(I - 1)
1670| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1680| Else
1690| GoTo Cal_Start
1700| End If
1710| Next I
1720|

102 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Basic Measurement (measuring a band-pass filter)

1730| For I = 1 To SoltType - 1

1740| For J = I + 1 To SoltType
1750| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Thru standard between Por
t " & CStr(Port(I - 1)) & _
1760| " and Port " & CStr(Port(J - 1))
& ".", vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calibration")
1770| If Buff = vbOK Then
1780|
SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Array(Port(I - 1
), Port(J - 1))
1790| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1800|
SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Array(Port(J - 1
), Port(I - 1))
1810| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1820| Else
1830| GoTo Cal_Start
1840| End If
1850| Next J
1860| Next I
1870|
1880| If SoltType <> 1 Then
1890| Buff = MsgBox("Do you measure the Isolation (Optional)
?", vbYesNo, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calibration")
1900| If Buff = vbYes Then
1910| For I = 1 To SoltType - 1
1920| For J = I + 1 To SoltType
1930| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Load standard to
Port " & Port(I - 1) & " and Port " & Port(J - 1) & ".", _
1940| vbOKCancel, "Full" & Solt
Type & "-port calibration")
1950| If Buff = vbOK Then
1960|
SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.ISOLation = Array(Port(
I - 1), Port(J - 1))
1970| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1980|
SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.ISOLation = Array(Port(
J - 1), Port(I - 1))
1990| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
2000| Else
2010| GoTo Cal_Start
2020| End If
2030| Next J
2040| Next I
2050| End If
2060| End If
2070|
2080| SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE
2090| MsgBox "All calibration data completion."
2100|
2110| Cal_Skip:
2120|
2130| End Sub

Chapter 6 103
 Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

Measuring a Multi-port Device

Example 6-2 shows a sample program (VBA program) that demonstrates how to measure a
(3-terminal) duplexer. You can find the source file of this program, named “apl_sys.vba”,
on the sample program disk. This VBA program consists of the following modules:

NOTE For the E5070B/E5071B with Option 213 or 214 (2-port S-parameter test set), a runtime
error occurs because there are parameters that it cannot measure.

Object name Module type Description

frmDupRes User form Displays the analysis result

mdlDupMeas Standard module Performs duplexer measurement

Overview of the program

The program performs full 3-port calibration using the 85032F calibration kit, measures a
(3-terminal) duplexer, and calculates and displays the limit test result, insertion loss, and
band-pass ripple. Figure 6-2 shows the simple flow of the (3-terminal) duplexer
measurement program.

104 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

Figure 6-2 Flow of duplexer measurement

Chapter 6 105
 Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

Description of the program

When you run this VBA program, reset is performed, the measurement conditions are set,
and the message “Perform the full 3-port calibration” is displayed. To perform the full
3-port calibration, click the Yes button; to skip it, click the No button.
To perform the calibration, follow the onscreen messages to connect each standard of the
Agilent 85032F calibration kit to the specified port and then click the OK button to
measure the calibration data. Click the Cancel button to return to the beginning of the
calibration. You cannot skip the isolation calibration. When the calibration data
measurement for all standards is complete, the message “All calibration data completion”
is displayed, and the calibration coefficient is calculated.

NOTE When you cancel the calibration data measurement before completing the measurement of
necessary calibration data, the settings condition may not be returned to its former state.

Then, the limit line is set and the setting required for the limit test judgment is performed.
The message “Set the DUT between test cables.” is displayed. Connect the DUT (duplexer)
between the test cables and click the Yes button. The limit line is set and a single sweep is
executed. Then, for both trace 1 (Tx: S13) and trace 2 (Rx: S21), the Pass/Fail judgment of
the limit test and the insertion loss and ripple analysis result within the pass band (Figure
6-3) are displayed.
Click the Exit button on the user form to display the analysis result (Figure 6-3). The
message prompting for remeasurement is displayed. To perform remeasurement, click the
Yes button; to terminate the program, click the No button. The details of the program
within the user form for displaying the analysis result (object name: frmDupRes) are not
described here.

Figure 6-3 Display of the execution result of the program of Example 6-2

106 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

The duplexer measurement program (object name: mdlDupMeas) is described in detail

below. Line numbers are added for description purpose only and do not appear in the actual
program source code.
Line 90 Stores the calibration kit number (4: 85032F) into the CalKit variable.
Line 110 Turns off display update. Turning off display update shortens drawing
time and object processing time.
Line 140 Returns the E5070B/E5071B to the preset state.
Lines 170 to 180 For channel 1, these lines turn the continuous trigger startup mode to
On and sets the trigger source to the bus trigger.
Line 200 Calls the Setup_Parameter procedure (lines 910 to 1140). For
information on the Setup_Parameter procedure, see the description
later.
Line 220 Calls the Setup_Segment procedure (lines 1160 to 1530). For
information on the Setup_Segment procedure, see the description later.
Line 250 Stores the calibration kit number for channel 1 into the CalKit
variable.
Line 260 Stores 1, 2, and 3 into the Port variable that indicates the ports used for
the full 3-port calibration.
Line 280 Calls the Calib_Solt procedure (lines 1550 to 2420). For information
on the Calib_Solt procedure, see the description in Example 6-1,
“Measuring a band-pass filter (object name: mdlBscMeas),” on
page 99.
Line 310 Calls the Setup_Limitline procedure (lines 2420 to 3180). For
information on the Setup_Limitline procedure, see the description
later.
Line 330 Calls the Setup_Register procedure (lines 3200 to 3260). For
information on the Setup_Register procedure, see the description later.
Line 380 Displays the message that prompts for connecting a DUT (Device
Under Test) and waits for the OK button to be clicked after the
connection.
Line 410 Clears the questionable limit status event register and questionable
limit channel 1 status event register.
Lines 420 to 430 Generate a trigger to start a single sweep and wait until the
measurement finishes (1 is read out with the SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
object).
Lines 450 to 460 For traces 1 and 2, these lines executes the auto scale to set the
optimum scale.
Lines 490 to 500 Read out the value of the questionable limit status event register and
store the AND of the read-out value and 2 (the value in which only bit
1 is 1) into the Test_Ch1 variable.
Lines 510 to 530 Read out the value of the questionable limit channel 1 status event
register and store the AND of the read-out value and 2 (the value in
which only bit 1 is 1) into the Test_Tr1 variable and the AND of the
read-out value and 4 (the value in which only bit 2 is 1) into the

Chapter 6 107
Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

Test_Tr2 variable.
Lines 560 to 610 Specify trace 1 as the active trace and set the analysis range (start
point: 1.85 GHz and stop point: 1.91 GHz). Then these lines sets the
polarity of the peak search (both the positive peak and the negative
peak) and the lower limit of the peak excursion value (0).
Lines 620 to 640 Search for the minimum value within the analysis range and store the
analysis result into the IlossTx variables.
Line 650 Uses the ripple analysis function to store the maximum value of the
response differences between the positive peaks and the negative
peaks within the analysis range into the RipTx variables.
Lines 670 to 720 Specify trace 2 as the active trace and set the analysis range (start
point: 1.93 GHz and stop point: 1.99 GHz). Then these lines set the
polarity of the peak search (both the positive peak and the negative
peak) and the lower limit of the peak excursion value (0).
Lines 730 to 750 Search for the minimum value within the analysis range and store the
analysis result into the IlossRx variables.
Line 760 Uses the ripple analysis function to store the maximum value of the
response differences between the positive peaks and the negative
peaks within the analysis range into the RipRx variables.
Line 790 Calls the Display_Update procedure (lines 3280 to 3620). For
information on the Display_Update procedure, see the description
later.
Line 810 Displays the user form (object name: frmDupRes) on the screen to
display the analysis result.
Lines 830 to 870 Display the message asking whether you want to perform
measurement again. Click the Yes button to return to the DUT
connection section. Click the No button to terminate the program.
Procedure: Setup_Parameter (lines 910 to 1140).
Lines 970 to 1020 Store the channel layout (“D1”: 1-channel display), graph layout
(“D1_2”: upper/lower 2 part split display), measurement parameter of
trace 1 (S13), measurement parameter of trace 2 (S21), data format of
trace 1 (MLOG), and data format of trace 2 (MLOG) into the ChDisp,
TracDisp, Par(0), Par(1), Fmt(0), and Fmt(1) variables, respectively.
Lines 1040 to 1060 Set the number of traces for channel 1 to 2, the channel layout to the
ChDisp variable, and the graph layout for channel 1 to the TracDisp
variable.
Lines 1080 to 1120 Set the measurement parameter for trace 1 to the Par(0) variable, the
data format for trace 1 to the Fmt(0) variable, the measurement
parameter for trace 2 to the Par(1) variable, and the data format for
trace 2 to the Fmt(1) variable.
Procedure: Setup_Segment (lines 1160 to 1530).
Lines 1200 to 1260 Store the conditions for channel 1's segment table setting into the
SegmData(0) to SegmData(6) variables. The settings are as follows.
Stimulus setting mode: start/stop value. IF bandwidth setting for each
segment: off. Power setting for each segment: off. Sweep delay time
setting for each segment: off. Sweep time setting for each segment:

108 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

off. Number of segments: 5.

Lines 1280 to 1470 Store the sweep start value, the sweep stop value, and the number of
measurement points for channel 1's segments 1 through 5 into the
SegmData(7) to SegmData(21) variables, respectively.
Line 1490 Sets channel 1's segment table to the SegmData variable.
Line 1500 Sets channel 1's sweep type to “segment”.
Line 1510 Sets the channel 1 graph’s horizontal axis display method to the order
base (the axis on which the measurement point numbers are placed
evenly in the order of measurement).
Procedure: Calib_Solt (lines 1550 to 2420).
See Lines 1200 to 2130 of Example 6-1 on page 99.
Procedure: Setup_Limitline (lines 2440 to 3180).
Line 2490 Stores the number of lines (5) in trace 1 limit table into the
LimDataS13(0) variable.
Lines 2500 to 2790 Store the settings in trace 1 limit table into the LimDataS13(1) to
LimDataS13(25) variables.
Line 2820 Stores the number of lines (4) in trace 2 limit table into the
LimDataS21(0) variable.
Lines 2830 to 3060 Store the settings in trace 2 limit table into the LimDataS21(1) to
LimDataS21(20) variables.
Lines 3080 to 3110 Specify trace 1 as the active trace, store trace 1's limit line into the
LimDataS13 variable, and display it. Then, these lines turn on the limit
test function for trace 1.
Lines 3130 to 3160 Specify trace 2 as the active trace, store trace 2's limit line into the
LimDataS21 variable, and display it. Then, these lines turn on the limit
test function for trace 2.
Procedure: Setup_Register (lines 3200 to 3260).
Lines 3220 to 3230 Set the instrument so that the questionable limit channel status event
register's bits 1 and 2 are set to 1 only when the questionable limit
channel status register's bits 1 and 2 are changed from 0 to 1 (positive
transition).
Line 3240 Enables the questionable limit channel status event register's bits 1 and
2.

Chapter 6 109
 Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

Procedure: Display_Update (lines 3280 to 3620).

Line 3300 Updates the display on the LCD screen once.
Lines 3320 to 3380 When trace 1's limit test result is Fail (Test_Tr1 = 2), these lines
display Tx(S13) “Limit test result: Fail” on the user form (object
name: frmDupRes) against a red background. On the other hand, when
trace 1's limit test result is Pass (Test_Tr1 ≠ 2), they display Tx(S13)
“Limit test result: Pass” on the user form (object name: frmDupRes)
against a blue background.
Lines 3400 to 3460 When trace 2's limit test result is Fail (Test_Tr2 = 4), these lines
display Rx(S21) “Limit test result: Fail” on the user form (object
name: frmDupRes) against a red background. On the other hand, when
trace 1's limit test result is Pass (Test_Tr2 ≠ 4), they display Rx(S21)
“Limit test result: Pass” on the user form (object name: frmDupRes)
against a blue background.
Lines 3480 to 3540 When channel 1's limit test result is Fail (Test_Ch1 = 2), these lines
display “Overall limit test result: Fail” on the user form (object name:
frmDupRes) against a red background. On the other hand, when
channel 1's limit test result is Pass (Test_Ch1 ≠ 2), they display
“Overall limit test result: Pass” on the user form (object name:
frmDupRes) against a blue background.
Lines 3560 to 3600 Display the analysis results for traces 1 and 2 (insertion loss and
band-pass ripple) as Tx(S13) and Rx(S21), respectively, on the user
form (object name: frmDupRes).

Example 6-2 Duplexer measurement (object name: mdlDupMeas)

10| Sub Main()
20|
30| Dim CalKit As Long, Dmy As Long, Rgst As Long, I As Long,
Buff As Long
40| Dim Test_Ch1 As Integer, Test_Tr1 As Integer, Test_Tr2 As
Integer
50| Dim IlossTx As Variant, IlossRx As Variant
60| Dim RipTx As Double, RipRx As Double
70| Dim Port As Variant
80|
90| CalKit = 4 'Calibration kit :85032F
100|
110| SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle = False
120|
130| '''Presetting the E5070B/E5071B
140| SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet
150|
160| '''Setting measurement conditions
170| SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = True
180| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.Source = "BUS"
190|
200| Setup_Parameter
210|
220| Setup_Segment
230|
240| '''Full 3-port calibration
250| SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.Select = CalKit

110 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

260| Port = Array(1, 2, 3)

270|
280| Calib_Solt 1, 3, Port
290|
300| '''Setting analysis conditions
310| Setup_Limitline
320|
330| Setup_Register
340|
350| Meas_Start:
360|
370| '''Connecting DUT
380| MsgBox "Connect DUT between test cables."
390|
400| '''Performing single sweep
410| SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS
420| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
430| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
440|
450| SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(1).Y.SCALe.AUTO
460| SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).Y.SCALe.AUTO
470|
480| '''Judging limit test
490| Rgst = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt
500| Test_Ch1 = CInt(Rgst And 2)
510| Rgst = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).EVENt
520| Test_Tr1 = CInt(Rgst And 2)
530| Test_Tr2 = CInt(Rgst And 4)
540|
550| '''Analyzing insertion loss/bandpass ripple
560| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).Select
570| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt =
1850000000#
580| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP =
1910000000#
590| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe = True
600| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity = "both"
610| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion = 0
620| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "MIN"
630| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute
640| IlossTx = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA
650| RipTx = MaxPeakToPeak(1)
660|
670| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).Select
680| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt =
1930000000#
690| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP =
1990000000#
700| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe = True
710| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity = "both"
720| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion = 0
730| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "MIN"
740| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute
750| IlossRx = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA
760| RipRx = MaxPeakToPeak(1)
770|
780| '''Displaying the results
790| Display_Update Test_Tr1, Test_Tr2, Test_Ch1, IlossTx,

Chapter 6 111
Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

IlossRx, RipTx, RipRx

800|
810| frmDupRes.Show
820|
830| Buff = MsgBox("Do you make another measurement?", vbYesNo,
"Duplexer Measurement")
840|
850| If Buff = vbYes Then
860| GoTo Meas_Start
870| End If
880|
890| End Sub
900|
910| Private Sub Setup_Parameter()
920|
930| Dim I As Long
940| Dim ChDisp As String, TracDisp As String
950| Dim Par(1) As String, Fmt(1) As String
960|
970| ChDisp = "D1"
980| TracDisp = "D1_2"
990| Par(0) = "S13"
1000| Par(1) = "S21"
1010| Fmt(0) = "MLOG"
1020| Fmt(1) = "MLOG"
1030|
1040| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter.Count = 2
1050| SCPI.DISPlay.Split = ChDisp
1060| SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).Split = TracDisp
1070|
1080| For I = 1 To 2
1090| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(I).DEFine = Par(I - 1)
1100| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(I).Select
1110| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.Format = Fmt(I - 1)
1120| Next I
1130|
1140| End Sub
1150|
1160| Private Sub Setup_Segment()
1170|
1180| Dim SegmData(21) As Variant
1190|
1200| SegmData(0) = 5 'Anytime 5 is set at seg
ment settings
1210| SegmData(1) = 0 'Allows stimulus range
to be set using Start/Stop frequency
1220| SegmData(2) = 0 'Not allows IF bandwidth
to be set
1230| SegmData(3) = 0 'Not allows power to be
set
1240| SegmData(4) = 0 'Not allows delay time
to be set
1250| SegmData(5) = 0 'Not allows sweep time
to be set
1260| SegmData(6) = 5 'Number of segments
1270|
1280| '''Segment 1
1290| SegmData(7) = 1730000000# 'Start frequency

112 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

1300| SegmData(8) = 1830000000# 'Stop frequency

1310| SegmData(9) = 50 'Number of points
1320| '''Segment 2
1330| SegmData(10) = 1830000000# 'Start frequency
1340| SegmData(11) = 2030000000# 'Stop frequency
1350| SegmData(12) = 400 'Number of points
1360| '''Segment 3
1370| SegmData(13) = 2030000000# 'Start frequency
1380| SegmData(14) = 2130000000# 'Stop frequency
1390| SegmData(15) = 50 'Number of points
1400| '''Segment 4
1410| SegmData(16) = 3650000000# 'Start frequency
1420| SegmData(17) = 4030000000# 'Stop frequency
1430| SegmData(18) = 38 'Number of points
1440| '''Segment 5
1450| SegmData(19) = 5500000000# 'Start frequency
1460| SegmData(20) = 6020000000# 'Stop frequency
1470| SegmData(21) = 52 'Number of points
1480|
1490| SCPI.SENSe(1).SEGMent.DATA = SegmData
1500| SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TYPE = "SEGM"
1510| SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).X.SPACing = "OBAS"
1520|
1530| End Sub
1540|
1550| Private Sub Calib_Solt(Chan As Long, SoltType As Long, Port A
s Variant)
1560|
1570| Dim Dmy As Long, I As Long, J As Long, Buff As Long
1580|
1590| Cal_Start:
1600|
1610| Buff = MsgBox("Perform the full " & SoltType & "-port calib
ration.", vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calibration")
1620| If Buff = vbCancel Then
1630| GoTo Cal_Skip
1640| End If
1650|
1660| Select Case SoltType
1670| Case 1
1680| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 =
Port(0)
1690| Case 2
1700| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT2 =
Port
1710| Case 3
1720| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT3 =
Port
1730| Case 4
1740| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT4 =
Port
1750| End Select
1760|
1770| For I = 1 To SoltType
1780|
1790| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Open standard to Port " & CS
tr(Port(I - 1)) & ".", vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calibr
ation")

Chapter 6 113
Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

1800| If Buff = vbOK Then

1810| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN =
Port(I - 1)
1820| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1830| Else
1840| GoTo Cal_Start
1850| End If
1860|
1870| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Short standard to Port " & C
Str(Port(I - 1)) & ".", vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calib
ration")
1880| If Buff = vbOK Then
1890| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.Short =
Port(I - 1)
1900| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1910| Else
1920| GoTo Cal_Start
1930| End If
1940|
1950| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Load standard to Port " & CS
tr(Port(I - 1)) & ".", vbOKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calibr
ation")
1960| If Buff = vbOK Then
1970| SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.Load =
Port(I - 1)
1980| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1990| Else
2000| GoTo Cal_Start
2010| End If
2020| Next I
2030|
2040| For I = 1 To SoltType - 1
2050| For J = I + 1 To SoltType
2060| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Thru standard between Por
t " & CStr(Port(I - 1)) & " and Port " & CStr(Port(J - 1)) & ".", vb
OKCancel, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calibration")
2070| If Buff = vbOK Then
2080|
SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Array(Port(I -
1), Port(J - 1))
2090| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
2100|
SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Array(Port(J -
1), Port(I - 1))
2110| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
2120| Else
2130| GoTo Cal_Start
2140| End If
2150| Next J
2160| Next I
2170|
2180| If SoltType <> 1 Then
2190| Buff = MsgBox("Do you measure the Isolation (Optional)?
", vbYesNo, "Full" & SoltType & "-port calibration")
2200| If Buff = vbYes Then
2210| For I = 1 To SoltType - 1
2220| For J = I + 1 To SoltType
2230| Buff = MsgBox("Connect the Load standard to

114 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

Port " & Port(I - 1) & " and Port " & Port(J - 1) & ".", vbOKCancel,
"Full" & SoltType & "-port calibration")
2240| If Buff = vbOK Then
2250|
SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.ISOLation = Array(Port(
I - 1), Port(J - 1))
2260| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
2270|
SCPI.SENSe(Chan).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.ISOLation = Array(Port(
J - 1), Port(I - 1))
2280| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
2290| Else
2300| GoTo Cal_Start
2310| End If
2320| Next J
2330| Next I
2340| End If
2350| End If
2360|
2370| SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE
2380| MsgBox "All calibration data completion."
2390|
2400| Cal_Skip:
2410|
2420| End Sub
2430|
2440| Private Sub Setup_Limitline()
2450|
2460| Dim LimDataS13(25) As Variant, LimDataS21(20) As Variant
2470|
2480| '''Limit line for S13
2490| LimDataS13(0) = 5 'Number of segment
2500| '''Limit_line 1
2510| LimDataS13(1) = 1 'Maximum
2520| LimDataS13(2) = 1730000000# 'Beginning of stimulus
2530| LimDataS13(3) = 1930000000# 'End of stimulus
2540| LimDataS13(4) = 0 'Beginning of response
2550| LimDataS13(5) = 0 'End of response
2560| '''Limit_line 2
2570| LimDataS13(6) = 2 'Minimum
2580| LimDataS13(7) = 1850000000# 'Beginning of stimulus
2590| LimDataS13(8) = 1910000000# 'End of stimulus
2600| LimDataS13(9) = -8 'Beginning of response
2610| LimDataS13(10) = -8 'End of response
2620| '''Limit_line 3
2630| LimDataS13(11) = 1 'Maximum
2640| LimDataS13(12) = 1930000000# 'Beginning of stimulus
2650| LimDataS13(13) = 1990000000# 'End of stimulus
2660| LimDataS13(14) = -35 'Beginning of response
2670| LimDataS13(15) = -35 'End of response
2680| '''Limit_line 4
2690| LimDataS13(16) = 1 'Maximum
2700| LimDataS13(17) = 1990000000# 'Beginning of stimulus
2710| LimDataS13(18) = 2130000000# 'End of stimulus
2720| LimDataS13(19) = -40 'Beginning of response
2730| LimDataS13(20) = -40 'End of response
2740| '''Limit_line 5
2750| LimDataS13(21) = 1 'Maximum

Chapter 6 115
Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

2760| LimDataS13(22) = 2130000000# 'Beginning of stimulus

2770| LimDataS13(23) = 6020000000# 'End of stimulus
2780| LimDataS13(24) = -20 'Beginning of response
2790| LimDataS13(25) = -20 'End of response
2800|
2810| '''Limit line for S21
2820| LimDataS21(0) = 4 'Number of segment
2830| '''Limit_line 1
2840| LimDataS21(1) = 1 'Maximum
2850| LimDataS21(2) = 1730000000# 'Beginning of stimulus
2860| LimDataS21(3) = 1850000000# 'End of stimulus
2870| LimDataS21(4) = -40 'Beginning of response
2880| LimDataS21(5) = -40 'End of response
2890| '''Limit_line 2
2900| LimDataS21(6) = 1 'Maximum
2910| LimDataS21(7) = 1850000000# 'Beginning of stimulus
2920| LimDataS21(8) = 1910000000# 'End of stimulus
2930| LimDataS21(9) = -40 'Beginning of response
2940| LimDataS21(10) = -40 'End of response
2950| '''Limit_line 3
2960| LimDataS21(11) = 1 'Maximum
2970| LimDataS21(12) = 1910000000# 'Beginning of stimulus
2980| LimDataS21(13) = 6020000000# 'End of stimulus
2990| LimDataS21(14) = 0 'Beginning of response
3000| LimDataS21(15) = 0 'End of response
3010| '''Limit_line 4
3020| LimDataS21(16) = 2 'Minimum
3030| LimDataS21(17) = 1930000000# 'Beginning of stimulus
3040| LimDataS21(18) = 1990000000# 'End of stimulus
3050| LimDataS21(19) = -10 'Beginning of response
3060| LimDataS21(20) = -10 'End of response
3070|
3080| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).Select
3090| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DATA = LimDataS13
3100| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe = True
3110| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.STATe = True
3120|
3130| SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).Select
3140| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DATA = LimDataS21
3150| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe = True
3160| SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.STATe = True
3170|
3180| End Sub
3190|
3200| Private Sub Setup_Register()
3210|
3220| SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).PTRansition = 6
3230| SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).NTRansition = 0
3240| SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ENABle = 6
3250|
3260| End Sub
3270|
3280| Sub Display_Update(Test_Tr1 As Integer, Test_Tr2 As Integer,
Test_Ch1 As Integer, IlossTx As Variant, IlossRx As Variant, RipTx
As Variant, RipRx As Variant)
3290|
3300| SCPI.DISPlay.UPDate.IMMediate
3310|

116 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measuring a Multi-port Device

3320| If Test_Tr1 = 2 Then

3330| frmDupRes.lblJudgeS13.BackColor = RGB(255, 0, 0)
3340| frmDupRes.lblJudgeS13.Caption = "Fail"
3350| Else
3360| frmDupRes.lblJudgeS13.BackColor = RGB(0, 0, 255)
3370| frmDupRes.lblJudgeS13.Caption = "Pass"
3380| End If
3390|
3400| If Test_Tr2 = 4 Then
3410| frmDupRes.lblJudgeS21.BackColor = RGB(255, 0, 0)
3420| frmDupRes.lblJudgeS21.Caption = "Fail"
3430| Else
3440| frmDupRes.lblJudgeS21.BackColor = RGB(0, 0, 255)
3450| frmDupRes.lblJudgeS21.Caption = "Pass"
3460| End If
3470|
3480| If Test_Ch1 = 2 Then
3490| frmDupRes.lblResult.BackColor = RGB(255, 0, 0)
3500| frmDupRes.lblResult.Caption = "Fail"
3510| Else
3520| frmDupRes.lblResult.BackColor = RGB(0, 0, 255)
3530| frmDupRes.lblResult.Caption = "Pass"
3540| End If
3550|
3560| frmDupRes.txtIlossS13.Text = Format(IlossTx(0), "0.####
")
3570| frmDupRes.txtIlossS21.Text = Format(IlossRx(0), "0.####
")
3580|
3590| frmDupRes.txtRipS13.Text = Format(RipTx, "0.####")
3600| frmDupRes.txtRipS21.Text = Format(RipRx, "0.####")
3610|
3620| End Sub

Chapter 6 117
 Application Programs
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

Example 6-3 shows front end module (FEM) measurement as a sample program of
measurement using the E5091A. You can find the source file of this program, named
apl_fem.vba, on the sample program disk.

NOTE If the E5070B/E5071B does not have Option 413 or 414 (4-port S parameter test set), a
runtime error occurs because there are parameters that it cannot measure.

NOTE This VBA program cannot control the E5091A-016, the multiport test set.

Object name Module type Description

mdlFemMeas Standard module Performs measurement of FEM

This program calibrates each channel using the ECal module and then measures the
transmission characteristics EGSM:Tx-Antenna (channel 1), EGSM:Antenna-Rx (channel
2), GSM1800:Tx-Antenna (channel 3), and GSM1800:Antenna-Rx (channel 4) of the
6-port dual-band FEM as shown in the below figure.

When you start the program, “Connect A and T1 to ECal Module” is displayed. Connect
the cables from A and T1 of the E5091A to the ECal module and then press the OK key to
calibrate channel 1. If trouble occurs due to a problem in the connection to the ECal
module, an error message is displayed. You can execute calibration again by clicking the
Retry button. If you want to abort the program, click the Cancel button. For channels 2 to
4, execute the calibration in the same way.

118 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

When calibration is complete, “Set DUT” is displayed. Connect the DUT (FEM) and the
E5091A as shown below and click the OK button to start measurement.

FEM E5091A

Antenna A

EGSM Tx T1

Rx+ R1+
Rx- R1-

GSM1800 Tx T2

Rx R2+

Vc1 Control Line 1

Vc2 Control Line 2

Figure 6-4 shows a sample display of the LCD screen after the program exits execution.

Figure 6-4 Example of display after execution of program in Example 6-3

Chapter 6 119
Application Programs
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

The FEM measurement program (object name: mdlFemMeas) is described in detail below.
Line numbers are added for description purpose only and do not appear in the actual
program source code.
Lines 140 to 330 Set the ports assigned to Port 1 to Port 4 of the E5091A and the control
line setting (table below) into the variables.
Channel number Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Control Lines
1 A T1 R1+ R1- 0 (00000000)
2 A T1 R1+ R1- 2 (00000010)
3 A T2 R2+ R2- 0 (00000000)
4 A T2 R2+ R2- 1 (00000001)

Lines 340 to 660 Set the settings required for the measurement conditions in the table
below to the variables.
Sweep range Measurem
Number of Number of
Channel number ent
Start Stop points traces
parameter
1 400 MHz 1.4 GHz 51 1 S12
2 880 MHz 1 GHz 101 1 Sds21
3 1.34 GHz 2.34 GHz 201 1 S12
4 1.665 GHz 2.015 GHz 101 1 S31

Fixture simulator
Channel number Title
ON/OFF Topology
1 OFF —— [EGSM] Tx-Antenna
2 ON SE:1, Bal:3,4 [EGSM] Antenna-Rx
3 OFF —— [GSM1800] Antenna-Rx
4 OFF —— [GSM1800] Tx-Antenna

Line 710 Puts the instrument into preset state.

Line 720 Allocates the windows to the upper left, upper right, lower left, and
lower right.
Lines 740 to 1020 Repeat the following for channels 1 to 4, where Ch is the channel
number.

Lines 780 to 810: For the E5091A whose ID is 1, set the port
assigned to port 1 to Port1(Ch-1), the port assigned to port 2 to
Port2(Ch-1), the Port assigned to port 3 to Port3(Ch-1), and the
port assigned to port 4 to Port4(Ch-1).
Line 820: Sets the control line of the E5091A whose ID is 1 to
Clines(Ch-1).
Lines 860 to 890: Set the sweep start value to Freq_star(Ch-1), the
sweep stop value to Freq_stop(Ch-1), the number of points to
Nop(Ch-1), and the number of traces to N_tr(Ch-1).
Lines 910 to 950: If the fixture simulator function is ON
(Fsim(Ch-1) is True), these lines set the fixture simulator function
to ON, the device type to Dev(Ch-1), the port assignment to
Tpl(Ch-1), the balance-unbalance conversion to ON, and the

120 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

measurement parameter (mix mode S-parameter) to Trc(Ch-1).

Line 970: If the fixture simulator function is OFF (Fsim(i) is
False), sets the measurement parameter (S-parameter) to
Trc(Ch-1).
Lines 990 to 1010: Set the title label to Ttl(Ch-1), the title display
to ON, and the continuous startup mode to ON.
Line 1040 Sets the trigger source to “Bus.”
Lines 1050 to 1060 For the E5091A whose ID is 1, set the property display to ON and the
control to ON.
Lines 1100 to 1120 Recall the Function procedure: ECal_solt (Lines 1410 to 1770) to
execute the calibration of channel 1 with the ECal module (full 2-port
calibration of ports A and T1). If the calibration is not completed
correctly, these lines abort the program. For information on the
Function procedure: ECal_solt, see the description later.
Lines 1130 to 1210 Execute the calibration of channels 2 to 4 in the same way.
Line 1260 Displays the message that prompts for connecting a DUT (Device
Under Test) and waits for the OK button to be clicked after the
connection.
Lines 1280 to 1290 Generate a trigger to start a single sweep and wait until the
measurement finishes (1 is read out with the SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
object).
Lines 1310 to 1330 Execute auto scale for trace 1 of channels 1 to 4.
Line 1350 Displays the message asking whether you want to perform
measurement again.
Line 1360 If the Yes button is clicked, returns to the DUT connection section.
Function procedure: ECal_solt (lines 1410 to 1770).
Line 1460 Clears the error queue.
Lines 1460 to 1480 Display the message that prompts for connecting the Tset_Port of the
E5091A to the ECal module and wait for the OK button to be clicked
after the connection.
Line 1500 Enables the error handling routine starting from Ecal_Err (lines 1670
to 1740). If a runtime error occurs, the program goes to the error
handling routine.
Line 1540 If solt is 1, executes the ECal command that performs 1-port
calibration on port Ana_port(0) of channel Ch.
Line 1560 If solt is 2, executes the ECal command that performs full 2-port
calibration on port Ana_port of channel Ch.
Line 1580 If solt is 3, executes the ECal command that performs full 3-port
calibration on port Ana_port of channel Ch.
Line 1600 If solt is 4, executes the ECal command that performs full 4-port
calibration on port Ana_port of channel Ch.
Line 1630 Sets the return value of ECal_solt to 0.
Lines 1670 to 1740 Define a runtime error handler.

Chapter 6 121
 Application Programs
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

Lines 780 to 810: For the E5091A whose ID is 1, these lines set the
port assigned to port 1 to Port1(Ch-1), the port assigned to port 2 to
Port2(Ch-1), the Port assigned to port 3 to Port3(Ch-1), and the
port assigned to port 4 to Port4(Ch-1).
Line 1670: Retrieves the error number and error message from the
error queue.
Line 1680: Displays the error message.
Line 1700: When the Retry button is clicked, the program disables
the error handler routine and then returns to the connection part
and repeats ECal.
Lines 1720 to 1730: When the Cancel button is clicked, the
program sets the return value of ECal_solt to the error number and
disables the error handler routine.

Example 6-3 Measurement of FEM (object name: mdlFemMeas)

10| Sub Main()
20|
30| Dim Port1(3) As String, Port2(3) As String
40| Dim Port3(3) As String, Port4(3) As String
50| Dim Trc(3) As String, Fsim(3) As Boolean, Dev(3) As String
60| Dim Tpl(3) As Variant, Ttl(3) As String, Inp_char As String
70| Dim Freq_star(3) As Double, Freq_stop(3) As Double
80| Dim CLines(3) As Long, Nop(3) As Long, N_tr(3) As Long
90| Dim Ch As Long, Res As Long, Buff As Long, Dmy As Long
100| Dim AnaPort As Variant
110| '
120| ' E5091A Setup
130| '
140| Port1(0) = "A" '[Ch1] Port1: A
150| Port2(0) = "T1" ' Port2: T1
160| Port3(0) = "R1" ' Port3: R1+
170| Port4(0) = "R1" ' Port4: R1-
180| CLines(0) = 0 ' Control Lines: 0
190| Port1(1) = "A" '[Ch2] Port1: A
200| Port2(1) = "T1" ' Port2: T1
210| Port3(1) = "R1" ' Port3: R1+
220| Port4(1) = "R1" ' Port3: R1-
230| CLines(1) = 2 ' Control Lines: 2 (Line1:HIGH)
240| Port1(2) = "A" '[Ch3] Port1: A
250| Port2(2) = "T2" ' Port2: T2
260| Port3(2) = "R2" ' Port3: R2+
270| Port4(2) = "R2" ' Port4: R2- (Dummy)
280| CLines(2) = 0 ' Control Lines: 2 (Line1:HIGH)
290| Port1(3) = "A" '[Ch4] Port1: A
300| Port2(3) = "T2" ' Port2: T2
310| Port3(3) = "R2" ' Port3: R2+
320| Port4(3) = "R2" ' Port4: R2- (Dummy)
330| CLines(3) = 1 ' Control Lines: 1 (Line0:HIGH)
340| '
350| ' Measurement Condition
360| ' [Ch1]
370| Freq_star(0) = 400000000# ' Start frequency : 400 MHz
380| Freq_stop(0) = 1400000000# ' Stop frequency : 1.4 GHz
390| Nop(0) = 51 ' Number of points : 51
400| N_tr(0) = 1 ' Number of traces : 1
410| Fsim(0) = False ' Fixture Simulator : OFF
420| Trc(0) = "S12" ' Meas. parameter : S12
430| Ttl(0) = "[EGSM] Tx-Antenna" ' Title

122 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

440| ' [Ch2]

450| Freq_star(1) = 880000000# ' Start frequency : 880 MHz
460| Freq_stop(1) = 1000000000# ' Stop frequency : 1 GHz
470| Nop(1) = 101 ' Number of points : 101
480| N_tr(1) = 1 ' Number of traces : 1
490| Fsim(1) = True ' Fixture Simulator : ON
500| Dev(1) = "SBAL" ' Bal. Device Type : SE-Bal
510| Tpl(1) = Array(1, 3, 4) ' Topology : SE:1, Bal:3-4
520| Trc(1) = "SDS21" ' Meas. parameter : Sds21
530| Ttl(1) = "[EGSM] Antenna-Rx" ' Title
540| ' [Ch3]
550| Freq_star(2) = 1340000000# ' Start frequency : 1.34 GHz
560| Freq_stop(2) = 2340000000# ' Stop frequency : 2.34 GHz
570| Nop(2) = 201 ' Number of points : 201
580| N_tr(2) = 1 ' Number of traces : 1
590| Fsim(2) = False ' Fixture Simulator : OFF
600| Trc(2) = "S12" ' Meas. parameter : S12
610| Ttl(2) = "[GSM1800] Tx-Antenna" ' Title
620| ' [Ch4]
630| Freq_star(3) = 1665000000# ' Start frequency : 1.665 GHz
640| Freq_stop(3) = 2015000000# ' Stop frequency : 2.015 GHz
650| Nop(3) = 101 ' Number of points : 101
660| N_tr(3) = 1 ' Number of traces : 1
670| Fsim(3) = False ' Fixture Simulator : OFF
680| Trc(3) = "S31" ' Meas. parameter : S31
690| Ttl(3) = "[GSM1800] Antenna-Rx" ' Title
700|
710| SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet
720| SCPI.DISPlay.Split = "D12_34"
730|
740| For Ch = 1 To 4
750| '
760| ' E5091A Setup
770| '
780| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.Port1 = Port1(Ch - 1)
790| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.Port2 = Port2(Ch - 1)
800| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.Port3 = Port3(Ch - 1)
810| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.Port4 = Port4(Ch - 1)
820| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA = CLines(Ch -
1)
830| '
840| ' Measurement Condition
850| '
860| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt = Freq_star(Ch - 1)
870| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP = Freq_stop(Ch - 1)
880| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts = Nop(Ch - 1)
890| SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.Count = N_tr(Ch - 1)
900| If Fsim(Ch - 1) = True Then
910| SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe = True
920| SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = Dev(Ch - 1)
930| SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SBALanced.PPOR
ts = Tpl(Ch - 1)
940| SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).STATe = Tr
ue
950| SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).SBALanced.
DEFine = Trc(Ch - 1)
960| Else
970| SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(1).DEFine = Trc(Ch - 1)
980| End If
990| SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA = Ttl(Ch - 1)
1000| SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe = True
1010| SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous = True
1020| Next Ch
1030|

Chapter 6 123
Application Programs
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

1040| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.Source = "BUS"

1050| SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).DISPlay.STATe = True
1060| SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).STATe = True
1070| '
1080| ' Calibration
1090| '
1100| AnaPort = Array(1, 2)
1110| Res = ECal_Solt(1, 2, AnaPort, "A and T1")
1120| If Res <> 0 Then GoTo Prg_end
1130| AnaPort = Array(1, 3, 4)
1140| Res = ECal_Solt(2, 3, AnaPort, "A, R1+ and R1-")
1150| If Res <> 0 Then GoTo Prg_end
1160| AnaPort = Array(1, 2)
1170| Res = ECal_Solt(3, 2, AnaPort, "A and T2")
1180| If Res <> 0 Then GoTo Prg_end
1190| AnaPort = Array(1, 3)
1200| Res = ECal_Solt(4, 2, AnaPort, "A and R2+")
1210| If Res <> 0 Then GoTo Prg_end
1220| '
1230| ' Measurement
1240| '
1250| Meas_Start:
1260| MsgBox "Connect DUT.", vbOKOnly, "Measurement"
1270|
1280| SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
1290| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
1300|
1310| For Ch = 1 To 4
1320| SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(1).Y.SCALe.AUTO
1330| Next Ch
1340|
1350| Buff = MsgBox("Do you make another measurement?", vbYesNo)
1360| If Buff = vbYes Then GoTo Meas_Start
1370|
1380| Prg_end:
1390| End Sub
1400|
1410| Function ECal_Solt(Ch As Long, Solt As Long, AnaPort As Variant,
TsetPort As String) As Long
1420| Dim Err_info As Variant
1430| Dim Buff As Long
1440|
1450| Ecal_start:
1460| SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS
1470|
1480| MsgBox "Connect " + TsetPort + " to ECal Module."
1490|
1500| On Error GoTo Ecal_err
1510|
1520| Select Case Solt
1530| Case 1
1540| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 = AnaPort(0)
1550| Case 2
1560| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2 = AnaPort
1570| Case 3
1580| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3 = AnaPort
1590| Case 4
1600| SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4 = AnaPort
1610| End Select
1620|
1630| ECal_Solt = 0
1640| GoTo Ecal_end
1650|
1660| Ecal_err:

124 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Measurement Using E5091A (measuring FEM)

1670| Err_info = SCPI.SYSTem.Error

1680| Buff = MsgBox("Error: " + Err_info(1), vbRetryCancel)
1690| If Buff = vbRetry Then
1700| Resume Ecal_start
1710| Else
1720| ECal_Solt = Err_info(0)
1730| Resume Ecal_end
1740| End If
1750|
1760| Ecal_end:
1770| End Function

Chapter 6 125
 Application Programs
Executing Power Calibration

Executing Power Calibration

Example 6-4 shows a sample program (VBA program) for executing power calibration
using the E4418B power meter and the E4412A power sensor. You can find the source file
of this program, named pow_cal.vba, on the sample program disk. This VBA program
consists of the following modules:

Object name Module type Description

mdlPowCal Standard module Executes power calibration

Module1 Standard module Definition files for using VISA library

Module2

Program overview
The program connects the E5070B/E5071B and the E4418B (GPIB address: 13) through
the USB/GPIB interface as shown in Figure 6-5. Then, the program executes the zero
adjustment and calibration of the power sensor (E4412A) connected to the power meter
(E4418B) as necessary. Finally, it executes the power calibration of the E5070B/E5071B
and saves the obtained power calibration data array into a file.

Figure 6-5 Connection between E5070B/E5071B and power meter

126 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Executing Power Calibration

Program description
When you run this VBA program, reset is performed, the GPIB address of the power meter
to be controlled and the measurement conditions of the E5070B/E5071B are set, and the
message “Do you perform zeroing and calibrating the power meter on channel A?” is
displayed. If you want to execute the zero adjustment and the calibration of the power
sensor, click the Yes button; to skip them, click the No button.
If you want to execute the zero adjustment and calibration of the power sensor, follow the
displayed messages to connect the power sensor connected to the A channel of the power
meter to the POWER RF port of the power meter and click the OK button. When the zero
adjustment and calibration of the power sensor is complete, the message “Zeroing and
calibrating the power sensor is complete” is displayed.
When a message that prompts you to connect the power sensor to port 1 of the
E5070B/E5071B is displayed, make the connection and then click the OK button. The
power calibration data measurement is executed immediately and the obtained power
calibration data array is saved in a file named “CORR_DATA.”
The power calibration execution program (object name: mdlPowCal) is described in detail
below. Line numbers are added for description purpose only and do not appear in the actual
program source code.
Lines 100 to 150 Assign the sweep type (power sweep), the number of points (41), the
power range (-20 to +12 dBm), the sweep start value (-20 dBm), the
sweep stop value (-10 dBm), and the fixed frequency (1 GHz) to the
Swp_type, Nop, Pow_rang, Start_p, Stop_p, and Cw_freq variables,
respectively.
Lines 160 to 170 Assign the number of power calibration data measurements for each
measurement point (4) and the limit value of the power calibration
data array (10 dBm) into the Num_avg and Limit variables,
respectively.
Line 200 Returns the E5070B/E5071B to the preset state.
Line 230 Sets the power meter's GPIB address (13) in the E5070B/E5071B.
Lines 260 to 310 For channel 1, these lines assign the sweep type to the Swp_type
variable, the number of points to the Nop variable, the power range to
the Pow_rang variable, the sweep start value to the Start_p variable,
the sweep stop value to the Stop_p variable, and the fixed frequency to
the Cw_freq variable.
Lines 340 to 370 Display a message asking whether to execute the zero adjustment and
calibration of the power sensor. If the Yes button is clicked, these lines
call the procedure: Control_PowerMeter (Line 900 to Line 1340). For
information on the Control_PowerMeter procedure, see the description
later. On the other hand, if the No button is clicked, the program skips
the zero adjustment and calibration of the power sensor.
Lines 410 to 420 Clear the error queue. Then, these lines prompt you to connect the
power sensor to port 1 of the E5070B/E5071B and wait for the OK
button to be clicked after the connection.

Chapter 6 127
Application Programs
Executing Power Calibration

Lines 450 to 470 For port 1 of channel 1, these lines set the number of power calibration
data measurements for each measurement point to the Num_avg
variable and then start the measurement of the power calibration data
and wait for the completion of the measurement.
Line 500 Reads out an error that has occurred in the E5070B/E5071B during the
measurement of the power calibration data and sets it in the Err
variable.
Lines 510 to 590 If no error has occurred, these lines read out the power calibration data
array and set it in the Corr_data variable. In addition, the program uses
the Limit_Test function to check whether the read out power
calibration data array exceeds the specified limit value. If the limit
value is exceeded, the return value of the Limit_Test function, False, is
returned. Then, a message is displayed asking whether to perform the
power calibration again. Click the Yes button to return to the start of
the power calibration data measurement. Click the No button to
terminate the program. For information on the Limit_Test function
(Line 1360 to Line 1530), see the description later.
Lines 610 to 660 If an error occurs, display an error message and a message asking
whether to execute the power calibration again. Click the Yes button to
return to the start of the power calibration data measurement. Click the
No button to terminate the program.
Lines 690 to 790 Write the read out power calibration data array into a file named
“CORR_DATA.” Then, these lines display a message that saving into
a file has been successfully completed.
Procedure: Control_PowerMeter (lines 900 to 1340).
Lines 990 to 1000 Initialize and start up the VISA system and output the startup
information to the Defrm variable. During this process, if an error
occurs, the program goes to the error handling routine (Lines 1260 to
1300).
Lines 1030 to 1040 Establish the connection to the power meter in use (GPIB address: 13)
and output the connection information to the E4418 variable. During
this process, if an error occurs, the program goes to the error handling
routine (Lines 1260 to 1300).
Lines 1070 to 1090 Return the power meter to the preset state through VISA and clear the
status byte register and the standard event status register. Then, these
lines enable the standard event status register's bit 0.
Line 1100 Prompts you to connect the power sensor to the POWER REF port of
the power meter and waits for the OK button to be clicked after the
connection.
Lines 1110 to 1120 Execute the zero adjustment and calibration of the power sensor
through VISA. These lines make the setting so that 1 is set to bit 0 of
the standard event status register when all pending operations are
completed.

128 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Executing Power Calibration

Lines 1130 to 1190 Retrieve the value of the status byte register through VISA and set it
into the Rgst variable. These lines set the AND of the read-out value
and 32 (the value in which only bit 5 is 1) into the Rslt variable and
display a message that the zero adjustment and calibration of the
power sensor is completed when Rslt becomes 1 (when the zero
adjustment and calibration of the power sensor is completed).
Line 1220 Breaks the communication and terminates the VISA system.
Lines 1260 to 1300 If an error occurs in a VISA function, these lines display the details of
the error and terminate the program.
Function: Limit_Test (Lines 1360 to 1530)
Lines 1420 to 1470 If the absolute value of the read out power calibration data array
exceeds the specified limit value, these lines turn off the power
calibration function and return the value of False. Otherwise, the value
of True is returned.

Example 6-4 Measurement of power calibration (object name: mdlPowCal)

10| Sub Main()
20|
30| Dim Swp_type As String, File As String
40| Dim Start_p As Double, Stop_p As Double, Cw_freq As Double, Limi
t As Double
50| Dim Nop As Long, Pow_rang As Long, Num_avg As Long, Data_size As
Long, Buff As Long, Dmy As Long
60| Dim Corr_data As Variant, Err As Variant
70| Dim Verifier As Boolean
80| Dim FileNo As Integer, I As Integer
90|
100| Swp_type = "POW" 'Sweep type : POWER
110| Nop = 41 'Number of points : 41
120| Pow_rang = 0 'Power range : -20 to +12
dBm
130| Start_p = -20# 'Start power : -20 dBm
140| Stop_p = -10# 'Stop power : -10 dBm
150| Cw_freq = 1000000000# 'CW frequency : 1 GHz
160| Num_avg = 4 'Number of averaging : 4
170| Limit = 10# 'limit for corrected data : 10 dBm
180|
190| '''Presetting the E5070/71B
200| SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet
210|
220| '''Setting GPIB address of the power meter to E5070/71B
230| SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.address = 13
240|
250| '''Setting measurement conditions
260| SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TYPE = Swp_type
270| SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = Nop
280| SCPI.Source(1).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA = Pow_rang
290| SCPI.Source(1).POWer.STARt = Start_p
300| SCPI.Source(1).POWer.STOP = Stop_p
310| SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.CW = Cw_freq
320|
330| '''Performing a calibration in the power meter
340| Buff = MsgBox("Do you perform zeroing and calibrating the power
sensor?", vbYesNo, "Power meter calibration")
350| If Buff = vbYes Then
360| Control_PowerMeter
370| End If

Chapter 6 129
Application Programs
Executing Power Calibration

380|
390| Meas_Start:
400| '''Connecting the power sensor to the port 1 in the E5070/71B
410| SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS
420| MsgBox "Set the power sensor connected to the port 1 in the E507
0/71B.", vbOKOnly, "Power meter calibration"
430|
440| '''Performing power calibration measurement
450| SCPI.Source(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.AVERage.count =
Num_avg
460| SCPI.Source(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire = "ASEN
"
470| Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
480|
490| '''Error handling at power meter calibration
500| Err = SCPI.SYSTem.Error
510| If Err(0) = 0 Then
520| Corr_data = SCPI.Source(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.DATA
530| Verifier = Limit_Test(Nop, Limit, Corr_data)
540| If Verifier = False Then
550| Buff = MsgBox("Do you perform the power meter calibration me
asurement again?", vbYesNo, "Power meter calibration")
560| If Buff = vbYes Then GoTo Meas_Start
570| If Buff = vbNo Then GoTo Prog_Stop
580| End If
590| MsgBox "Power meter calibration measurement is complete.", vbO
KOnly, "Power meter calibration"
600|
610| Else
620| MsgBox "Error: " & Err(1)
630| Buff = MsgBox("Do you perform the power meter calibration meas
urement again?", vbYesNo, "Power meter calibration")
640| If Buff = vbYes Then GoTo Meas_Start
650| If Buff = vbNo Then GoTo Prog_Stop
660| End If
670|
680| '''Installing the corrected data to a file
690| FileNo = FreeFile
700| File = "CORR_DATA"
710|
720| Open File For Output As FileNo
730|
740| For I = 0 To Nop - 1
750| Write #FileNo, Val(Corr_data(I))
760| Next I
770| Close #FileNo
780|
790| MsgBox "Installing the corrected data to the file is DONE.", vbO
KOnly, "Power meter calibration"
800|
810| GoTo Prog_End
820|
830| Prog_Stop:
840| MsgBox "Program Interruption", vbOKOnly, "Power meter calibratio
n"
850|
860| Prog_End:
870|
880| End Sub
890|
900| Private Sub Control_PowerMeter()
910|
920| Dim Status As Long 'VISA function status return
930| Dim Defrm As Long 'Session to default resource code

130 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Executing Power Calibration

940| Dim E4418 As Long 'Session to power meter

950| Dim Rslt As Integer
960| Dim Rgst As String * 10
970|
980| '''Initializing the VISA system
990| Status = viOpenDefaultRM(Defrm)
1000| If (Status <> VI_SUCCESS) Then GoTo VisaErrorHandler
1010|
1020| '''Opening the session to the power meter
1030| Status = viOpen(Defrm, "GPIB0::13::INSTR", 0, 0, E4418)
1040| If (Status <> VI_SUCCESS) Then GoTo VisaErrorHandler
1050|
1060| '''Zeroing and calibratingthe power meter
1070| Status = viVPrintf(E4418, "SYST:PRES" & Chr$(10), 0)
1080| Status = viVPrintf(E4418, "*CLS" & Chr$(10), 0)
1090| Status = viVPrintf(E4418, "*ESE 1" & Chr$(10), 0)
1100| MsgBox "Set the power sensor connected to the POWER REF port in
the power meter.", vbOKOnly, "Power meter calibration"
1110| Status = viVPrintf(E4418, "CAL1:ALL" & Chr$(10), 0)
1120| Status = viVPrintf(E4418, "*OPC" & Chr$(10), 0)
1130| Do While Rslt = 0
1140| Status = viVPrintf(E4418, "*STB?" & Chr$(10), 0)
1150| Status = viVScanf(E4418, "%t", Rgst)
1160| Rslt = CInt(CInt(Rgst) And 32)
1170| Loop
1180|
1190| MsgBox "Zeroing and Calibrating the power sensor is complete.",
vbOKOnly, "Power meter calibration"
1200|
1210| '''Closing the resource manager session
1220| Call viClose(Defrm)
1230|
1240| GoTo Prog_End
1250|
1260| VisaErrorHandler:
1270| Dim VisaErr As String * 200
1280| Call viStatusDesc(Defrm, Status, VisaErr)
1290| MsgBox "Error : " & VisaErr, vbExclamation
1300| End
1310|
1320| Prog_End:
1330|
1340| End Sub
1350|
1360| Function Limit_Test(Nop As Long, Limit As Double, Corr_data As Var
iant) As Boolean
1370|
1380| Dim I As Integer
1390|
1400| For I = 0 To Nop - 1
1410|
1420| If Abs(Corr_data(I)) > Limit Then
1430| SCPI.Source(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.STATe = False
1440| MsgBox "The corrected data is out of limit!", vbExclamation,
"Power meter calibration"
1450| Limit_Test = False
1460| Exit Function
1470| End If
1480|
1490| Next I
1500|
1510| Limit_Test = True
1520|
1530| End Function

Chapter 6 131
 Application Programs
Connecting Hard Disk of External PC (shared folder)

Connecting Hard Disk of External PC (shared folder)

Example 6-5 shows a sample program (VBA program) that demonstrates how to connect a
hard disk (a shared folder) of an external PC to the E5070B/E5071B. You can find the
source file of this program, named “map_drive.vba”, on the sample program disk. This
VBA program consists of the following modules:

Object name Module type Description

frmMapDrive User form Connects or disconnects a hard disk

Module1 Standard module Displays frmMapDrive

Using VBA program

Step 1. Load the map_drive.vba and press [Macro Run]. The following macro appears.

Figure 6-6 Shared folder connection macro

Step 2. Connecting (Mapping)

Enter the drive letter for the shared folder (1 in Figure 6-6), the share name of the shared
folder (2 in Figure 6-6), the user name (3 in Figure 6-6) and the password (4 in Figure 6-6)
in the external PC. Then click the Map button (5 in Figure 6-6).

NOTE Consult your network administrator and enter the settings in the same way as done in the
Windows 2000® PC operating system. If you enter an incorrect setting, an error occurs and
the program is interrupted.

Disconnecting

Enter the drive letter for the shared folder (1 in Figure 6-6) and then click the Disconnect
button (6 in Figure 6-6).

Step 3. Click the Exit button (7 in Figure 6-6) to exit from the program.

132 Chapter 6
 Application Programs

6. Application Programs
Connecting Hard Disk of External PC (shared folder)

Description of operation in VBA program

The program (object name: frmMapDrive) is described in detail below:

Sub CommandButton1_Click
This procedure is called when the user clicks the Map button. It checks whether the drive
letter is used by using the IsDriveNameInUse procedure. Then the procedure connects the
shared folder using the MapDrive procedure if the drive letter is not used or otherwise
displays a message to show the drive letter is used.

Sub CommandButton2_Click
This procedure is called when the user clicks the Disconnect button. The procedure
disconnects the shared folder by using the DisconnectDrive procedure.

Function IsDriveNameInUse
This procedure checks if the txtDrive.Text (the drive letter specified by 1 in Figure 6-6) is
used.

Sub MapDrive
This procedure connects the shared folder as the txtDrive.Text (the drive letter specified by
1 in Figure 6-6) drive by using the parameters: txtShare.Text (the share name specified by
2 in Figure 6-6), txtUser.Text (the user name specified by 3 in Figure 6-6), and
txtPasswd.Text (the password specified by 4 in Figure 6-6).

Sub DisconnectDrive
This procedure disconnects the txtDrive.Text (the drive letter specified by 1 in Figure 6-6)
drive.

Sub CommandButton3_Click
This procedure is called when the user clicks the Exit button. This procedure ends the
program.

Chapter 6 133
 Application Programs
Connecting Hard Disk of External PC (shared folder)

Example 6-5 Connecting the hard disk of an external PC (Object name: frmMapDrive)
Private Sub CommandButton1_Click()
If Not IsDriveNameInUse Then
Call MapDrive
Else
MsgBox "Drive """ & txtDrive.Text & """ is Already used", vb
Critical
End If
End Sub

Private Sub CommandButton2_Click()

Call DisconnectDrive
End Sub

Private Function IsDriveNameInUse() As Boolean

Set fso = CreateObject("Scripting.FileSystemObject")
IsDriveNameInUse = fso.DriveExists(txtDrive.Text)
End Function

Private Sub MapDrive()

Set network = CreateObject("wscript.network")
Call network.MapNetworkDrive(txtDrive.Text, txtShare.Text, vbFal
se, txtUser. Text, txtPasswd.Text)
End Sub

Private Sub DisconnectDrive()

Set network = CreateObject("wscript.network")
network.RemoveNetworkDrive txtDrive.Text
End Sub

Private Sub CommandButton3_Click()

Unload Me
End Sub

134 Chapter 6
 7. COM Object Reference

7 COM Object Reference

This chapter describes the COM object model of the Agilent E5070B/E5071B and the
COM object reference in alphabetical order. If you want to look up COM objects by their
function, see “COM object list by function.”

135
 COM Object Reference
Application Objects

COM Object Model

The COM objects provided for the E5070B/E5071B are structured hierarchically as shown
in Figure 7-1.

Figure 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM object model

Application Objects
The Application objects are at the top of the hierarchy of the E5070B/E5071B COM object
model. They consist of 7 objects dedicated to the COM interface and SCPI objects
corresponding to SCPI commands. For information on the basic use of the 7 objects
dedicated to the COM interface, see “Application Objects” on page 136.

136 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI Objects

SCPI Objects
The SCPI objects are created to realize the SCPI commands of the E5070B/E5071B with
the COM interface. For information on the basic use of the SCPI objects, see “SCPI
Objects” on page 137.
The conversion rules from the SCPI commands when writing SCPI object messages are as
follows:

• SCPI. must be at the beginning. Notice that the IEEE common commands start with

7. COM Object Reference

SCPI.IEEE4882. and "*" is omitted.
• Replace colons (:) used as the hierarchical separator symbol with dots (.).
• The number written in the object message is specified with ( ).
• You cannot omit the command message in the syntax.

SCPI command COM object

OUTPUT 717;":SOUR1:POW -10" → SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude = -10

OUTPUT 717;":SENS1:CORR:COLL:METH:TYPE?" → A = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod:TYPE

ENTER 717;A$

OUTPUT 717;"*CLS" → SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS

Chapter 7 137
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

COM Object List

List by Function
Table 7-1 shows the COM object list by function.
Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function
Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Measurement Preset SCPI.IEEE4882.RST on page 421
Conditions SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet on page 743
SCPI.SYSTem.UPReset on page 749
Selects active channel. SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395
Checks active channel. SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.ACTive on page 639
Selects active trace. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
Checks active trace. SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel(Ch).TRACe.ACTive on page 640
Number of traces SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.COUNt on page 257
Measurement parameter SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine on page 258
Data format SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat on page 289
On/Off of the stimulus signal output SCPI.OUTPut.STATe on page 458
Power level Power level for all port SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude on
page 648
Power level for each port SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate.
AMPLitude on page 663
On/Off of port coupling SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle on page 662
Power range SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644
Auto Power Range set function On/Off SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO on page 645
Power slope On/Off SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe on page 650
Coefficient SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA on page 649
Fixed frequency (CW frequency) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW on page 588
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed on page 590
Sweep Range Frequency sweep Start SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt on page 592
Stop SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP on page 593
Center SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer on page 587
Span SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN on page 591
Power sweep Start SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt on page 665
Stop SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP on page 666
Center SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer on page 647
Span SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN on page 664
Number of measurement points SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635
Time Turns on/off the SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO on page 636
automatic setting.
Sets sweep time. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA on page 637
Delay time SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.DELay on page 633
Type SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638
sweep mode SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration on page 634

138 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Measurement Segment sweep Edits the table. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA on page 629
Conditions Reads total number of SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.POINts on page 631
(Continued) measurement points.
Reads total sweep time. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.TIME.DATA on page 631
Horizontal axis display type SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing on page 410
(Frequency base/Order base)

7. COM Object Reference

IF bandwidth SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution on page 467
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution on page 468
Averaging On/Off SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe on page 466
Averaging counts SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt on page 465
Clears the counts. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar on page 465
Smoothing On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe on page 354
Smoothing aperture SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture on
page 353
Absolute Setting the measurement parameter SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine on page 258
Selecting the stimulus port SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt on page 260
Setting the x-axsis In case of the frequency offset is SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis on page 341
frequency ON
In case of the frequency offset is SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFset.XAXis on page 344
OFF
ON/OFF of the avoid sprious SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious on page 609
External signal On/OFF of control SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe on page 610
source Reading out the frequency data SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DATA on
page 611
Setting ON/OFF of the frequency SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe on page 620
the offset
frequen Multiplier SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier on
cy page 613
Divisor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor on
page 612
Offset SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on
page 624
Start SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt on
page 615
Stop SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP on
page 616
Setting Power level SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AM
the PLitude on page 617
power Power slope SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA
on page 618
ON/OFF of the power SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe
slope on page 619

Chapter 7 139
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Measurement Frequency offset ON/OFF of the frequency offset SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627
Conditions Reading out the frequency data of SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DATA on
(Continued) ports page 621
Setting Multiplier SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier
the on page 623
frequen Divisor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor on
cy page 622
Offset SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on
page 624
Start SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt on
page 625
Stop SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP on
page 626

140 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Display Window (Channel) allocation SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit on page 391
Selects active channel. SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395
Checks active channel. SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.ACTive on page 639
Maximizes active channel’s window. SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize on page 389
Number of traces to be displayed SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.COUNt on page 257

7. COM Object Reference

Measurement parameter SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine on page 258
Data format SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat on page 289
Graph (Trace) allocation SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit on page 400
Selects active trace. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
Checks active trace. SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel(Ch).TRACe.ACTive on page 640
Maximizes active trace’s graph. SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).MAXimize on page 399
Turns on/off the backlight. SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight on page 725
Turns on/off the display update. SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle on page 386
Updates the display once when the update is off. SCPI.DISPlay.UPDate.IMMediate on page 395
Clears the display of error message. SCPI.DISPlay.CCLear on page 377
Data trace Turn on/off the display. SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe on page 406
Calculated data SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion on page 339
Memory trace Turns on/off the display. SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory. STATe on
page 405
Copy the measurement data SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.MEMorize on page 340
Turns on/off the display of division label. SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).LABel on page 398
Turns on/off the clock display. SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk on page 378
Turns on/off the frequency display. SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe on page 377
Turns on/off the display in softkey area. SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe on page 390
Title display On/Off SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe on page 402
Enters title label. SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA on page 401
Table display On/Off SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe on page 393
Selects table type. SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE on page 394
ECHO Window Outputs data. ECHO on page 198
SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA on page 385
Clears data. SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar on page 385
Display type (Normal/Inverted) SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe on page 388
Equation Editor On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe on page 279
Sets equation and SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT on page 280
equation label
Valid/Invalid SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid on page 281
measurement data
specified by equation

Chapter 7 141
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Display Display color Data trace SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA on page 383
(Continued) Memory trace SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory on page 384
Graph SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum) on page 380
Limit test SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum) on page 381
Background SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK on page 379
Reset SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet on page 382
Horizontal axis display type at segment sweep SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing on page 410
(Frequency base/Order base)
Electrical delay time SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. TIME on
page 272
Velocity factor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX on page 582
Phase offset SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet. PHASe
on page 274
Scale Executes auto scale. SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.AUTO on
page 406
Number of division SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions on page 411
Scale value per division SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision on
page 407
Reference scale line’s position SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. RPOSition
on page 409
Reference scale line’s value SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel on
page 408
Full scale value (data format: smith SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision on
chart/polar chart) page 407
Calibration On/Off SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.STATe on page 583
Selects calibration kit. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on
page 500
Selects calibration Response calibration (Open) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.
type. RESPonse.OPEN on page 536
Response calibration (Short) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.
RESPonse.SHORt on page 536
Response calibration (Thru) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.
RESPonse.THRU on page 537
1-port calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT1 on
page 537
Full 2-port calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT2 on
page 538
Full 3-port calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT3 on
page 539
Full 4-port calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT4 on
page 540
Enhanced response calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESponse
on page 535
Specified 2-port TRL calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on
page 541
Specified 3-port TRL calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on
page 542
Specified 4-port TRL calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on
page 543
Reads the calibration type. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on
page 544

142 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Calibration Reads calibration type applied for specified trace. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) on page 585
(Continued) Turns on/off the display of calibration property. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.PROPerty on page 579
Setting the subclass of the standard for the calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClass
on page 483
Measuring the THRU standard of the calibration kit SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru on
page 487

7. COM Object Reference

Selecting the standard used for the specified two ports SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on page 499
Executing the reflection measurement of the TRL SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. TRLReflect
calibration for the selected calibration kit. on page 486
Selecting the standard for the measurement SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
TRLReflect on page 498
Executing the line measurement of the TRL calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. TRLReflect
for the selected calibration kit. on page 486
Selecting the standard used for the specified two ports SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on page 497
Setting the multiple calibration kit SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect
on page 493
Selecting the reference impedance for the TRL SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.
calibration IMPedance on page 519
Selecting the measurement data to calculate the SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.
reference plane for the calibration RPLane on page 520
Measures Open standard SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on
calibration data. page 482
Short standard SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt on
page 482
Load standard SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on
page 481
Thru standard SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on
page 484
Isolation SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. ISOLation
on page 480
Calculates calibration coefficient SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
Clearing the calibration data (measured values of SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521
standards)
Clearing the calibration coefficients SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar on page 469
Selects trigger source at calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe on
page 584

Chapter 7 143
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Calibration Defines Reset SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.RESet on
(Continued) calibrati page 500
on kit. Calibration kit label SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel on
page 489
Defines Label SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LABe
standards. l on page 515
Standard type SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).TYP
E on page 517
C0 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C0
on page 503
C1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C1
on page 504
C2 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C2
on page 505
C3 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C3
on page 506
L0 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L0 on
page 511
L1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L1 on
page 512
L2 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L2 on
page 513
L3 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L3 on
page 514
Offset delay SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).DEL
ay on page 508
Offset loss SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LOS
S on page 516
Offset Z0 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).Z0 on
page 518
Arbitrary impedance SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).ARBi
trary on page 502
Defines Specifies Open SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
calibrati calibration class. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
on kit. Short SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
Load SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
Thru SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on page 495

144 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Calibration ECAL Executes 1-port calibration. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 on
(Continued) page 527
Executes 2-port calibration. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2 on
page 528
Executes 3-port calibration. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3 on
page 529

7. COM Object Reference

Executes 4-port calibration. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4 on
page 530
Executes response calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU on
(Thru). page 531
Executes enhanced response SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESponse on
calibration. page 523
Turns On/Off the Isolation SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.STA
measurement. Te on page 524
Selects the characterization SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar on
(factory/user1-5). page 532
Executes the confidence check of SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar on
the applied calibration coefficients. page 532
Port connection SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt) on
page 526
ON/OFF the auto-detect function SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation
.STATe on page 525
Overwrite of partial overwrite SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE on
page 545
Port extension On/Off SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564
Correction value SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME on
page 563
DC loss Correction value SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC on
page 560
Loss value Correction value SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt)
.LOSS(Loss) on page 561
Frequency SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).
FREQuency(Fq) on page 556
ON/OFF SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).
INCLude(Il).STATe on page 558
Auto port Frequency SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on
extension page 548
ON/OFF loss correction SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on
page 550
ON/OFF DC offset SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on
page 549
Measuring the OPEN/SHORT SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on
standard page 551
ON/OFF the specified port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on
page 552
Delete the finished measurement SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on
data page 553
Start frequency SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on
page 554
Stop frequency SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on
page 555
Velocity factor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX on page 582

Chapter 7 145
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Power Set Z0 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude
calibration on page 565
On/Off SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe on
page 661
Power calibration Measurement SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
data COLLect.ACQuire on page 651
Number of power measurements at SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
one measurement point COLLect.AVERage.COUNt on page 653
Reading out/writing SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.DATA on
page 660
Power sensor Reference Channel A SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
calibration factor calibration factor ASENsor.RCFactor on page 652
settings Channel B SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
BSENsor.RCFactor on page 654
Calibration factor Channel A SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
table TABLe.ASENsor.DATA on page 656
Channel B SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
TABLe.BSENsor.DATA on page 657
Loss ON/OFF SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
compensation COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe on page 659
Settings the Loss compensation SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
table COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA on page 658
Settings the power meter GPIB address SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess on
page 728
Settings the tolerance of power calibration SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
NTOLerance on page 655
Scalar-mixer Clearing the calibration data SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar on
calibration page 573
Clearing the calibration coefficients SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar on page 566
Calculating the calibration coefficients SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE on
page 578
Measuring the Open standard SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OP
calibration data EN on page 568
Short standard SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SH
ORt on page 571
Load standard SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LO
AD on page 567
Thru standard SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.TH
RU on page 572
Power calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PM
ETer on page 569
Specifying the 2-port (SMIX2) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMI
ports X2 on page 576
1-port (SOLT1) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SO
LT1 on page 577
ECal Executing the scalar-mixer SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2
calibration (SMIX2) on page 574
Executing the 1-port calibration SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1
(SOLT1) on page 575

146 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Receiver ON/OFF SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe on
Calibration page 581
Calculating the calibration coefficients SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.ACQuir
e on page 580
Measurement Aborts the sweep. SCPI.ABORt on page 208
Trigger system Single trigger (Single) SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate on page 425

7. COM Object Reference

(Trigger mode) Turns on/off continuous mode SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous on page 424
(Continuous/Hold)
Triggers when trigger source is BUS SCPI.IEEE4882.TRG on page 423

Triggers at any settings for trigger source SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate on page 753

Triggers at any settings for trigger source SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle on page 756
Selects trigger source SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce on page 757
ON/OFF of the point trigger SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt on page 754
Low latency trigger delay time SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay on page 751
external trigger Turns on/off low latency external SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe on
trigger page 752
ON/OFF of the averaging trigger SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage on page 750
Selects the channel to be triggered SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe on page 755
Reads/Writes Data transfer format Format SCPI.FORMat.DATA on page 413
the data Byte order SCPI.FORMat.BORDer on page 412
Reads/Writes the formatted trace data. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa on page 275
Reads/Writes the formatted memory data. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory on page 276
Reads/Writes the corrected trace data. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa on page 277
Reads/Writes the corrected memory data. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory on page 278
Reads the stimulus (frequency) data. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.DATA on page 589
Reads/Writes the power calibration data. SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.DATA on
page 660
Calibration Enabling the calibration coefficient SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479
coefficient array array data
data Reading out/Writing SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470
Selecting the Enhanced SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERESpo
calibration type response nse on page 472
at the reading out calibration
/writing the data Response SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPon
array calibration se.OPEN on page 473
(open)
Response SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPon
calibration se.SHORt on page 473
(short)
Response SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPon
calibration se.THRU on page 474
(thru)
1-port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT1
calibration on page 475
full 2-port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2
calibration on page 476
full 3-port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3
calibration on page 477
full 4-port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT4
calibration on page 478

Chapter 7 147
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Limit test On/Off of the limit test SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312
Turns on/off the display of limit line. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe on
page 304
Turns on/off the “Fail” display on the LCD screen. SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn on page 387
Edits limit line table. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA on page 302
Offset Setting the marker value at the offset along SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer on
the Y-axis page 307
Along the X-axis SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus on
page 308
Along the Y-axis SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude on
page 306
Reads test result. Test results for each trace SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.FAIL on page 305
Frequency value at measurement SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.DATA on
points failed page 310
Number of measurement points SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts on
failed page 311
Points information SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.ALL on page 309
Ripple test On/Off of the ripple test SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352
On/Off of the ripple limit line display SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE on
page 347
Turns on/off the “Fail” display on the LCD screen. SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn on page 387
Ripple limit line editing SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA on page 345
On/Off of the ripple value display and selecting the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on
type of ripple value page 349
Selecting the ripple limit line number to display the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect on
ripple value page 348
Reading out the results of each ripple limit lines SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA on
page 351
Reading out the results of the ripple test (pass/fail) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL on page 350
Bandwidth On/Off of the bandwidth test SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268
test On/Off of the bandwidth display SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on
page 263
Turns on/off the “Fail” display on the LCD screen. SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn on page 387
On/Off of the marker display SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer on
page 262
Specifying the upper limit value for the test SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum on page 265
Specifying the lower limit value for the test SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum on page 266
Specifying the bandwidth threshold value (attenuation SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB on page 261
from the peak)
Reading the bandwidth value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA on
page 267
Reading the results (pass/fail) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL on page 264

148 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Marker Selects active marker. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate on
page 313
Turns on/off the marker. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe on
page 336
Turns on/off marker coupling function. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.COUPle on page 317
Movement mode (Continuous/Discrete) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).DISCrete on

7. COM Object Reference

page 318
Turns on/off reference marker mode. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe on
page 334
Reads marker Response value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).Y on page 338
value. Stimulus value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X on page 337
Sets marker stimulus value.
Marker search Executes search SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
EXECute on page 323
Search type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE
on page 329
Search On/Off of the range SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.
range coupling between traces DOMain.COUPle on page 319
Partial On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.
Search DOMain.STATe on page 321
Start SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.
DOMain.STARt on page 320
Stop SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.
DOMain.STOP on page 322
Peak definition Lower limit of SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
peak excursion PEXCursion on page 324
value
Polarity SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
PPOLarity on page 325
Target definition Target value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
TARGet on page 326
Polarity SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
TTRansition on page 328
Turns on/off tracking function. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
TRACking on page 327
Bandwidth search Turns on/off the results display. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe on
page 315
Bandwidth definition value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.
THReshold on page 316
Reads the result. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. DATA on
page 314
Sets the start/stop/center/scale reference/electrical SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).SET on page 335
delay value using a marker
Statistical Turns on/off the result display. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe on page 343
analysis for the Reads the result. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA on page 342
trace
Display position of marker information SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.P
OSition.X on page 403
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.P
OSition.Y on page 404
Display setting of marker information of each trace SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn.
STATe on page 396

Chapter 7 149
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Marker Setting the display contents of marker information SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle.
(Continued) STATe on page 397
Analysis Executes analysis SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on
page 295
Analysis type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE on page 301
Range On/Off of the range coupling between traces SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle on
page 291
Partial range On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe on
page 293
Start SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt on
page 292
Stop SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP on
page 294
Peak definition Lower limit of peak SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion on
excursion value page 296
Polarity SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity on
page 298
Target definition Target value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet on
page 299
Polarity SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition on
page 300
Reads analysis result Data for analysis SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA on page 290
Number of data for SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts on page 297
analysis
Fixture Turns on/off fixture simulator function. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256
simulator Topology Balanced device type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice on page 214
Port Unbalance-Balance SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
assignm SBALanced.PPORts on page 232
ent Balance-Balance SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
BBALanced.PPORts on page 230
Unbalance-Unbalance- SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
Balance SSBalanced.PPORts on page 233
On/Off of the property display SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
PROPerty.STATe on page 231
Balance/Unbalanc On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
e conversion STATe on page 229
function Measur Unbalance-Balance SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
ement SBALanced.DEFine on page 227
paramet Balance-Balance SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).BBAL
er anced.DEFine on page 226
Unbalance-Unbalance- SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
Balance SSBalanced.DEFine on page 228

150 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Fixture Matching circuit On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe on
simulator embedding page 251
(Continued) function Circuit type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).TYPE on page 249
Circuit constant C SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.C on page 245

7. COM Object Reference

G SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.G on page 246
L SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.L on page 247
R SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.R on page 248
User file SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).USER.FILename on page 250
Port impedance On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
conversion STATe on page 255
function Z0 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
PORT(Pt).Z0.R on page 254
Imaginary part SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
PORT(Pt).IMAGinary on page 252
Real part SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
PORT(Pt).REAL on page 253
Network On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. STATe
de-embedding on page 244
function Type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.
PORT(Pt).TYPE on page 241
User file SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.
PORT(Pt).USER.FILename on page 243
4-port network On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe on page 236
embedding/ Topology Type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE on page 240
de-embedding
function Port A SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A. PORTs
assignm on page 237
-ent B SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B. PORTs
on page 238
C SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C. PORTs
on page 239
Network Type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk).
TYPE on page 235
File SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk).
FILename on page 234

Chapter 7 151
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Fixture Differential On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe on
simulator matching circuit page 221
(Continued) embedding Circuit type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
function BPORt(Bpt).TYPE on page 219
Circuit constant C SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C on page 215
G SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G on page 216
L SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L on page 217
R SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R on page 218
User file SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename on page 220
Differential port On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. STATe
impedance on page 225
conversion Z0 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
function BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on page 224
Imaginary part SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary on page 222
Real part SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).REAL on page 223
Common port On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. STATe
impedance on page 213
conversion Z0 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
function BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on page 212
Imaginary part SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary on page 209
Real part SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).REAL on page 211
Time domain Transform On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on
page 361
Transform type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE on
page 365
Stimulus type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. STIMulus
on page 363
Changes the frequency range to SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.
match with the low-pass type LPFRequency on page 358
Window setup β SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. KBESsel on
page 357
Impulse width SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.
IMPulse.WIDTh on page 356
Rise time of SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIM
step signal e on page 362
Display range Start SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt on
after time domain page 360
transformation Stop SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP on
page 364
Center SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. CENTer on
page 355
Span SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN on
page 359

152 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Time domain Gating On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe on
(Continued) page 286
Gate type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. TYPE on
page 288
Gate shape SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SHAPe on
page 283

7. COM Object Reference

Display range Start SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STARt on
after time domain page 285
transformation Stop SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STOP on
page 287
Center SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. CENTer on
page 282
Span SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SPAN on
page 284
Parameter On/Off SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe on page 270
conversion Selects the conversion parameter. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion on
page 269
Handler I/O Outputs data using port A. SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.A.DATA on page 366
control Outputs data using port B. SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA on page 367
Port C Inputs/Outputs data. SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA on page 368
Selects input/output mode. SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE on page 369
Port D Inputs/Outputs data. SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA on page 370
Selects input/output mode. SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE on page 371
Inputs/outputs data using port E (port C + port D) SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA on page 372
Outputs data using port F (port A + port B) SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA on page 375
Sets/Reads OUTPUT1 and OUTPUT2 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(Num).DATA on page 376
Turns on/off INDEX signal. SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe on page 373
Turns on/off READY FOR TRIGGER signal. SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe on
page 374
E5091A Displaying the name of test set. SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer.CATalog on page 594
control Selecting the name of test set. SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME on page 598
On/Off of control SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603
On/Off of the E5091A property display SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596
Reads number of port. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).COUNt on page 595
Reading out the input port number SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).INCount on page 597
Reading out the assigning port number. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog on
page 600
Assigns the port. Selecting a assgning port. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect on
page 601
Port 1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605
Port 2 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
Port 3 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
Port 4 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
Sets control lines. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA on page 599
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA on
page 604

Chapter 7 153
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
File operation Save Instrument Entire state (file) SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe on page 456
Setting State for each channel SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe on page 441
(register)
Selects contents SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe on page 457
Selects target SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL on page 448
channels/traces
Formatted trace data SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa on page 443
Display image on the LCD screen SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe on page 444
Segment sweep table SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent on page 449
Power sensor calibration Channel A SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor on page 439
factor table Channel B SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor on page 440
Loss compensation table SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt) on page 446
Limit line table SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit on page 445
Ripple limit SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit on page 447
Cal kit definition table SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit) on page 442
Touchstone file File format SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat on page 451
format Select port 1 SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P on page 452
Selects port 2 SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P on page 453
Selects port 3 SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P on page 454
Selects port 4 SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P on page 455
Save SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
Recall Instrument Entire state (file) SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe on page 437
setting State for each channel SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe on page 431
(register)
Power sensor calibration Channel A SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor on page 429
factor table Channel B SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor on page 430
Loss compensation table SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(Pt) on page 434
Segment sweep table SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent on page 436
Limit line table SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit on page 433
Ripple limit SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit on page 435
Cal kit definition table SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit) on page 432
Clears registers. SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.CLEar on page 441
Creates directory (folder). SCPI.MMEMory.MDIRectory on page 438
Capes file. SCPI.MMEMory.COPY on page 427
Deletes file or directory. SCPI.MMEMory.DELete on page 428
Reads list of files in the directory. SCPI.MMEMory.CATalog(Dir) on page 426

154 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Status report Clears register. SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417
system Reads status byte register. SCPI.IEEE4882.STB on page 423
Sets service request enable register. SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE on page 422
Standard event Reads register value. SCPI.IEEE4882.ESR on page 419
status register Sets enable register value. SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE on page 418

7. COM Object Reference

Sets OPC bit on operation SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420
termination.
Operation status Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
register Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.OPERation.CONDition on page 667
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle on page 667
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt on page 668
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition on page 669
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition on page 668
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
status register Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.CONDition on page 687
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle on page 688
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt on page 689
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition on page 707
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition on page 706
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
limit status Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CONDition on page 699
register
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle on page 703
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt on page 703
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition on page 705
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition on page 704
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
limit extra status Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.CONDition on
register page 699
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle on page 700
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 700
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on
page 702
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on
page 701
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
limit Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). CONDition on
channel{1-16} page 689
status register
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle on
page 695
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on
page 696
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). PTRansition
on page 698
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). NTRansition
on page 697

Chapter 7 155
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Status report Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
system limit Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
(Continued) channel{1-16} ECHannel.CONDition on page 690
extra status
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
register
ECHannel.ENABle on page 691
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
ECHannel.EVENt on page 692
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
ECHannel.PTRansition on page 694
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
ECHannel.NTRansition on page 693
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
ripple limit status Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CONDition on page 718
register
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle on page 722
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt on page 722
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition on page 724
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition on page 723
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
ripple limit extra Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition on
status register page 718
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle on
page 719
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 719
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on
page 721
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on
page 720
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
ripple limit Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition
channel{1-16} on page 708
status register
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle on
page 714
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on
page 715
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition
on page 717
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition
on page 716
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
ripple limit Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.C
channel{1-16} ONDition on page 709
extra status
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.E
register
NABle on page 710
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.E
VENt on page 711
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.P
TRansition on page 713
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.N
TRansition on page 712

156 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Status report Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
system bandwidth limit Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CONDition on page 680
(Continued) status register
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle on page 684
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt on page 684
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition on page 686

7. COM Object Reference

Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition on page 685
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
bandwidth limit Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition on
extra status page 680
register
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle on
page 681
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 681
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on
page 683
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on
page 682
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
bandwidth limit Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition
channel{1-16} on page 670
status register
Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle on
page 676
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on
page 677
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition
on page 679
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition
on page 678
Questionable Reset SCPI.STATus.PRESet on page 669
bandwidth limit Reads conditional register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.C
channel{1-16} ONDition on page 671
extra status
register Sets enable register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.E
NABle on page 672
Reads event register value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.E
VENt on page 673
Sets positive transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.P
TRansition on page 675
Sets negative transition filter value. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.N
TRansition on page 674
VBA Macro User menu Preset UserMenu.PRESet on page 204
function Label name UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption on page 202
Softkey enabled/disabled UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled on page 203
Event processing UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal Key_id As Long) on page 204
Show the softkey UserMenu.Show on page 205
Reads VBA application name. NAME on page 199
Reads VBA version. VBAVersion on page 206
Control through SCPI commands Parse on page 200
Waits for clicking [Macro Setup] - Continue button. Prompt on page 201
Waits for returning 1 at RQS/MSS bit (status register). WaitOnSRQ on page 207

Chapter 7 157
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Print Outputs print. SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate on page 416
Aborts printing. SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt on page 415
Selects print mode. SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe on page 415
Operations Disables front panel/keyboard operations. SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD on page 741
Disables mouse/touch screen operations. SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe on page 742
Beeper For operation completion On/Off SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe on page 726
Makes beep sound. SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate on page 726
For warning/limit test result On/Off SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe on page 727
Makes beep sound. SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate on page 727
Internal clock Date SCPI.SYSTem.DATE on page 737
Time SCPI.SYSTem.TIME on page 748
External Setting the GPIB address SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess on
Signal Source page 729
Setting the type of the external signal source SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE on
page 735
Setting the GPIB Setting the frequency SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.
commands when FREQuency on page 730
type 1 (custom Setting the power level SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.
commands) is POWer on page 731
shosen
Setting the preset SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.
PRESet on page 732
Setting the RF power ON SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.
RFON on page 733
Setting the waiting time after setting the frequency and SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl on
power level to the external signal source page 734

158 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Function

Table 7-1 E5070B/E5071B COM objects by function

Function Item to be set/executed COM Object
Others Shutdown SCPI.SYSTem.POFF on page 742
Reads the upper limits of the number of channels. SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.COUNt on page 639
Reads the upper limits of the number of traces. SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.TRACe.COUNt on page 640
Reads the number of test ports. SCPI.SERVice.PORT.COUNt on page 641
Reads System version. SCPI.SERVice.SREVision on page 641

7. COM Object Reference

Reads product information. SCPI.IEEE4882.IDN on page 419
Reads options installed. SCPI.IEEE4882.OPT on page 421
Waits for object execution. SCPI.IEEE4882.WAI on page 423
Returns 1 when completing object execution. SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420
Reads error message occurred. SCPI.SYSTem.ERRor on page 738
Confirms whether external reference signal is inputted SCPI.SENSe(Ch).ROSCillator.SOURce on page 628
or not.
Turns on/off the spurious avoid mode. SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.ASPurious on page 632
Turns on/off the system correction. SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe on page 736
Confirms whether warm-up is enough or not. SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.STATe on page 747
Turns on/off the high temperature mode. SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH on page 746
Confirms whether service mode or not. SCPI.SYSTem.SERVice on page 745
Sets the power meter GPIB address. SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess on
page 728
Initial Source Port selection feature SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.PORT on page 739
Initial Source Port Control feature ON/OFF SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.STAT on page 740
Frequency blank display feature ON/OFF and SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel on page 744
Setting/Reading the security level
User defined Sets/reads array type SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA on page 459
variables Sets the size of array type data SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE on page 461
Sets/reads the double precision SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA on page 462
floating point type
Sets/reads the long integer type SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA on page 463
Sets/reads the character string type SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA on page 464

Chapter 7 159
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 shows the COM objects that correspond to the front panel keys (in alphabetical
order).
Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Analysis] Bandwid BW Display SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 263

th Limit
BW Marker SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer on page 262
BW Test SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268
Fail Sign SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn on page 387
Max Bandwidth SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum on page 265
Min Bandwidth SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum on page 266
N DB Points SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB on page 261
Conversi Conversion SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe on page 270
on
Function SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion on page 269
Fixture BalUn SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). STATe on
Simulato page 229
r
Balun OFF All Traces N/A
Balun ON All Traces N/A
Cmn Cmn ZConversion SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. STATe on
ZConv- page 213
ersion
Port n (bal) Imag SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary on page 209
Port n (bal) Real SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).REAL on page 211
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on page 212
De- De- Embedding SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. STATe on page 244
Embedd
Select Port SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).TYPE
ing
Select Type
on page 241

User File SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.

PORT(Pt).USER.FILename on page 243
De- De-Embedding S4P SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe on page 236
Embedd
Topolo Ports SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A. PORTs on
ing S4P
gy page 237
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B. PORTs on
page 238
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C. PORTs on
page 239
Select Topology SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE on page 240
Type (nwk1/2) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). TYPE on
page 235
User File (nwk1/2) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). FILename on
page 234

160 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Analysis] Fixture Diff C SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.

(Continued Simulato Matchin BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C on page 215
) r g
Diff Matching SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe on page 221
(Continu
ed) G SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G on page 216
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.

7. COM Object Reference

L
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L on page 217
R SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R on page 218
Select Bal Port SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE
Select Circuit
on page 219

User File SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.

BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename on page 220
Diff Diff ZConversion SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. STATe on
ZConv- page 225
ersion
Port n (bal) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on page 224
Measurement SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine on page 258
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
SBALanced.DEFine on page 227
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).BBALanced.DE
Fine on page 226
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
SSBalanced.DEFine on page 228
Fixture Simulator SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256
Port C SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
Matchin PORT(Pt).PARameters.C on page 245
g
G SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.G on page 246
L SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.L on page 247
Port Matching SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe on page 251
R SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.R on page 248
Select Port SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE
Select Circuit
on page 249

User File SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.

PORT(Pt).USER.FILename on page 250
Port Port ZConversion SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. STATe on
ZConv- page 255
ersion
Port n Z0 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
PORT(Pt).Z0.R on page 254

Chapter 7 161
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Analysis] Fixture Topolog Device SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice on page 214

(Continued Simulato y
Port n (se) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
) r
Port n (bal) SSBalanced.PPORts on page 233
(Continu
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SBALanced.PPORts
ed)
on page 232
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. BBALanced.PPORts
on page 230
Property SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. PROPerty.STATe on
page 231
Gating Center SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. CENTer on page 282
Gating SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe on page 286
Shape SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SHAPe on page 283
Span SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SPAN on page 284
Start SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STARt on page 285
Stop SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STOP on page 287
Type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. TYPE on page 288
Limit Edit Add / Delete / SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA on page 302
Test Limit Clear Limit Table
Line
Export to CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit on page 445
Import from CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit on page 433
Fail Sign SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn on page 387
Limit Line SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe on page 304
Limit Amplitude Offset SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude on page 306
Line
Marker -> Amplitude Offset SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer on page 307
Offsets
Stimulus Offset SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus on page 308
Limit Test SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312
Ripple Edit Add / Delete / SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA on page 345
Limit Ripple Clear Ripple Limit Table
Limit
Export to CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit on page 447
Import from CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit on page 435
Fail Sign SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn on page 387
Ripple Limit SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE on page 347
Ripple Limit Test SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352
Ripple Value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 349
Ripple Band SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect on page 348

162 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Analysis] Transfor Center SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. CENTer on page 355

(Continued m
Set Freq Low Pass SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. LPFRequency on
)
page 358
Span SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN on page 359
Start SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt on page 360

7. COM Object Reference

Stop SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP on page 364
Transform SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE on page 365
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
Type SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. STIMulus on page 363
Window Impulse Width SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. IMPulse.WIDTh on
page 356
Kaiser Beta SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. KBESsel on page 357
Maximum

Minimum

Normal

Step Rise SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe on

page 362
[Avg] Ave Trigger SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage on page 750
Averaging SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe on page 466
Averaging Restart SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar on page 465
Avg Factor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt on page 465
Smo Aperture SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture on page 353
Smoothing SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe on page 354
IF Bandwidth SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution on page 467
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution on page 468
[Cal] Cal Kit SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500
Cal Trigger Source SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe on page 584
Calibrate 1-Port Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521
Cal
Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
Load SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 481
Open SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 482
Select Port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT1 on page 537
Short SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt on page 482
2-Port Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521
Cal
Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
3-Port
Cal Isolation (Optional) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. ISOLation on page 480
4-Port Overwrite SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE on page 545
Cal
Reflect Port n Load SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 481
ion
Port n Open SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 482
Port n Short SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt on page 482
Select (2-Port Cal) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT2 on page 538
Ports
(3-Port Cal) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT3 on page 539
(4-Port Cal) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT4 on page 540
Transmission SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on page 484

Chapter 7 163
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Cal] Calibrate 2-Port Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521

(Continued (Continu TRL
Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
) ed)
3-Port Line/Match SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine on page 485
TRL
Reflect Port x Reflect SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. TRLReflect on
4-Port page 486
TRL
Select (2-Port TRL) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on page 541
Ports
(3-Port TRL) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542
(4-Port TRL) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543
Thru/Line SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru on page 487
Adapter Adapter Length SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LENGth on
Remova page 488
l
Cal Kit SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500
Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521
Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
Load SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 481
Open SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 482
Select Port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESponse on
page 535
Short SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt on page 482
Enhanc Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521
ed
Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
Respon
se Isolation (Optional) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. ISOLation on page 480
Load SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 481
Open SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 482
Select Port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESponse on
page 535
Short SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt on page 482
Thru SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on page 484
Respon Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521
se
Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
(Open)
Load (Optional) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 481
Open SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 482
Select Port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.OPEN on
page 536
Respon Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521
se
Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
(Short)
Load (Optional) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 481
Select Port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.SHORt on
page 536
Short SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt on page 482

164 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Cal] Calibrate Respon Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521

(Continued (Continu se
Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
) ed) (Thru)
Isolation (Optional) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. ISOLation on page 480
Select Ports SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.THRU on
page 537

7. COM Object Reference

Thru SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on page 484
Clear OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar on page 469
Correction SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.STATe on page 583
ECal 1-Port Cal SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 on page 527
2-Port Cal SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2 on page 528
3-Port Cal SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3 on page 529
4-Port Cal SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4 on page 530
Characterization SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar on page 532
Characterization Info N/A
Confidence Check SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.CCHeck. ACQuire on
page 522
Enhanced Response SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESponse on page 523
Isolation SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.STATe on
page 524
Orientation SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation .STATe on
page 525
Port n Port n SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt) on page 526
Thru Cal SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU on page 531
Unknown Thru SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.STATe on
page 533

Chapter 7 165
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Cal] Mixter/C Clear OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar on page 566

(Continued onverter
Scalar Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar on page 573
) Calibrati
Cal
on Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE on page 578
(Manual
) Power Port x @ Freq y SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer on
Meter page 569
Use Sensor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer on
page 569
Reflect Port x @ Freq y SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on
ion (Broadband) page 567
Port x @ Freq y SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on
(Open) page 568
Port x @ Freq y SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt on
(Short) page 571
Select 2-1 (fwd) SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2 on
Ports page 576
Port 1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 on
page 577
Trans Thru x-y @ Freq z SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on
missio (Thru) page 572
n

Scalar Cancel OK SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar on page 573

Cal
Ecal & Done SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2 on
(ECal)
page 574

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 on
page 575
Power Port x @ Freq y N/A
Meter
Use Sensor N/A
Select 2-1 (fwd) N/A
Ports
Port 1 N/A

166 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Cal] Modify Define 1. Arb. Impedance SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).ARBitrary on

(Continued Cal Kit STDs XXXX page 502
) to 21.
XXXX
C0 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C0 on page 503
C1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C1 on page 504
C2 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C2 on page 505

7. COM Object Reference

C3 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C3 on page 506
L0 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L0 on page 511
L1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L1 on page 512
L2 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L2 on page 513
L3 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L3 on page 514
Label SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LABel on
page 515
Min. Frequency SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMINimum on
page 510
Max. Frequency SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMAXimum
on page 509
Media SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std). CHARacter on
page 507
Offset Delay SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).DELay on
page 508
Offset Loss SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LOSS on
page 516
Offset Z0 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).Z0 on page 518
STD Type SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).TYPE on
page 517
Export Cal Kit... SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit) on page 442
Import Cal Kit... SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit) on page 432
Label Kit SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel on page 489
Specify Load SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on
CLSs page 490
Open SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on
page 492
Short SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on
page 494
Sub Class SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on
page 493
Thru SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on page 495

TRL Line/Match SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.

TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on page 497
TRL Reflect SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on
page 498
TRL Thru SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on page 499

Chapter 7 167
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Cal] Port Auto Adjust Mismatch SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549

(Continued Extensio Port
Include Loss SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
) ns Extensi
on Measu All SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
re
Port 1
OPEN
Port 2

Port 3

Port 4

Measu All SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551

re
Port 1
Short
Port 2

Port 3

Port 4

Metho Active Marker SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548

d
Current Span

User Span

User Span Start SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554

User Span Stop SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555
Select Port 1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
Ports
Port 2

Port 3

Port 4

Extension Port 1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME on page 563

Extension Port 2

Extension Port 3

Extension Port 4

Extensions SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

Loss Freq1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq)
on page 556
Freq2

Loss at DC SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC on page 560

Loss1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss) on
page 561
Loss2

Select Port 1 N/A

Port
Port 2

Port 3

Port 4

168 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Cal] Power Abort SCPI.ABORt on page 208

(Continued Calibrati
Correction SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe on page 661
) on
Loss Add / Delete / SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
Compen Clear Loss Table COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA on page 658
Compensation SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe on page 659

7. COM Object Reference

Export to CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt) on page 446
Import from CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(Pt) on page 434
Num of Readings SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
COLLect.AVERage.COUNt on page 653
Select Port N/A
Sensor Add / Delete / SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
A Clear Factor Table TABLe.ASENsor.DATA on page 656
Settings
Export to CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor on page 439
Import from CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor on page 429
Ref Cal Factor SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. ASENsor.RCFactor
on page 652
Sensor Add / Delete / SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
B Clear Factor Table TABLe.BSENsor.DATA on page 657
Settings
Export to CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor on page 440
Import from CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor on page 430
Ref Cal Factor SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. BSENsor.RCFactor
on page 654
Take Cal Sweep SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.ACQuire
on page 651
Tolerance SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. NTOLerance on
page 655
Use Sensor N/A
Property SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.PROPerty on page 579
Receiver Correction SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe on page 581
Calibrati
Select Port SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.ACQuire on
on
Source Port
page 580

Take Cal Sweep

Set Z0 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude on
page 565
Velocity Factor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX on page 582
[Center] SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer on page 587
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer on page 647
[Channel Prev] SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395
[Channel Max] SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize on page 389
[Channel Next] SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

Chapter 7 169
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Display] Allocate Channels SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit on page 391

Allocate Traces SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit on page 400
Data - > Mem SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.MEMorize on page 340
Data Math SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion on page 339
Display SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe on page 406
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory. STATe on page 405
Edit Title Label SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA on page 401
Equation SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe on page 279
Equation Editor SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT on page 280
Frequency SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe on page 377
Graticule Label SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).LABel on page 398
Invert Color SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe on page 388
Num of Traces SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.COUNt on page 257
Title Label SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe on page 402
Update SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle on page 386
[Format] SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat on page 289
[Macro Break] N/A
[Macro Run] N/A
[Macro Clear Echo SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar on page 385
Setup]
Close Editor N/A
Continue N/A
Echo Window SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe on page 393
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE on page 394
Load & Run N/A
Load Project N/A
New Project N/A
Preset User Menu UserMenu.PRESet on page 204
Save Project N/A
Select Macro N/A
Stop N/A
User Menu UserMenu.Press(Key_id) on page 205
VBA Editor N/A

170 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Marker] Clear Marker Menu SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe on page 336

Marker 1 to Marker 4 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe on page 336
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate on page 313
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X on page 337
Marker - > Ref Marker N/A
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe on page 336

7. COM Object Reference

More Marker 5 to Marker 9
Markers SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate on page 313
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X on page 337
Ref Marker SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe on page 336
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate on page 313
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X on page 337
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe on page 334
Ref Marker Mode SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe on page 334
Annotati Active Only SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle. STATe on
on page 397
Options
Align SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn. STATe on
page 396
Marker Info X Pos SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X
on page 403
Marker Info Y Pos SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y
on page 404
[Marker Couple SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.COUPle on page 317
Func]
Discrete SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).DISCrete on page 318
Marker Table SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe on page 393
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE on page 394
Marker - > Center SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).SET on page 335
Marker - > Delay

Marker - > Reference

Marker - > Start

Marker - > Stop

Statistics SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe on page 343

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA on page 342

Chapter 7 171
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Marker Bandwidth SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe on page 315

Search] SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. DATA on page 314
Bandwidth Value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. THReshold on
page 316
Max SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on
page 329
Min
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on
page 323
Notch SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe on page 332
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. DATA on page 331
Notch Value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. THReshold on
page 333
Peak Peak Excursion SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PEXCursion on
page 324
Peak Polarity SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PPOLarity on
page 325
Search Left SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on
Search Peak
page 329
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on
Search Right page 323
Search Couple SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.COUPle on
Range page 319
Search Range SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STATe on
page 321
Start SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STARt on
page 320
Stop SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STOP on
page 322
Target Search Left SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on
page 329
Search Right
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on
Search Target page 323
Target Transition SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TTRansition on
page 328
Target Value SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TARGet on
page 326
Tracking SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TRACking on
page 327
[Meas] S11 to S44 (SSS11 to SMRR2) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine on page 258
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
SBALanced.DEFine on page 227
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).BBALanced.DE
Fine on page 226
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
SSBalanced.DEFine on page 228
Absolute A(1) to R4(4) SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine on page 258
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt on page 260
[Preset] OK SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet on page 743

172 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Save/ Channel/Trace SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL on page 448

Recall]
Explorer N/A
Recall by File Name SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe on page 437
Recall Channel SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe on page 431
Recall State SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe on page 437

7. COM Object Reference

Save Clear States SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.CLEar on page 441
Channel
State A - State D SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe on page 441
Save Snp Format SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat on page 451
Snp
S1p SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P on page 452
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
S2p SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P on page 453
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
S3p SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P on page 454
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
S4p SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P on page 455
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
Save State SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe on page 456
Save Trace Data SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa on page 443
Save Type SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe on page 457
[Scale] Auto Scale SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.AUTO on page 406
Auto Scale All N/A
Divisions SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions on page 411
Electrica Electrical Delay SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. TIME on page 272
l Delay
Cutoff Frequency SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. WGCutoff on
page 273
Media SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. MEDium on
page 271
Marker - > Reference SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).SET on page 335
Phase Offset SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet. PHASe on
page 274
Reference Position SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. RPOSition on page 409
Reference Value SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel on page 408
Scale/Div SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision on page 407
[Softkey On/Off] SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe on page 390
[Span] SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN on page 591
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN on page 664
[Start] SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt on page 592
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt on page 665
[Stop] SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP on page 593
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP on page 666

Chapter 7 173
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[Sweep Edit Segment Table SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA on page 629

Setup]
Edit Export to CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent on page 449
Segment
Import from CSV File SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent on page 436
Table

Frequen Avoid Spurious SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious on page 609

cy Offset
External Control SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe on page 610
Source
Divisor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor on page 612
LO Frequency SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe on page 620
Multiplier SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 613
Offset SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet on page 614
Control N/A
Start SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt on page 615
Stop SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP on page 616
Power SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude
on page 617
Slope[x dB/GHz] SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA on
page 618
Slope[ON/OFF] SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe on
page 619
Frequency Offset SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627
Port 1 to Divisor SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor on page 622
Port 4
Multiplier SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier on
page 623
Offset SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on page 624
Start SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt on page 625
Stop SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP on page 626
X-Axis SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis on page 341

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFset.XAXis on page 344

Points SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635
Power CW Freq SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW on page 588
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed on page 590
Port Couple SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle on page 662
Port Power SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude on
page 663
Power SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude on page 648
Power Ranges SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644
Auto Range SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO on page 645
RF Out SCPI.OUTPut.STATe on page 458
Slope [ON/OFF] SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe on page 650
Slope [xx dB/GHz] SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA on page 649
Segment Display SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing on page 410
Sweep Delay SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.DELay on page 633
Sweep Mode SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration on page 634
Sweep Time SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA on page 637
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO on page 636
Sweep Type SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

174 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[System] Abort Printing SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt on page 415

Backlight SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight on page 725
Dump Screen Image SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe on page 444
E5091A Control Lines SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA on page 604
Setup
E5091A Control SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603

7. COM Object Reference

E5091A Property SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596
Port 1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605
Port 2 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
Port 3 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
Port 4 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
Select ID N/A
Firmware Revision SCPI.IEEE4882.IDN on page 419
Invert Image SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe on page 415
Misc Beeper Beep Complete SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe on page 726
Setup
Beep Warning SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe on page 727
Test Beep Complete SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate on page 726
Test Beep Warning SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate on page 727
Channel/Trace Setup N/A
Clock Set Date and Time SCPI.SYSTem.DATE on page 737
Setup SCPI.SYSTem.TIME on page 748
Show Clock SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk on page 378
Color Setup SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA on page 383
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory on page 384
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum) on page 380
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum) on page 381
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK on page 379
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet on page 382
Control Panel... N/A

Chapter 7 175
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[System] Misc GPIB Power Meter Address SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess on page 728

(Continued Setup Setup
Signal Address SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess on page 729
) (Continu Gener
ed) Custom Set SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuen
ator
Comma Frequenc cy on page 730
Addre
nds y
ss
Preset SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet
on page 732
Set SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer on
Power page 731
Level

Turn RF SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON on
Out ON page 733
8643A,8644B,8664 SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE on page 735
A,8665A/B

8648A/B/C/D,ESG/
PSG Series

Switching Time SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl on page 734

System Controller N/A
Configuration

Talker/Listener Address N/A

Key Front Panel & SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD on page 741
Lock Keyboard Lock

Touch Screen & SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe on page 742

Mouse Lock

Network Setup N/A

Preset Confirm N/A
Setup Factory
State N/A
User
Multiport Test Set Control SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603
Test Set 1
Control Lines SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA on page 599
Setup
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA on page 604
Port 1 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect on page 601
Port 2

Port 3

Port 4

Port 5*1

Port 6*1

Port 7*1

Property SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596

Select Test Set SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME on page 598
Test Set 2 Displays the model selected for test set 2.
Print SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate on page 416
Printer Setup N/A

176 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
List by Front Panel Key

Table 7-2 Front panel key tree vs. COM objects correspondence table
Front panel key (Operation) Corresponding COM object

[System] Service Avoid Spurious SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.ASPurious on page 632

(Continued Menu
Channel/Trace Setup N/A
)
Enable Options N/A
High Temperature SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH on page 746
Init Src Port SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.PORT on page 739

7. COM Object Reference

Init Src Ctrl SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.STAT on page 740
Security Level SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel on page 744
Service Functions N/A
System Correction SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe on page 736
Test Adjust Touch Screen N/A
Menu
Display N/A
Front Panel N/A
Power On Test N/A
Restart Firmware N/A
Update Firmware N/A
[Trace Prev] SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
[Trace Max] SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).MAXimize on page 399
[Trace Next] SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
[Trigger] Continuous SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous on page 424
Continuous Disp Channels N/A
Ext Trig Delay SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay on page 751
Hold SCPI.ABORt on page 208
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous on page 424
Hold All Channels N/A
Low Latency SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe on page 752
Restart SCPI.ABORt on page 208
Single SCPI.ABORt on page 208
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous on page 424
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate on page 425
Trigger Event SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt on page 754
Trigger Scope SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe on page 755
Trigger Source SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce on page 757
Trigger SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate on page 753

*1.E5091A-016 only

Chapter 7 177
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 shows the COM object tree of the E5070B/E5071B.
Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree
Object Object type Note
ECHO Method [No read]
NAME Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
Parse Method
Prompt Method [No read]
UserMenu
.Item(Key_id)
.Caption Property(Data Type:String)
.Enabled Property(Data Type:Boolean)
_OnPress(ByVal Key_id As Long) Event
.PRESet Method [No read]
.Press(Key_id) Method [No read]
.Show Method [No read]
VBAVersion Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
WaitOnSRQ Method [No read]
SCPI
.ABORt Method [No read]
.CALCulate(Ch)
.FSIMulator
.BALun
.CZConversion
.BPORt(Bpt)
.IMAGinary Property(Data Type:Double)
.REAL Property(Data Type:Double)
.Z0
.R Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.DEVice Property(Data Type:String)
.DMCircuit
.BPORt(Bpt)
.PARameters
.C Property(Data Type:Double)
.G Property(Data Type:Double)
.L Property(Data Type:Double)
.R Property(Data Type:Double)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.USER
.FILename Property(Data Type:String)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.DZConversion
.BPORt(Bpt)
.IMAGinary Property(Data Type:Double)
.REAL Property(Data Type:Double)
.Z0
.R Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.PARameter(Tr)
.BBALanced
.DEFine Property(Data Type:String)
.SBALanced
.DEFine Property(Data Type:String)

178 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.CALCulate(Ch)
.FSIMulator
.BALun
.PARameter(Tr)
.SSBalanced
.DEFine Property(Data Type:String)

7. COM Object Reference

.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.TOPology
.BBALanced
.PPORts Property(Data Type:Variant)
.PROPerty
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SBALanced
.PPORts Property(Data Type:Variant)
.SSBalanced
.PPORts Property(Data Type:Variant)
.EMBed
.NETWork(Nwk)
.FILename Property(Data Type:String)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.TOPology
.A
.PORTs Property(Data Type:Variant)
.B
.PORTs Property(Data Type:Variant)
.C
.PORTs Property(Data Type:Variant)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.SENDed
.DEEMbed
.PORT(Pt)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.USER
.FILename Property(Data Type:String)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.PMCircuit
.PORT(Pt)
.PARameters
.C Property(Data Type:Double)
.G Property(Data Type:Double)
.L Property(Data Type:Double)
.R Property(Data Type:Double)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.USER
.FILename Property(Data Type:String)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)

Chapter 7 179
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.CALCulate(Ch)
.FSIMulator
.SENDed
.ZCONversion
.PORT(Pt)
.IMAGinary Property(Data Type:Double)
.REAL Property(Data Type:Double)
.Z0
.R Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.PARameter(Tr)
.COUNt Property(Data Type:Long)
.DEFine Property(Data Type:String)
.SELect Method [No read]
.SPORt Property(Data Type:Long)
.SELected
.BLIMit
.DB Property(Data Type:Double)
.DISPlay
.MARKer Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.VALue Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.FAIL Property(Data Type:Boolean) [Read only]
.MAXimum Property(Data Type:Double)
.MINimum Property(Data Type:Double)
.REPort
.DATA Property(Data Type:Double) [Read only]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.CONVersion
.FUNCtion Property(Data Type:String)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.CORRection
.EDELay
.MEDium Property(Data Type:String)
.TIME Property(Data Type:Double)
.WGCutoff Property(Data Type:Double)
.OFFSet
.PHASe Property(Data Type:Double)
.DATA
.FDATa Property(Data Type:Variant)
.FMEMory Property(Data Type:Variant)
.SDATa Property(Data Type:Variant)
.SMEMory Property(Data Type:Variant)
.EQUation
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.TEXT Property(Data Type:String)
.VALid Property(Data Type:Boolean) [Read only]

180 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.CALCulate(Ch)
.SELected
.FILTer
.GATE
.TIME
.CENTer Property(Data Type:Double)

7. COM Object Reference

.SHAPe Property(Data Type:String)
.SPAN Property(Data Type:Double)
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.FORMat Property(Data Type:String)
.FUNCtion
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.DOMain
.COUPle Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)
.EXECute Method [No read]
.PEXCursion Property(Data Type:Double)
.POINts Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.PPOLarity Property(Data Type:String)
.TARGet Property(Data Type:Double)
.TTRansition Property(Data Type:String)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.LIMit
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.DISPlay
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.FAIL Property(Data Type:Boolean) [Read only]
.OFFSet
.AMPLitude Property(Data Type:Double)
.MARKer Method [No read]
.STIMulus Property(Data Type:Double)
.REPort
.ALL Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.POINts Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.MARKer(Mk)
.ACTivate Method [No read]
.BWIDth
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.THReshold Property(Data Type:Double)
.COUPle Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.DISCrete Property(Data Type:Boolean)

Chapter 7 181
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.CALCulate(Ch)
.SELected
.MARKer(Mk)
.FUNCtion
.EXECute Method [No read]
.DOMain
.COUPle Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)
.PEXCursion Property(Data Type:Double)
.PPOLarity Property(Data Type:String)
.TARGet Property(Data Type:Double)
.TRACking Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.TTRansition Property(Data Type:String)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.NOTCh
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.THReshold Property(Data Type:Double)
.REFerence
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SET Property(Data Type:String)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.X Property(Data Type:Double)
.Y Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.MATH
.FUNCtion Property(Data Type:String)
.MEMorize Method [No read]
.MIXer
.XAXis Property(Data Type:String)
.MSTatistics
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.OFFSet
.XAXis Property(Data Type:String)
.RLIMit
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.DISPlay
.LINE Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SELect Property(Data Type:Long)
.VALue Property(Data Type:String)
.FAIL Property(Data Type:Boolean) [Read only]
.REPort
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SMOothing
.APERture Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)

182 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.CALCulate(Ch)
.SELected
.TRANsform
.TIME
.CENTer Property(Data Type:Double)
.IMPulse

7. COM Object Reference

.WIDTh Property(Data Type:Double)
.KBESsel Property(Data Type:Double)
.LPFRequency Method [No read]
.SPAN Property(Data Type:Double)
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STEP
.RTIMe Property(Data Type:Double)
.STIMulus Property(Data Type:String)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.CONTrol
.HANDler
.A
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.B
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.C
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long)
.MODE Property(Data Type:String)
.D
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long)
.MODE Property(Data Type:String)
.E
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long)
.EXTension
.INDex
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.RTRigger
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.F
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.OUTPut(Num)
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long)
.DISPlay
.ANNotation
.FREQuency
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.CCLear Method [No read]
.CLOCk Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.COLor(Dnum)
.BACK Property(Data Type:Variant)
.GRATicule(Gnum) Property(Data Type:Variant)
.LIMit(Lnum) Property(Data Type:Variant)
.RESet Method [No read]
.TRACe(Tr)
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.MEMory Property(Data Type:Variant)

Chapter 7 183
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.DISPlay
.ECHO
.CLEar Method [No read]
.DATA Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.FSIGn Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.IMAGe Property(Data Type:String)
.MAXimize Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SKEY
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SPLit Property(Data Type:String)
.TABLe
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.UPDate
.IMMediate Method [No read]
.WINDow(Ch)
.ACTivate Method [No read]
.ANNotation
.Marker
.ALIG
n
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SINGle
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.LABel Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.MAXimize Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SPLit Property(Data Type:String)
.TITLe
.DATA Property(Data Type:String)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.TRACe(Tr)
.ANNotation
.MARKer
.POSition
.X Property(Data Type:Double)
.Y Property(Data Type:Double)
.MEMory
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.Y
.SCALe
.AUTO Method [No read]
.PDIVision Property(Data Type:Double)
.RLEVel Property(Data Type:Double)
.RPOSition Property(Data Type:Long)
.X
.SPACing Property(Data Type:String)
.Y
.SCALe
.DIVisions Property(Data Type:Long)

184 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.FORMat
.BORDer Property(Data Type:String)
.DATA Property(Data Type:String)
.HCOPy
.ABORt Method [No read]
.IMAGe Property(Data Type:String)

7. COM Object Reference

.IMMediate Method [No read]
.IEEE4882
.CLS Method [No read]
.ESE Property(Data Type:Long)
.ESR Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.IDN Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
.OPC Property(Data Type:Long)
.OPT Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
.RST Method [No read]
.SRE Property(Data Type:Long)
.STB Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.TRG Method [No read]
.WAI Method [No read]
.INITiate(Ch)
.CONTinuous Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.IMMediate Method [No read]
.MMEMory
.CATalog(Dir) Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
.COPY Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.DELete Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.LOAD
.ASCFactor Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.BSCFactor Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.CAHNnel
.STATe Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.CKIT(ckit) Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.LIMit Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.PLOSs Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.RLIMit Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.SEGMent Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.STATe Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.MDIRectory Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.STORe
.ASCFactor Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.BSCFactor Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.CAHNnel
.CLEar Method [No read]
.STATe Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.CKIT(ckit) Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.FDATa Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.IMAGe Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.LIMit Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.PLOSs Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.RLIMit Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.SALL Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SEGMent Property(Data Type:String) [No read]

Chapter 7 185
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.MMEMory
.STORe
.SNP
.DATA Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.FORMat Property(Data Type:String)
.TYPE
.S1P Property(Data Type:Long)
.S2P Property(Data Type:Long)
.S3P Property(Data Type:Long)
.S4P Property(Data Type:Long)
.STATe Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.STYPe Property(Data Type:String)
.OUTPut
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.PROGram
.VARiable
.ARRay (Vnum)
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.SIZE Property(Data Type:Long)
.DOUBle (Vnum)
.DATA Property(Data Type:Double)
.LONG (Vnum)
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long)
.STRing (Vnum)
.DATA Property(Data Type:String)
.SENSe(Ch)
.AVERage
.CLEar Method [No read]
.COUNt Property(Data Type:Long)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.BANDwidth
.RESolution Property(Data Type:Double)
.BWIDth
.RESolution Property(Data Type:Double)
.CORRection
.CLEar Method [No read]
.COEFficient
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.METHod
.ERESponse Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.RESPonse
.OPEN Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.SHORt Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.THRU Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT1 Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.SOLT2 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT3 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT4 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SAVE Method [No read]

186 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.SENSe(Ch)
.CORRection
.COLLect
.ACQuire
.ISOLation Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.LOAD Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]

7. COM Object Reference

.OPEN Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.SHORt Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.SUBClass Property(Data Type:Long)
.THRU Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.TRLLine Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.TRLReflect Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.TRLThru Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.ADATter (Pt)
.LENGth Property(Data Type:Double)
.CKIT
.LABel Property(Data Type:String)
.ORDer
.LOAD(Cpt) Property(Data Type:Long)
.OPEN(Cpt) Property(Data Type:Long)
.SELect Property(Data Type:Long)
.SHORt(Cpt) Property(Data Type:Long)
.THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) Property(Data Type:Long)
.TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n Property(Data Type:Long)
)
.TRLReflect Property(Data Type:Long)
.TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n Property(Data Type:Long)
)
.RESet Method [No read]
.SELect Property(Data Type:Long)
.STAN(Std)
.ARBitrary Property(Data Type:Double)
.C0 Property(Data Type:Double)
.C1 Property(Data Type:Double)
.C2 Property(Data Type:Double)
.C3 Property(Data Type:Double)
.CHARacter Property(Data Type:String)
.DELay Property(Data Type:Double)
.FMAXimum Property(Data Type:Double)
.FMINimum Property(Data Type:Double)
.L0 Property(Data Type:Double)
.L1 Property(Data Type:Double)
.L2 Property(Data Type:Double)
.L3 Property(Data Type:Double)
.LABel Property(Data Type:String)
.LOSS Property(Data Type:Double)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.Z0 Property(Data Type:Double)
.TRLoption
.IMPedance Property(Data Type:String)
.RPLane Property(Data Type:String)
.CLEar Method [No read]

Chapter 7 187
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.SENSe(Ch)
.CORRection
.COLLect
.ECAL
.CCHeck
.ACQuire Method [No read]
.ERESponse Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.ISOLation
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.ORIentation
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.PATH(Cpt) Property(Data Type:Long)
.SOLT1 Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.SOLT2 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT3 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT4 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.THRU Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.UCHar Property(Data Type:String)
.UTHRu
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.METHod
.ADAPter
.REMoval Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.ERESponse Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.RESPonse
.OPEN Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.SHORt Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.THRU Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT1 Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.SOLT2 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT3 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT4 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.TRL2 Property(Data Type:Variant)
.TRL3 Property(Data Type:Variant)
.TRL4 Property(Data Type:Variant)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
.PARTial
.SAVE Method [No read]
.SAVE Method [No read]
.SIMPlified
.SAVE Method [No read]
.EXTension
.AUTO
.CONFig Property(Data Type:String)
.DCOFfset Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.LOSS Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.MEASure Property(Data Type:String)
.PORT(Pt) Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.RESet Method [No read]
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)

188 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.SENSe(Ch)
.CORRection
.EXTension
.PORT(Pt)
.FREQuency Property(Data Type:Double)
.INCLude Property(Data Type:Boolean)

7. COM Object Reference

.LDC Property(Data Type:Double)
.LOSS(Loss) Property(Data Type:Double)
.TIME Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude
.OFFSet
.CLEar Method [No read]
.COLLect
.ACQuire
.LOAD Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.OPEN Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.PMETer Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SHORt Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.THRU Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.CLEar Method [No read]
.ECAL
.SMIX2 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT1 Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.METHod
.SMIX2 Property(Data Type:Variant) [No read]
.SOLT1 Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.SAVE Method [No read]
.PROPerty Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.RECeiver(Pt)
.COLLect
.ACQuire Property(Data Type:Long) [No read]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Variant)
.RVELocity
.COAX Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.TRIGger
.SOURce Property(Data Type:String)
.TYPE(Tr) Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.FREQuency
.CENTer Property(Data Type:Double)
.CW Property(Data Type:Double)
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.FIXed Property(Data Type:Double)
.SPAN Property(Data Type:Double)
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)
.MULTiplexer(Id)
.CATalog Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
.COUNt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.DISPlay
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.INCount Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NAME Property(Data Type:String)

Chapter 7 189
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.SENSe(Ch)
.MULTiplexer(Id)
.OUTPut
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long)
.PORT(Pt)
.CATalog Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
.SELect Property(Data Type:String)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.TSET9
.OUTPut
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long)
.PORT1 Property(Data Type:String)
.PORT2 Property(Data Type:String)
.PORT3 Property(Data Type:String)
.PORT4 Property(Data Type:String)
.OFFSet
.ASPurious Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.LOCal
.CONTrol
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.FREQuency
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.DIVisor Property(Data Type:Double)
.MULTi;lier Property(Data Type:Double)
.OFFSet Property(Data Type:Double)
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)
.POWer
.LEVel
.IMMediate
.AMPLitude Property(Data Type:Double)
.SLOPe
.DATA Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.PORT(Pt)
.FREQuency
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
.DIVisor Property(Data Type:Double)
.MULTi;lier Property(Data Type:Double)
.OFFSet Property(Data Type:Double)
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.ROSCillator
.SOURce Property(Data Type:String) [Read only]
.SEGMent
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.SWEep
.POINts Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.TIME
.DATA Property(Data Type:Double) [Read only]

190 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.SENSe(Ch)
.SWEep
.ASPurious Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.DELay Property(Data Type:Double)
.GENeration Property(Data Type:String)
.POINts Property(Data Type:Long)

7. COM Object Reference

.TIME
.AUTO Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.DATA Property(Data Type:Double)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:String)
.SERVice
.CHANnel(Ch)
.ACTive Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.COUNt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.TRACe
.ACTive Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.COUNt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.PORT
.COUNt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.SREVision Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.SWEep
.FREQuency
.MAXimum Property(Data Type:Double) [Read only]
.MINimum Property(Data Type:Double) [Read only]
.POINts Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.SOURce(Ch)
.POWer
.ATTenuation
.DATA Property(Data Type:Long)
.CENTer Property(Data Type:Double)
.LEVel
.IMMediate
.AMPLitude Property(Data Type:Double)
.SLOPe
.DATA Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)

Chapter 7 191
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.SOURce(Ch)
.POWer
.PORT(Pt)
.CORRection
.COLLect
.ACQuire Property(Data Type:String) [No read]
.ASENsor
.RCFactor Property(Data Type:Double)
.AVERage
.COUNt Property(Data Type:Long)
.BSENsor
.RCFactor Property(Data Type:Double)
.NTOLerance Property(Data Type:Long)
.TABLe
.ASENsor
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.BSENsor
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.LOSS
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.DATA Property(Data Type:Variant)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.COUPle Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.LEVel
.IMMediate
.AMPLitude Property(Data Type:Double)
.SPAN Property(Data Type:Double)
.STARt Property(Data Type:Double)
.STOP Property(Data Type:Double)
.STATus
.OPERation
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PRESet Method [No read]
.QUEStionable
.BLIMit
.CHANnel(Ch)
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ECHannel
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]

192 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.STATus
.QUEStionable
.BLIMit
.ELIMit
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)

7. COM Object Reference

.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.LIMit
.CHANnel(Ch)
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ECHannel
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ELIMit
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)

Chapter 7 193
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.STATus
.QUEStionable
.RLIMit
.CHANnel(Ch)
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ECHannel
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ELIMit
.CONDition Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.ENABle Property(Data Type:Long)
.EVENt Property(Data Type:Long) [Read only]
.NTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.PTRansition Property(Data Type:Long)
.SYSTem
.BACKlight Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.BEEPer
.COMPlete
.IMMediate Method [No read]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.WARNing
.IMMediate Method [No read]
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.COMMunicate
.GPIB
.PMETer
.ADDRess Property(Data Type:Long)
.SGENerator
.ADDRess Property(Data Type:Long)
.CCOMmand
.FREQuency Property(Data Type:String)
.POWer Property(Data Type:String)
.PRESet Property(Data Type:String)
.RFON Property(Data Type:String)
.DWELl Property(Data Type:Double)
.TYPE Property(Data Type:Long)
.CORRection
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)

194 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
COM Object Tree

Table 7-3 E5070B/E5071B COM object tree

Object Object type Note
SCPI
.SYSTem
.DATE Property(Data Type:Variant)
.ERRor Property(Data Type:Variant) [Read only]
:ISPControl
:PORT
:STATe

7. COM Object Reference

.KLOCk
.KBD Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.MOUSe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.POFF Method [No read]
.PRESet Method [No read]
.SECurity
.LEVel Property(Data Type:String)
.SERVice Property(Data Type:Boolean) [Read only]
.TEMPerature
.HIGH Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean) [Read only]
.TIME Property(Data Type:Variant)
UPReset Method [No read]
.TRIGger
.SEQuence
.AVERage Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.EXTernal
.DELay Property(Data Type:Double)
.LLATency
.STATe Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.IMMediate Method [No read]
.POINt Property(Data Type:Boolean)
.SCOPe Property(Data Type:String)
.SINGle Method [No read]
.SOURce Property(Data Type:String)

Chapter 7 195
COM Object Reference
Object Type

Notational Rules of COM Objects

This section describes the rules for the description of the COM objects in this chapter.

Object Type
Part with heading “Object type” describes the type of the E5070B/E5071B COM object.
The E5070B/E5071B provides properties and methods as the types of COM objects. In the
E5070B/E5071B COM objects, COM objects to set (send)/read (return) the state of the
E5070B/E5071B using variables are defined as property and ones to prompt some kind of
processing as method.

Syntax
Part with heading “Syntax” describes the syntax to send a COM object from the
E5070B/E5071B VBA to the E5070B/E5071B. The syntax consists of the object part and
the set/read part, with an equal “=” inserted between them. Variables are indicated by
italicized letters. Variables with () are indices. For indices with () having their preset
values, you can omit “(variable),” and, if omitted, the preset values are automatically set.
There are the following 3 types of syntax for coding using objects.
"Object (property) = variable": to set the stat of the E5070B/E5071B.
variable=object (property): to read the stat of the E5070B/E5071B.
"Object (method)": to make the E5070B/E5071B perform some processing.

Description
Part with heading “Description” describes how to use the COM object or the operation
when executed. COM objects used only to read the state of the E5070B/E5071B are
indicated with “Read only” and ones used only to set the state of the E5070B/E5071B “No
read.”

196 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
Variable

Variable
Part with heading “Variable” describes necessary variables when using the object. It gives
the description, data type, allowable range, preset value, unit, resolution, and notes for
variable (italic) shown in the syntax.
Variables declared as the string data type (String) are case insensitive. For variables of the
string type that indicate arguments (written as Param in the syntax), you can omit
lower-case letters.

7. COM Object Reference

The data types of the E5070B/E5071B COM objects include 5 types as shown in Table 7-4.
Before using variables, declare the data type of each variable. If you do not declare the data
type of a variable, it is automatically dealt as the variant type.
Table 7-4 Data type

Data type Name Consumed Range

memory

Long Long integer 4 bytes -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647

type

Double Double 8 bytes For a negative value:

precision -1.79769313486232E+308 to -4.94065645841247E-324
floating point
For a positive value:
type
-1.79769313486232E+308 to -4.94065645841247E-324

Boolean Boolean type 2 bytes -1 (True) or 0 (False)

String Character 1 Up to approximately 2 billion characters

string type *1 byte/alphan
umeric
character

Variant Variant type 16 bytes No limitation

*1.For a fixed length string, declare the number of characters.

Examples
Part with heading “Examples” describes a simple example of how to use the object for
coding with E5070B/E5071B VBA.
Related Objects
Part with heading “Related objects” describes related objects when using the object.
Equivalent Key
Part with heading “Equivalent key” shows the operational procedure of the front panel
keys that has the same effect as this object.
[Key] Indicates that you press the key named Key.
[Key] - Item Indicates a series of key operation in which you press the [Key] key,
move the focus to the button called Item on the displayed menu using
the [←↓] key and so on, and then press the [Enter] key.

Chapter 7 197
 COM Object Reference
ECHO

Application Objects
The Application objects are at the top of the hierarchy of the E5070B/E5071B COM object
model. They consist of 7 objects dedicated to the E5070B/E5071B COM interface and
SCPI objects corresponding to SCPI commands. This section describes the objects
dedicated to the E5070B/E5071B COM interface.

ECHO
Object type Method

Syntax ECHO V1,V2,⋅⋅⋅,V10

ECHO SCPI object

Description Provides display in the echo window. (No read)

There is the following difference from the display with the SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA
object.

• Up to 10 data items can be displayed.

• Data is displayed as the declared data type without a cast.

V1,V2,⋅⋅⋅,V10

Description Data you want to display in the echo window.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Examples Dim Nop As Long

Dim i As Integer
Dim Fdata As Variant
Nop = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts
Fdata = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.FDATa
ECHO "Test Results"
For i=1 to Nop
ECHO i, Fdata(2*i-2), Fdata(2*i-1)
Next i

ECHO SCPI.SYSTem.ERRor

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA on page 385

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

198 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
NAME

NAME
Object type Property

Syntax App = NAME

Description Reads out the application name of VBA. “E5070B” or “E5071B” is always read out. (Read
only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

App

Description Application name

Data type Character string type (String)

Examples Dim Inst As String

Inst = NAME
ECHO Inst

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 199
 COM Object Reference
Parse

Parse
Object type Method

Syntax Parse(Scpi)
Return = Parse(Scpi?)

Description Executes an SCPI command of the E5070B/E5071B. For information on the SCPI
commands, see Chapter “SCPI Command Reference” in the E5070B/E5071B
Programmer’s Guide.
The Parse object is a little slower in the execution speed than the COM object which has
the same function as the SCPI command because it must parse the message string of the
SCPI command.

Variable

Scpi

Description SCPI command

Data type Character string type (String)

Return

Description Response (query) of the SCPI command

Data type Character string type (String)

Examples Dim Start As String

Parse(":SENS1:FREQ:STAR 100E6")
Start = Parse(":SENS1:FREQ:STAR?")

Dim TtlLbl As String

Parse(":DISP:WIND1:TITL:DATA ""filter""")
TtlLbl = Parse(":DISP:WIND1:TITL:DATA?")

Dim Fmt As String

Parse(":CALC1:PAR2:SEL")
Parse(":CALC1:FORM SMIT")
Fmt = Parse(":CALC1:FORM?")

Dim BckLght As String

Parse(":SYST:BACK OFF")
BckLght = Parse(":SYST:BACK?")

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

200 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
Prompt

Prompt
Object type Method

Syntax Prompt(Mes)

Description Displays the message you specify on the instrument status bar (at the bottom of the LCD
display) and suspends the program until the [Macro Setup] - Continue button is pressed.
(No read)

7. COM Object Reference

NOTE When using this object, execute the program with the Visual Basic closed since you need to
press the [Macro Setup] - Continue. For more information, see “Running a Program from
the E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen” on page 54. If you need to abort the program,
see “Stopping with the Dialog Box Appeared” on page 55.

Variable

Mes

Description Message

Data type Character string type (String)

Examples Prompt("Connect DUT, and then press [Continue]")

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 201
 COM Object Reference
UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption

UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption
Object type Property

Syntax UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption = Lbl

Lbl = UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption

Description Sets the label name of the user menu function softkeys 1 to 10 (Key_id).

Variable

Table 7-5 Variable (Key_id)

Key_id

Description Softkey number for the user menu function

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 10

Note You cannot omit this because it does not have a preset value. If the specified
variable is out of the valid setting range, an error occurs when executed.

Lbl

Description Softkey label name for the user menu function

Data type Character string type (String)

Preset value Varies depending on the specified softkey number.

Examples Dim KeyLbl As String

UserMenu.Item(1).Caption = "Meas"
KeyLbl = UserMenu.Item(1).Caption

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

202 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled

UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled
Object type Property

Syntax UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled = Status

Status = UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled

Description Makes the user menu function softkeys 1 to 10 (Key_id) enabled/disabled. The softkey

7. COM Object Reference

label enabled is displayed with the grey color and its softkey cannot be pressed.

Variable

Status

Description Enabled/disabled for the user menu function softkey

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Makes the softkey enabled.

•False or 0 Makes the softkey enabled.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Key_id), see Table 7-5, “Variable (Key_id),” on page 202.

Examples Dim KeyEna As Boolean

UserMenu.Item(10).Enabled = False
KeyEna = UserMenu.Item(10).Enabled

Related objects UserMenu.Press(Key_id) on page 205

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 203
 COM Object Reference
UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal Key_id As Long)

UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal Key_id As Long)

Object type Event

Description Executes the processing when one of the user menu function softkeys 1 to 10 (Key_id) is
pressed. Write the processing in the “UserMenu” object. For more information on its use,
see “Executing a Procedure with a Softkey (User Menu Function)” on page 80.

Variable For information on the variable (Key_id), see Table 7-5, “Variable (Key_id),” on page 202.

Examples Private Sub UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal id As Long)

If id = 1 Then
MsgBox "Button 1 was pressed."
ElseIf id = 10 Then
MsgBox "Button 10 was pressed."
End If
End Sub

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

UserMenu.PRESet
Object type Method

Syntax UserMenu.PRESet

Description Presets the label name and enabled/disabled settings for the user menu softkeys. (No read)

Examples UserMenu.PRESet

Related objects UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption on page 202

UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled on page 203

Equivalent key [Macro Setup] - Preset User Menu

204 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
UserMenu.Press(Key_id)

UserMenu.Press(Key_id)
Object type Method

Syntax UserMenu.Press(Key_id)

Description Presses one of the user menu function softkeys 1 to 10 (id). (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Key_id), see Table 7-5, “Variable (Key_id),” on page 202.

7. COM Object Reference

Examples UserMenu.Press(1)

Related objects UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled on page 203

Equivalent key [Macro Setup] - User Menu - Button 1| Button 2| Button 3| Button 4| Button 5| Button 6
| Button 7 | Button 8 | Button 9 | Button 10

UserMenu.Show
Object type Method

Syntax UserMenu.Show

Description Displays the user menu function softkeys in the softkey area. (No read)

Examples UserMenu.Show

Equivalent key [Macro Setup] - User Menu

Chapter 7 205
 COM Object Reference
VBAVersion

VBAVersion
Object type Property

Syntax Vers = VBAVersion

Description Reads out the version information of VBA installed in the E5070B/E5071B. (Read only)

Variable

Vers

Description VBA version information

Data type Character string type (String)

Examples Dim Version As String

Version = VBAVersion
ECHO Version

Equivalent key From the Help menu of the Visual Basic editor, click About Microsoft Visual Basic....

206 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
WaitOnSRQ

WaitOnSRQ
Object type Method

Syntax WaitOnSRQ Status, Timeout

Description Suspends the program for specified time until the RQS/MSS bit (bit 6) of the status byte
register changes to 1. For information on the structure of the status register, see Appendix
“Status Reporting System” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Status

Description State of the RQS/MSS bit (read only)

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range One of the following is returned.

•True or -1 1 has been received within the specified time.

•False or 0 1 has not been received within the specified time due to
timeout or abort.

Timeout

Description Timeout time

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 2,147,483,647

Preset value -1 (infinity)

Unit ms (millisecond)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim Stat As Boolean

SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition = 0
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition = 16
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle = 16
SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE = 128
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce = "bus"
SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = True
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate
WaitOnSRQ Stat, 10000
If Stat = True Then
MsgBox "Done"
End If

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 207
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.ABORt

SCPI Objects
SCPI objects are a collection of the COM interface having one-on-one correspondence
with the SCPI commands. This section describes the SCPI objects provided for the
E5070B/E5071B.

SCPI.ABORt
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.ABORt

Description Aborts the measurement and changes the trigger sequence for all channels to idle state.
The channels for which the continuous startup mode is set to ON (setting to start up the
trigger system continuously) change into the startup state immediately after the change to
the idle state.
For details about the trigger system, see Section “Trigger System” in the E5070B/E5071B
Programmer’s Guide. (No read)

Examples SCPI.ABORt

Related objects SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate on page 425

SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous on page 424

Equivalent key [Trigger] - Restart

208 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

7. COM Object Reference

Description For balance ports 1 and 2 (Bpt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value
(imaginary part) for the common port impedance conversion function.

Variable

Table 7-6 Variable (Ch)

Ch

Description Channel number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 16

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Table 7-7 Variable (Bpt)

Bpt

Description Balance port number*1

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

*1.Specify the balance ports assigned with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMula-

tor.BALun.TOPology. BBALanced.PPORts object, the SCPI.CALCu-
late(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SBALanced.PPORts object, and the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SSBalanced.PPORts object
on the order base. For more information on assigning the balance ports, see Figure 7-2
on page 214.

Chapter 7 209
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

Value

Description Impedance value (imaginary part) for the common port impedance conversion function

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E+18 to 1E+18

Preset value 0

Unit Ω (ohm)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim CImag As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(1).IMAGinary
= 1E5
CImag =
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(1).IMAGinary

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL on

page 211
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on
page 212
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. STATe on page 213
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Cmn ZConversion - Port1(bal) Imag|Port2(bal)

Imag|Port3(bal) Imag

210 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).REAL
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).REAL = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).REAL

7. COM Object Reference

Description For balance ports 1 and 2 (Bpt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value (real
part) for the common port impedance conversion function.

NOTE This command performs in the same way as

“SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R” on
page 212

Variable

Value

Description Impedance value (real part) for the common port impedance conversion function
Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)
Range 1E-3 to 1E7

Preset value 25

Unit Ω (ohm)
Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim CReal As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(1).REAL = 30
CReal =
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(1).REAL

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

on page 209
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on
page 212
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. STATe on page 213
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Cmn ZConversion - Port1(bal) Real|Port2(bal)

Real|Port3(bal) Real

Chapter 7 211
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R

Description For balance ports 1 and 2 (Bpt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value for the
common port impedance conversion function.

CAUTION This command clears setting value of

“SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary” on
page 209

Variable

Value

Description Impedance value for the common port impedance conversion function
Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1E-3 to 1E7

Preset value 25
Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim CZ0 As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(1).Z0.R = 30
CZ0 = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.BPORt(1).Z0.R

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

on page 209
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL on
page 211
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. STATe on page 213
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Cmn ZConversion - Port1(bal) Real|Port2(bal)

Real|Port3(bal) Real

212 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For all the balance ports of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the common port
impedance conversion function when the fixture simulator function is ON.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the common port impedance conversion function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the common port impedance conversion function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the common port impedance conversion function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim ComZcon As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.STATe = True
ComZcon = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

on page 209
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL on
page 211
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on
page 212
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Cmn ZConversion - Cmn ZConversion

Chapter 7 213
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the balance device type of the fixture simulator function.

Figure 7-2 Balance device type

Variable
Param

Description Balance device type (See Figure 7-2)

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"SBALanced" Specifies the unbalance-balance (3 ports).

•"BBALanced" Specifies the balance-balance (4 ports).

•"SSBalanced" Specifies the unbalance-unbalance-balance (4 ports).

Preset value "SBALanced"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BalDev As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = "bbal"
BalDev = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. BBALanced.PPORts on

page 230
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SBALanced.PPORts on
page 232
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SSBalanced.PPORts on
page 233

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Device

214 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C

7. COM Object Reference

Description For balance port 1 and balance port 2 (Bpt) of channel 1 to 9 (Ch), sets the C value of the
differential matching circuit consisting of shunt L and shunt C (PLPC is specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE object).

Variable

Value

Description C value of the differential matching circuit

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value 0

Unit F (farad)

Resolution 1E-18

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.

Examples Dim DmcC As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).PARameters.C = 12E-12
DmcC = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).PARameters.C

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G

on page 216
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L on
page 217
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R on
page 218
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE on page 219
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe on page 221

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff Matching - C

Chapter 7 215
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G

Description For balance port 1 and balance port 2 (Bpt) of channel 1 to 9 (Ch), sets the G value of the
differential matching circuit consisting of shunt L and shunt C (PLPC is specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE object).
Variable
Value

Description G value of the differential matching circuit

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value 0

Unit S (siemens)

Resolution 1E-18

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.

Examples Dim DmcG As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).PARameters.G = 12E-12
DmcG = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).PARameters.G

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C on

page 215
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L on
page 217
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R on
page 218
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE on page 219
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe on page 221

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff Matching - G

216 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L

7. COM Object Reference

Description For balance port 1 and balance port 2 (Bpt) of channel 1 to 9 (Ch), sets the L value of the
differential matching circuit consisting of shunt L and shunt C (PLPC is specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE object).
Variable
Value

Description L value of the differential matching circuit

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value 0

Unit H (henry)

Resolution 1E-18

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.

Examples Dim DmcL As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).PARameters.L
= 12E-12
DmcL =
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).PARameters.L

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C on

page 215
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G
on page 216
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R on
page 218
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE on page 219
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe on page 221

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff Matching - L

Chapter 7 217
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R

Description For balance port 1 and balance port 2 (Bpt) of channel 1 to 9 (Ch), sets the R value of the
differential matching circuit consisting of shunt L and shunt C (PLPC is specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE object).
Variable
Value

Description R value of the differential matching circuit

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value 0

Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 1E-18

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.

Examples Dim DmcR As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).PARameters.R = 12E-12
DmcR = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).PARameters.R

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C on

page 215
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G
on page 216
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L on
page 217
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE on page 219
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe on page 221
Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff Matching - R

218 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).TYPE
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).TYPE = Param
Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).TYPE
Description For balance ports 1 and 2 (Bpt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the type of the differential

7. COM Object Reference

matching circuit. For information on the model of the differential matching circuit, see
Section “Evaluating Balanced Devices” in the E5070B/E5071B User’s Guide.
Variable
Param

Description Type of the differential matching circuit

Data type Character string type (String)
Range Select from the following.

•"NONE" Specifies no-circuit.

•"PLPC" Specifies the circuit that consists of shunt L and shunt C.

•"USER" Specifies the user-defined circuit*1.

Preset value "NONE"
Note If you want to select the user-defined circuit, you must specify the 2-port touchstone file in
which the proper information on the user-defined circuit is saved in advance. If you do not
specify the appropriate file and you select the user-defined circuit, an error occurs when
executed and NONE is automatically selected.

*1.The information on the circuit is read out from the 2-port touchstone file specified with
the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename object.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.
Examples Dim CirType As String
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).TYPE = "plpc"
CirType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).TYPE

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C on

page 215
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G
on page 216
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L on
page 217
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R on
page 218
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename
on page 220
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe on page 221
Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff Matching - Select Circuit

Chapter 7 219
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename = File

File = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename

Description For balance ports 1 and 2 (Bpt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), specifies the file in which the
information on the user-defined differential matching circuit is saved (2-port touchstone
file with the .s2p extension).
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names (folder names) and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash).
Even if the specified file does not exist, no error occurs when you execute this object.
However, when you set the type of the differential matching circuit to the user-defined
circuit with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
BPORt(Bpt).TYPE object, an error occurs when executed.

Variable

File

Description 2-port touchstone file name (extension: .s2p) for the differential matching circuit

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value ""

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.

Examples Dim DmcUser As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).USER.FILename = "dmc.s2p"
DmcUser = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).USER.FILename
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BPORt(1).TYPE = "user"

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE on page 219

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe on page 221

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff Matching - User File

220 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.
STATe
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.STATe = Status
Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.STATe
Description For all the balance ports of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the differential matching

7. COM Object Reference

circuit embedding function when the fixture simulator function is ON.
Variable
Status

Description ON/OFF of the differential matching circuit embedding function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the differential matching circuit embedding function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the differential matching circuit embedding function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim DifMch As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.STATe = True
DifMch = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.C on

page 215
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.G
on page 216
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.L on
page 217
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).PARameters.R on
page 218
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).USER.FILename
on page 220
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit. BPORt(Bpt).TYPE on page 219
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). STATe on page 229
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff Matching - Diff Matching

Chapter 7 221
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

Description For balance ports 1 and 2 (Bpt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value
(imaginary part) for the differential port impedance conversion function.

Variable

Value

Description Impedance value (imaginary part) for the differential port impedance conversion function

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E+18 to 1E+18

Preset value 0

Unit Ω (ohm)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.

Examples Dim DImag As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(1).IMAGinary
= 200
DImag =
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(1).IMAGinary

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL on

page 223
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on
page 224
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. STATe on page 225
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff ZConversion - Port1(bal) Imag|Port2(bal)

Imag|Port3(bal) Imag

222 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).REAL
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).REAL = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).REAL

7. COM Object Reference

Description For balance ports 1 and 2 (Bpt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value (real
part) for the differential port impedance conversion function.

NOTE This command performs in the same way as

“SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R” on
page 224

Variable

Value

Description Impedance value (real part) for the differential port impedance conversion function

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1E-3 to 1E7

Preset value 100

Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.

Examples Dim DReal As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(1).REAL = 200
DReal =
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(1).REAL

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

on page 222
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on
page 224
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. STATe on page 225
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff ZConversion - Port1(bal) Real|Port2(bal)

Real|Port3(bal) Real

Chapter 7 223
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R

Description For balance ports 1 and 2 (Bpt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value for the
differential port impedance conversion function.

CAUTION This command clears setting value of

“SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary” on
page 222

Variable

Value

Description Impedance value for the differential port impedance conversion function

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1E-3 to 1E7

Preset value 100

Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Bpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-7, “Variable (Bpt),” on page 209, respectively.

Examples Dim DZ0 As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(1).Z0.R = 200
DZ0 = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.BPORt(1).Z0.R

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

on page 222
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL on
page 223
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. STATe on page 225
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff ZConversion - Port1(bal) Real|Port2(bal)

Real|Port3(bal) Real

224 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For all the balance ports of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the differential port
impedance conversion function when the fixture simulator function is ON.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the differential port impedance conversion function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the differential port impedance conversion function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the differential port impedance conversion function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim DifZcon As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.STATe = True
DifZcon = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary

on page 222
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL on
page 223
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R on
page 224
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Diff ZConversion - Diff ZConversion

Chapter 7 225
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).BBALanced.DEFine

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).B
BALanced.DEFine
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).BBALanced.DEFine = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).BBALanced.DEFine

Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the measurement parameter when the
balance device type is "balance-balance."

Variable
Param

Description Measurement parameter

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"SDD11" Specifies Sdd11.

•"SDD21" Specifies Sdd21.
•"SDD12" Specifies Sdd12.
•"SDD22" Specifies Sdd22.
•"SCD11" Specifies Scd11.
•"SCD21" Specifies Scd21.
•"SCD12" Specifies Scd12.
•"SCD22" Specifies Scd22.
•"SDC11" Specifies Sdc11.
•"SDC21" Specifies Sdc21.
•"SDC12" Specifies Sdc12.
•"SDC22" Specifies Sdc22.
•"SCC11" Specifies Scc11.
•"SCC21" Specifies Scc21.
•"SCC12" Specifies Scc12.
•"SCC22" Specifies Scc22.
•"IMB1" Specifies Imbalance1.
•"IMB2" Specifies Imbalance2.
•"CMRR" Specifies CMRR (Sdd21/Scc21).

Preset value "SDD11"

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim BbalPara As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = "bbal"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).BBALanced.DEFine = "sdd21"
BbalPara = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).BBALanced.DEFine

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice on page 214

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator|[Meas] - Sdd11|Sdd21|Sdd12|Sdd22|Scd11|

Scd21|Scd12|Scd22|Sdc11| Sdc21|Sdc12|Sdc22|Scc11|Scc21|Scc12|Scc22|
Imbalance1|Imbalance2|Sdd21/Scc21

226 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). SBALanced.DEFine

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
SBALanced.DEFine
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).SBALanced.DEFine = Param
Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).SBALanced.DEFine
Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the measurement parameter when the
balance device type is "balance-balance."

7. COM Object Reference

Variable
Param

Description Measurement parameter

Data type Character string type (String)
Range Select from the following.

•"SSS11" Specifies Sss11.

•"SDS21" Specifies Sds21.
•"SSD12" Specifies Ssd12.
•"SCS21" Specifies Scs21.
•"SSC12" Specifies Ssc12.
•"SDD22" Specifies Sdd22.
•"SCD22" Specifies Scd22.
•"SDC22" Specifies Sdc22.
•"SCC22" Specifies Scc22.
•"IMB" Specifies Imbalance.
•"CMRR" Specifies CMRR (Sds21/Scs21).
•"CMRR2" Specifies CMRR2 (Ssd12/Ssc12).
Preset value "SSS11"

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.
Examples Dim SbalPara As String
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = "sbal"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).SBALanced.DEFine = "scs21"
SbalPara = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).SBALanced.DEFine

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice on page 214

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator|[Meas] - Sss11|Sds21|Ssd12|Scs21|Ssc12|
Sdd22|Scd22|Sdc22|Scc22|Imbalance|Sds21/Scs21|Ssd12/Ssc12

Chapter 7 227
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). SSBalanced.DEFine

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
SSBalanced.DEFine
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).SSBalanced.DEFine = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).SSBalanced.DEFine

Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the measurement parameter when the
balance device type is "unbalance-unbalance-balance."

Variable
Param

Description Measurement parameter

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"SSS11" Specifies Sss11.

•"SSS21" Specifies Sss21.
•"SSS12" Specifies Sss12.
•"SSS22" Specifies Sss22.
•"SDS31" Specifies Sds31.
•"SDS32" Specifies Sds32.
•"SSD13" Specifies Ssd13.
•"SSD23" Specifies Ssd23.
•"SCS31" Specifies Scs31.
•"SCS32" Specifies Scs32.
•"SSC13" Specifies Ssc13.
•"SSC23" Specifies Ssc23.
•"SDD33" Specifies Sdd33.
•"SCD33" Specifies Scd33.
•"SDC33" Specifies Sdc33.
•"SCC33" Specifies Scc33.
•"IMB1" Specifies Imbalance1.
•"IMB2" Specifies Imbalance2.
•"IMB3" Specifies Imbalance3.
•"IMB4" Specifies Imbalance4.
•"CMRR1" Specifies CMRR ( Sds31/Scs31).
•"CMRR2" Specifies CMRR ( Sds32/Scs32).

Preset value "SSS11"

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim SsbPara As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = "ssb"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).SSBalanced.DEFine = "sds31"
SsbPara = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).SSBalanced.DEFine

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice on page 214

228 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). STATe

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator|[Meas] - Sss11|Sss21|Sss12|Sss22|Sds31|

Sds32|Ssd13|Ssd23|Scs31|Scs32|Ssc13|Ssc23|Sdd33|Scd33|Sdc33|Scc33|
Imbalance1|Imbalance2|Imbalance3|Imbalance4|Sds31/Scs31|Sds32/Scs32

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
STATe
Object type Property

7. COM Object Reference

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).STATe = Status
Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).STATe

Description For traces 1 and 9 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the balance-unbalance
conversion function when the fixture simulator function is ON.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the balance-unbalance conversion function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the balance-unbalance conversion function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the balance-unbalance conversion function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim BalMode As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).STATe = True
BalMode = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(1).STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - BalUn

Chapter 7 229
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. BBALanced.PPORts

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
BBALanced.PPORts
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.BBALanced.PPORts = Ports
Ports = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.BBALanced.PPORts

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), assigns each port when the balance device type is
"balance-balance."
To set the balance device type to "balance-balance," specify BBAL with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice object.
Variable
Ports

Description Indicates 4-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Port number assigned to port a in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

• Ports(1) Port number assigned to port b in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

• Ports(2) Port number assigned to port c in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

• Ports(3) Port number assigned to port d in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)
Range 1 to 4
Preset value Ports(0):1 / Ports(1):2 / Ports(2):3 / Ports(3):4
Resolution 1
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 or more port numbers, an error occurs when
executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BbalPort As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = "bbal"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.BBALanced.PPORts = Array(3,4,1,2)
BbalPort = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.BBALanced.PPORts

Dim BbalPort(3) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
BbalPort(0) = 3
BbalPort(1) = 4
BbalPort(2) = 1
BbalPort(3) = 2
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = "bbal"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.BBALanced.PPORts = BbalPort
Ref = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.BBALanced.PPORts

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice on page 214

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Port1(bal)

[Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Port2(bal)

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, set each port separately.

230 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. PROPerty.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
PROPerty.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.PROPerty.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.PROPerty.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off the property display for the topology setting when
using the balance-unbalance conversion.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the property display of the topology setting

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the property display.

•False or 0 Turns off the property display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TopProp As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.PROPerty.STATe = True
TopProp = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.PROPerty.STATe

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Property

Chapter 7 231
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SBALanced.PPORts

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
SBALanced.PPORts
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SBALanced.PPORts = Ports

Ports = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SBALanced.PPORts
Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), assigns each port when the balance device type is
"unbalance-balance."
To set the balance device type to "unbalance-balance," specify SBAL with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice object.
Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 3-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Port number assigned to port a in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

• Ports(1) Port number assigned to port b in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

• Ports(2) Port number assigned to port c in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Preset value Ports(0):1 / Ports(1):2 / Ports(2):3

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set. If you specify the same port number to 2 or more port numbers, an error
occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SbalPort As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = "sbal"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SBALanced.PPORts = Array(1,3,4)
SbalPort = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.BBALanced.PPORts

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice on page 214

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Port1(se)

[Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Port2(bal)

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, set each port separately.

232 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology. SSBalanced.PPORts

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.
SSBalanced.PPORts
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SSBalanced.PPORts = Ports
Ports = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SSBalanced.PPORts
Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), assigns each port when the balance device type is
"unbalance-unbalance-balance."

7. COM Object Reference

To set the balance device type to "unbalance-unbalance-balance," specify SSB with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice object.
Variable
Ports

Description Indicates 4-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Port number assigned to port a in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

• Ports(1) Port number assigned to port b in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

• Ports(2) Port number assigned to port c in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

• Ports(3) Port number assigned to port d in Figure 7-2 on page 214.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Preset value Ports(0):1 / Ports(1):2 / Ports(2):3 / Ports(3):4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set. If you specify the same port number to 2 or more port numbers, an error
occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
Examples Dim SsbPort As Variant
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice = "ssb"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SSBalanced.PPORts = Array(1,4,2,3)
SsbPort = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SSBalanced.PPORts

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice on page 214

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Port1(se)

[Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Port2(se)

[Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Topology - Port3(bal)

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, set each port separately.

Chapter 7 233
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). FILename

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk).
FILename
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk).FILename = File

File = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk).FILename

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), specifies a file in which the information of networks 1 to 2
(Nwk) you want to embed/de-embed using the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding
feature is saved (4-port touchstone file with the ".s4p" extension).
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names (folder names) and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash) or "/" (slash).
For information on network numbers, refer to Figure 7-3 on page 240.

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable
Table 7-8 Variable (Nwk)
Nwk
Description Number of network
Data type Long integer type (Long)
Range 1 to 2
Preset value 1
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

File
Description 4-port touchstone file name (extension: .s4p) for the 4-port network
embedding/de-embedding feature
Data type Character string type (String)
Range 254 characters or less
Preset value ""
Note When the processing type is set to NONE, even if the specified file does not exist,
no error occurs when you execute this object. However, when you set the
processing type to embedding/de-embedding with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). TYPE object, an
error occurs.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Emb As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(1).FILename = "network.s4p"
Emb = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(1).FILename

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). TYPE on page 235

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe on page 236

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding S4P - Topology - User File (nwk1)|User File (nwk2)

234 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk).
TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk).TYPE = File

File = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk).TYPE

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding feature for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects
the processing type for networks 1 and 2 (Nwk).

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable

Param

Description Processing type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"NONE" Specifies no-processing.

•"EMBed" Specifies embedding.

•"DEEMbed" Specifies de-embedding.

Preset value "NONE"

Note Before selecting embedding/de-embedding, use the

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). FILename
object to specify the 4-port touchstone file in which the information on the
network is saved. If you do not specify the appropriate file and you select
embedding/de-embedding, a runtime error occurs and NONE is automatically
selected.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Nwk), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-8, “Variable (Nwk),” on page 234, respectively.

Examples Dim EmbType As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(1).FILename = "network.s4p"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(1).TYPE = "deem"
EmbType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(1).TYPE

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). FILename on page 234

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe on page 236

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding S4P - Topology -

Type (nwk1)|Type (nwk2) - None|Embed|De-Embed

Chapter 7 235
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding
feature when the fixture simulator feature is ON.

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable

Status

Description Turns ON/OFF the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding feature.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding

feature.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the 4-port network

embedding/de-embedding feature.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Emb As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe = True
Emb = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). FILename on page 234

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). TYPE on page 235
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding S4P - De-Embedding S4P

236 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A. PORTs

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A.
PORTs
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A.PORTs = Ports

Ports = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A.PORTs

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding feature for channels 1 to 16 (Ch),
specifies test port assignment when the connection type (Topology) is set to A.
For information on the connection type (Topology), refer to Figure 7-3 on page 240.

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable

Ports
Description Indicates 2-element array data (port numbers).

• Ports(0) Port number assigned to port a in Figure 7-3.

• Ports(1) Port number assigned to port b in Figure 7-3.

The index of the array starts from 0.
Data type Variant type (Variant)
Range 1 to 4
Preset value Ports(0):1 / Ports(1):2
Resolution 1
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setting range, an error occurs when
executed. If you specify an identical port number to multiple ports, a runtime error
occurs.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EnbPort As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TYPE = "a"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TOPology.A.PORTs = Array(2,1)
EnbPort = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TOPology.A.PORTs

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE on page 240

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding S4P - Topology - Ports -

1-2|1-3|1-4|2-1|2-3|2-4|3-1|3-2|3-4|4-1|4-2|4-3

Chapter 7 237
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B. PORTs

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B.
PORTs
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B.PORTs = Ports

Ports = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B.PORTs

Description For the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding feature for channels 1 to 16 (Ch),
specifies test port assignment when the connection type (Topology) is set to B.
For information on the connection type (Topology), refer to Figure 7-3 on page 240.

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable

Ports
Description Indicates 3-element array data (port numbers).

• Ports(0) Port number assigned to port a in Figure 7-3.

• Ports(1) Port number assigned to port b in Figure 7-3.

• Ports(2) Port number assigned to port c in Figure 7-3.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)
Range 1 to 4
Preset value Ports(0):1 / Ports(1):2 / Ports(2):3
Resolution 1
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setting range, an error occurs when
executed. If you specify an identical port number to multiple ports, a runtime error
occurs.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EnbPort As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TYPE = "b"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TOPology.B.PORTs = Array(1,3,2)
EnbPort = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TOPology.B.PORTs

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE on page 240

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding S4P - Topology - Ports -

1-2-3|1-2-4|1-3-2|1-3-4|1-4-2|1-4-3|2-1-3|2-1-4|2-3-1|2-3-4|2-4-1|2-4-3|
3-1-2|3-1-4|3-2-1|3-2-4|3-4-1|3-4-2|4-1-2|4-1-3|4-2-1|4-2-3|4-3-1|4-3-2

238 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C. PORTs

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C.
PORTs
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C.PORTs = Ports

Ports = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C.PORTs

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding feature for channels 1 to 16 (Ch),
specifies test port assignment when the connection type (Topology) is set to C.
For information on the connection type (Topology), refer to Figure 7-3 on page 240.

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable

Ports
Description Indicates 4-element array data (port numbers).

• Ports(0) Port number assigned to port a in Figure 7-3.

• Ports(1) Port number assigned to port b in Figure 7-3.

• Ports(2) Port number assigned to port c in Figure 7-3.

• Ports(3) Port number assigned to port d in Figure 7-3.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)
Range 1 to 4
Preset value Ports(0):1 / Ports(1):2 / Ports(2):3 / Ports(3):4
Resolution 1
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setting range, an error occurs when
executed. If you specify an identical port number to multiple ports, a runtime error
occurs.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EnbPort As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TYPE = "c"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TOPology.C.PORTs = Array(1,4,2,3)
EnbPort = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.ENBed.TOPology.C.PORTs

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE on page 240

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding S4P - Topology - Ports -

1-2-3-4|1-2-4-3|1-3-2-4|1-3-4-2|1-4-2-3|1-4-3-2|2-1-3-4|2-1-4-3|2-3-1-4|2-3-4-1|
2-4-1-3|2-4-3-1|3-1-2-4|3-1-4-2|3-2-1-4|3-2-4-1|3-4-1-2|3-4-2-1|4-1-2-3|4-1-3-2|
4-2-1-3|4-2-3-1|4-3-1-2|4-3-2-1

Chapter 7 239
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE = File

File = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE

Description For the 4-port network embedding/de-embedding feature for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects
a connection type (Topology).

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Figure 7-3 Connection type

Variable
Param

Description Connection type (refer to Figure 7-3)

Data type Character string type (String)
Range Select from the following.

•"A" Specifies connection type A.

•"B" Specifies connection type B.

•"C" Specifies connection type C.
Preset value "A"

ïœêî(For information on Ch, refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EmbType As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE = "b"
EmbType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A. PORTs on page 237

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B. PORTs on page 238
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C. PORTs on page 239

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding S4P - Topology - Select Topology - A|B|C

240 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.
PORT(Pt).TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(Pt).TYPE = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(Pt).TYPE

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the type of the network
de-embedding.

Variable

Table 7-9 Variable (Pt)

Pt

Description Port number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Preset value 1
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Param

Description Type of the network de-embedding

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"NONE" Specifies no network de-embedding.

•"USER" Specifies the user-defined network de-embedding*1.

Preset value "NONE"

Note If you want to select the user-defined network de-embedding, you must specify the 2-port
touchstone file in which the information on the user-defined network is saved in advance. If
you do not specify the appropriate file and you select the user-defined network
de-embedding, an error occurs when executed and NONE is automatically selected.

*1.The information on the network is read out from the 2-port touchstone file specified
with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.
PORT(Pt).USER.FILename object.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim DeemType As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(1).USER.FILename = "network.s2p"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(1).TYPE = "user"
DeemType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(1).TYPE

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).USER.FILename

on page 243
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. STATe on page 244
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation .STATe on page 525

Chapter 7 241
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).TYPE

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding - Select Type

242 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.
PORT(Pt).USER.FILename

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.
PORT(Pt).USER.FILename
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(Pt).USER.FILename = File

File = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(Pt).USER.FILename

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), specifies the file in which the information
on the user-defined network for the network de-embedding function is saved (2-port
touchstone file with the .s2p extension).
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names (folder names) and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash).
Even if the specified file does not exist, no error occurs when you execute this object.
However, when you set the type of the network de-embedding to the user-defined network
with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).TYPE
object, an error occurs.

Variable

File

Description 2-port touchstone file name (extension: .s2p) for the network de-embedding function

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value ""

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim DeemUser As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(1).USER.FILename = "network.s2p"
DeemUser = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(1).USER.FILename
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PORT(1).TYPE = "user"

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).TYPE on

page 241
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. STATe on page 244

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding - User File

Chapter 7 243
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.
STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.STATe

Description For all the ports of channel 1 to 9 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the network de-embedding function
when the fixture simulator function is ON.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the network de-embedding function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the network de-embedding function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the network de-embedding function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Deemb As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.STATe = True
Deemb = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).USER.FILename

on page 243
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).TYPE on
page 241
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - De-Embedding - De-Embedding

244 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.C

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.C
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).PARameters.C = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).PARameters.C

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the C value of the matching circuit
specified with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).TYPE object.
Variable
Value

Description C value of the matching circuit

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value 0

Unit F (farad)

Resolution 1E-18

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PmcC As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).PARameters.C = 12E-12
PmcC = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).PARameters.C

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE on page 249

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.G
on page 246
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.L on
page 247
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.R on
page 248
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe on page 251

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port Matching - C

Chapter 7 245
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.G

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.G
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).PARameters.G = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).PARameters.G

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the G value of the matching circuit
specified with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).TYPE object.
Variable
Value

Description G value of the matching circuit

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value 0

Unit S (siemens)

Resolution 1E-18

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PmcG As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).PARameters.G = 12E-12
PmcG = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).PARameters.G

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE on page 249

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.C on
page 245
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.L on
page 247
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.R on
page 248
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe on page 251

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port Matching - G

246 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.L

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.L
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).PARameters.L = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).PARameters.L

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the L value of the matching circuit
specified with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).TYPE object.
Variable
Value

Description L value of the matching circuit

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value 0

Unit H (henry)

Resolution 1E-18

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PmcL As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).PARameters.L = 12E-12
PmcL = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).PARameters.L

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE on page 249

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.C on
page 245
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.G
on page 246
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.R on
page 248
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe on page 251

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port Matching - L

Chapter 7 247
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.R

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).PARameters.R
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).PARameters.R = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).
PARameters.R

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the R value of the matching circuit
specified with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).TYPE object.
Variable
Value

Description R value of the matching circuit

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value 0

Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 1E-18

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PmcR As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).PARameters.R = 12E-12
PmcR = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).PARameters.R

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE on page 249

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.C on
page 245
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.G
on page 246
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.L on
page 247
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe on page 251

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port Matching - R

248 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).TYPE = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).TYPE

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the type of the matching circuit. For
information on the model of the matching circuit, see Section “Determining Characteristics
After Adding a Matching Circuit” in the E5070B/E5071B User’s Guide.
Variable
Param

Description Type of the matching circuit

Data type Character string type (String)
Range Select from the following.

•"NONE" Specifies no-circuit.

•"SLPC" Specifies the circuit that consists of series L and shunt C.
•"PCSL" Specifies the circuit that consists of shunt C and series L.
•"PLSC" Specifies the circuit that consists of shunt L and series C.
•"SCPL" Specifies the circuit that consists of series C and shunt L.
•"PLPC" Specifies the circuit that consists of shunt L and shunt C.
•"USER" Specifies the user-defined circuit*1.
Preset value "NONE"
Note If you want to select the user-defined circuit, you must specify the 2-port touchstone file in
which the proper information on the user-defined circuit is saved in advance. If you do not
specify the appropriate file and you select the user-defined circuit, an error occurs when
executed and NONE is automatically selected.

*1.The information on the circuit is read out from the 2-port touchstone file specified with
the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).USER.FILename object.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim CirType As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).TYPE = "slpc"
CirType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).TYPE

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.C on

page 245
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.G
on page 246
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.L on
page 247
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.R on
page 248
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).USER.FILename
on page 250
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe on page 251
Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port Matching - Select Circuit

Chapter 7 249
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).USER.FILename

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
PORT(Pt).USER.FILename
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).USER.FILename = File

File = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(Pt).USER.FILename

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), specifies the file in which the information
on the user-defined matching circuit is saved (2-port touchstone file).
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names (folder names) and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash).
Even if the specified file does not exist, no error occurs when you execute this object.
However, when you set the type of the matching circuit to the user-defined circuit with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE object, an
error occurs.

Variable

File

Description 2-port touchstone file name (extension: .s2p) for the matching circuit

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value ""

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PmcUser As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).USER.FILename = "match.s2p"
PmcUser = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).USER.FILename
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PORT(1).TYPE = "user"

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE on page 249

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe on page 251

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port Matching - User File

250 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.
STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For all the ports of channel 1 to 9 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the matching circuit embedding
function when the fixture simulator function is ON.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the matching circuit embedding function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the matching circuit embedding function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the matching circuit embedding function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Pmcir As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.STATe = True
Pmcir = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).TYPE on page 249

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.C on
page 245
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.G
on page 246
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.L on
page 247
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).PARameters.R on
page 248
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit. PORT(Pt).USER.FILename
on page 250
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port Matching - Port Matching

Chapter 7 251
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).IMAGinary

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
PORT(Pt).IMAGinary
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(Pt).IMAGinary = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(Pt).IMAGinary

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value (imaginary part)
for the port impedance conversion function.

Variable

Value

Description Impedance value (imaginary part) for the port impedance conversion function

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E+18 to 1E+18

Preset value 0

Unit Ω (ohm)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim ZImag As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(1).IMAGinary =
-9.2E10
ZImag =
SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(1).IMAGinary

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).REAL on

page 253
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).Z0.R on
page 254
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. STATe on page 255

Equivalent key SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

[Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port ZConversion - Port1 Z0 Imag|Port2 Z0 Imag|Port3
Z0 Imag|Port4 Z0 Imag

252 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).REAL

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
PORT(Pt).REAL
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(Pt).REAL = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(Pt).REAL

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value (real part) for the
port impedance conversion function.

NOTE This command performs in the same way as

“SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).Z0.R” on page 254

Variable

Value

Description Impedance value (real part) for the port impedance conversion function

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0.001 to 1E7

Preset value 50

Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim ZReal As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(1).REAL = 3.7E5
ZReal = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(1).REAL

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).IMAGinary on

page 252
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).Z0.R on
page 254
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. STATe on page 255

Equivalent key SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

[Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port ZConversion - Port1 Z0 Real|Port2 Z0 Real|Port3
Z0 Real|Port4 Z0 Real

Chapter 7 253
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).Z0.R

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
PORT(Pt).Z0.R
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(Pt).Z0.R = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(Pt).Z0.R

Description For ports 1 and 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the impedance value for the port
impedance conversion function.

CAUTION This command clears setting value of

“SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).IMAGinary” on
page 252

Variable

Value

Description Impedance value for the port impedance conversion function

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0.001 to 1E7

Preset value 50

Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim ZconR As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(1).Z0.R = 75
ZconR = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.PORT(1).Z0.R

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).IMAGinary on

page 252
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).REAL on
page 253
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. STATe on page 255
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port ZConversion - Port1 Z0 Real|Port2 Z0 Real|Port3
Z0 Real|Port4 Z0 Real

254 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For all the ports of channel 1 to 9 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the port impedance conversion
function when the fixture simulator function is ON.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the port impedance conversion function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the port impedance conversion function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the port impedance conversion function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Zcon As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.STATe = True
Zcon = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).IMAGinary on

page 252
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).REAL on
page 253
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).Z0.R on
page 254
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe on page 256

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Port ZConversion - Port ZConversion

Chapter 7 255
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the fixture simulator function of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the fixture simulator function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the fixture simulator function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the fixture simulator function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FxtSim As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.STATe = True
FxtSim = SCPI.CALCulate(1).FSIMulator.STATe

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Fixture Simulator - Fixture Simulator

256 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.COUNt

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.COUNt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.COUNt = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter.COUNt

Description Sets the number of traces of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Number of traces

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range Varies depending on the upper limit setting for the channel/trace number.

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TraceNum As Long

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter.COUNt = 4
TraceNum = SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter.COUNt

Equivalent key [Display] - Num of Traces

Chapter 7 257
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the measurement parameter of traces 1 to 16 (Tr).

Variable

Param

Description Measurement parameter

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"S11" Specifies S11.

•"S21" Specifies S21.
•"S31" Specifies S31.
•"S41" Specifies S41.
•"S12" Specifies S12.
•"S22" Specifies S22.
•"S32" Specifies S32.
•"S42" Specifies S42.
•"S13" Specifies S13.
•"S23" Specifies S23.
•"S33" Specifies S33.
•"S43" Specifies S43.
•"S14" Specifies S14.
•"S24" Specifies S24.
•"S34" Specifies S34.
•"S44" Specifies S44.
•"A" Specifies A.
•"B" Specifies B.
•"C" Specifies C.
•"D" Specifies D.
•"R1" Specifies R1.
•"R2" Specifies R2.
•"R3" Specifies R3.
•"R4" Specifies R4.

Preset value "S11"

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim MeasPara As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).DEFine = "s21"
MeasPara = SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).DEFine

258 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect

Equivalent key [Meas] - S11|S21|S31|S41|S12|S22|S32|S42|S13|S23|S33|S43|S14|S24|S34|S44|

A|B|C|D|R1|R2|R3|R4

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch) to the active trace.
You can set only a trace displayed to the active trace. If this object is used to set a trace not
displayed to the active trace, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored. (No
read)

Variable

Table 7-10 Variable (Tr)

Tr

Description Trace number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 16

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.CALCulate(2).PARameter(2).SELect

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. MEDium on page 271

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. TIME on page 272
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. WGCutoff on page 273
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549

Equivalent key [Trace Prev] / [Trace Next]

Chapter 7 259
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt

Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the output port used for absolute
measurement.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of the output port

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4
Preset value 1

Note You need to set the measurement parameter for absolute measurement with the
“SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine” on page 258 command.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Tr), refer to Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259.

Example of use Dim Sport As Long

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).DEFine = "B"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SPORt = 4
Sport = SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SPORt

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine on page 258

Equivalent key [Meas] - Absolute - A(1)~A(4)...D(1)~D(4)...R1(1)~R1(4)...R4(1)~R4(4)

260 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

7. COM Object Reference

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), sets the bandwidth threshold
value (attenuation from the peak) of the bandwidth test.

Variable

Value

Description Bandwidth N dB points.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 5E8

Preset value 0

Unit dB

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BLimDB As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.DB = 3
BLimDB = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.DB

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Bandwidth Limit - N dB Points

Chapter 7 261
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), turns ON/OFF the marker
display of the bandwidth test.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the bandwidth marker.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the bandwidth marker.
•False or 0 Turns OFF the bandwidth marker.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BLimMk As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer = True
BLimMk = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 263

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Bandwidth Limit - BW Marker

262 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(CH).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

7. COM Object Reference

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), turns ON/OFF the
bandwidth value display of the bandwidth test.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the bandwidth display of the bandwidth test.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the bandwidth display.
•False or 0 Turns OFF the bandwidth display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BLimVal As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELectSCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLI
Mit.DISPlay.VALue = True
BLimVal = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer on page 262

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Bandwidth Limit - BW Display

Chapter 7 263
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL
Object type Property

Syntax Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), reads out the bandwidth
limit test result. (Read only)

Variable

Status

Description The bandwidth limit test result

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the bandwidth limit test result is FAIL.
•False or 0 Turns OFF the bandwidth limit test result is PASS.

Note When the bandwidth limit test if set to OFF, False or 0 is always read out.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Result As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.STATe = True
Result = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

264 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

7. COM Object Reference

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), sets the upper limit value of
the bandwidth test.

Variable

Value

Description Maximum bandwidth

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 1E12

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz), dBm or second

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BLimMax As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum = 1E9
BLimMax = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum on page 266

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Bandwidth Limit - Max Bandwidth

Chapter 7 265
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), sets the lower limit value of
the bandwidth test.

Variable

Value

Description Minimum bandwidth

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 1E12

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz), dBm or second

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BLimMin As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum = 1E6
BLimMin = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum on page 265

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Bandwidth Limit - Min Bandwidth

266 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), reads out the bandwidth

7. COM Object Reference

value of the bandwidth test.

Variable

Data

Description The bandwidth value of the bandwidth

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BWData As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
BWData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 267
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), turns ON/OFF the
bandwidth test function.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF the bandwidth test function.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the bandwidth test function.
•False or 0 Turns OFF the bandwidth test function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BLimTest As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.STATe = True
BLimTest = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.BLIMit.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB on page 261
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer on page 262
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 263
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL on page 264
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum on page 265
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum on page 266
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA on page 267

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Bandwidth Limit - BW Test

268 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), select the parameter after conversion using

7. COM Object Reference

the parameter conversion function.

Variable

Param

Description The parameter after conversion

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"ZREFlection" Specifies the equivalent impedance in reflection measurement.

•"ZTRansmit" Specifies the equivalent impedance(series) in transmission

measurement.

•"YREFlection" Specifies the equivalent admittance in reflection measurement.

•"YTRansmit" Specifies the equivalent admittance(series) in transmission

measurement.

•"INVersion" Specifies the inverse S-parameter.

•"ZTSHunt" Specifies the equivalent impedance(shunt) in transmission

measurement.

•"YTSHunt" Specifies the equivalent admittance(shunt) in transmission

measurement.

•"CONJugation" Specifies the conjugate.

Preset value "ZREFlection"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Func As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion = "ztr"
Func = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe on page 270

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Conversion - Z:Reflection|Z:Transmission|Y:Reflection|Y:Transmission|1/S|

Z:Trans-Shunt|Y:Trans-Shunt|Conjugation

Chapter 7 269
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the parameter conversion
function.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the parameter conversion function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the parameter conversion function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the parameter conversion function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Conv As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CONVersion.STATe = True
Conv = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CONVersion.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion on page 269

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Conversion - Conversion

270 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. MEDium

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.
MEDium
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.MEDium = Param
Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.MEDium
Description For calculating the electrical delay time of Channel 1 to 16 (Ch), select the media type.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Param

Description Select the media type for calculating the electrical delay time.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"COAXial" Selects coaxial as a media type.

•"WAVeguide" Selects waveguide as a media type.

Preset value "COAXial"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EdelMed As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.MEDium = "WAVeguide"
EdelMed = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.MEDium

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. TIME on page 272
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. WGCutoff on page 273

Equivalent key [Scale] - Electrical Delay - Media

Chapter 7 271
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. TIME

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.
TIME
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.TIME = Value
Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.TIME
Description Sets the electrical delay time of the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).
Variable
Value

Description Electrical delay time

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -10 to 10

Preset value 0

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Edel As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.TIME = 0.2
Edel = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.TIME

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. MEDium on page 271
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. WGCutoff on page 273

Equivalent key [Scale] - Electrical Delay

272 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. WGCutoff

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.
WGCutoff
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.WGCutoff = Value
Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.WGCutoff

Description Sets the electrical delay time of the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable
Value

Description Cut-off frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 3.0E9 (for E5070B)

3E5 to 8.5E9 (for E5071B)

Preset value 3E5

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EdelWgc As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.WGCutoff = 1E9
Edel = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.WGcutoff

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. MEDium on page 271
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. TIME on page 272

Equivalent key [Scale] - Electrical Delay - Cutoff Frequency

Chapter 7 273
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet. PHASe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet.
PHASe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet.PHASe = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet.PHASe

Description Sets the phase offset of the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Phase offset

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -360 to 360

Preset value 0

Unit ° (degree)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Offset As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(2).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(2).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet.PHASe = 2.5
Offset = SCPI.CALCulate(2).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet.PHASe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Scale] - Phase Offset

274 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa = Data

Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets/reads out the formatted data array.

7. COM Object Reference

The array data element varies in the data format (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat object). For more information on the
formatted data array, see Section “Internal Data Processing” in the E5070B/E5071B
Programmer’s Guide.

NOTE If valid data is not calculated because of the invalid measurement, “1.#QNB” is read out.

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data (formatted data array) of NOP (number of measurement points)×2.
Where n is an integer between 1 and NOP.

• Data(n×2-2) Data (primary value) at the n-th measurement point.

• Data(n×2-1) Data (secondary value) at the n-th measurement point. Always 0

when the data format is not the Smith chart format or the polar
format.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If there is no array data of NOP (number of measurement point))×2 when setting a formatted
data array, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FmtData As Variant

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 201
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
FmtData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.FDATa
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.FDATa = FmtData

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat on page 289
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory on page 276
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa on page 277

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 275
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory = Data

Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets/reads out the formatted memory array.
The array data element varies in the data format (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat object). For more information on the
formatted memory array, see Section “Internal Data Processing” in the E5070B/E5071B
Programmer’s Guide.

NOTE If valid data is not calculated because of the invalid measurement, “1.#QNB” is read out.

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data (formatted memory array) of NOP (number of measurement
points)×2. Where n is an integer between 1 and NOP.

• Data(n×2-2) Data (primary value) at the n-th measurement point.

• Data(n×2-1) Data (secondary value) at the n-th measurement point. Always 0

when the data format is not the Smith chart format or the polar
format.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If there is no array data of NOP (number of measurement point))×2 when setting a formatted
memory array, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FmtMem As Variant

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 201
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
FmtMem = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.FMEMory
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.FMEMory = FmtMem

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat on page 289
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa on page 275
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory on page 278

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

276 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa = Data

Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets/reads out the corrected data array. For

7. COM Object Reference

more information on the corrected data array, see Section “Internal Data Processing” in the
E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

NOTE If valid data is not calculated because of the invalid measurement, “1.#QNB” is read out.

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data (corrected data array) of NOP (number of measurement points)×2.
Where n is an integer between 1 and NOP.

• Data(n×2-2) Real part of the data (complex number) at the n-th measurement
point.

• Data(n×2-1) Imaginary part of the data (complex number) at the n-th

measurement point.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If there is no array data of NOP (number of measurement point))×2 when setting a corrected
data array, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim CorData As Variant

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 201
CorData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.SDATa
SCPI.SENSe(2).SWEep.POINts = 201
SCPI.CALCulate(2).SELected.DATA.SDATa = CorData

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory on page 278
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa on page 275

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 277
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory = Data

Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets/reads out the corrected memory array. For
more information on the corrected memory array, see Section “Internal Data Processing” in
the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

NOTE If valid data is not calculated because of the invalid measurement, “1.#QNB” is read out.

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data (corrected memory array) of NOP (number of measurement
points)×2. Where n is an integer between 1 and NOP.

• Data(n×2-2) Real part of the data (complex number) at the n-th measurement
point.

• Data(n×2-1) Imaginary part of the data (complex number) at the n-th

measurement point.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If there is no array data of NOP (number of measurement point))×2 when setting a corrected
memory array, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim CorMem As Variant

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 201
CorMem = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.SMEMory
SCPI.SENSe(2).SWEep.POINts = 201
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.SMEMory = CorMem

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa on page 277
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory on page 276

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

278 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the calculation function of the

7. COM Object Reference

equation editor.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the calculation function of the equation editor.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the calculation function of the equation editor.

•False or 0 Turns off the calculation function of the equation editor.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Equation As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.EQUation.STATe = True
Equation = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.EQUation.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT on page 280

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid on page 281

Equivalent key [Display] - Equation

Chapter 7 279
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT = Lbl

Lbl = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), specifies the equation and equation label used
in the equation editor. The equation label can be omitted.

Variable

Lbl

Description Equation and equation label in the equation editor.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note ""

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EquLbl As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.EQUation.TEXT = "MyTr=S21/(1/S11)"
EquLbl = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.EQUation.TEXT

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe on page 279

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid on page 281

Equivalent key [Display] - Equation Editor...

280 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid
Object type Property

Syntax Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out whether data specified by the
equation in the equation editor is valid or invalid. (Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

NOTE This command cannot read out errors of the equation and equation label.

Variable

Status

Description Valid/Invalid of data specified by the equation

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specified measurement data is valid.

•False or 0 Specified measurement data is invalid.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EquVal As Boolean

EquVal = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.EQUation.VALid

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe on page 279

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT on page 280

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 281
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. CENTer

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.
CENTer
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.CENTer = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.CENTer

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the center value of the gate used for the
gating function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description The center value of the gate

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and the number of points.

Preset value 0

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FilCent As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.CENTer = 1E-8
FilCent = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.CENTer

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SPAN on page 284

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe on page 286
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Gating - Center

282 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SHAPe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.
SHAPe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SHAPe = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SHAPe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the shape of the gate used for the
gating function of the time domain function.

Variable

Param

Description The shape of the gate

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"MAXimum" Specifies the maximum shape.

•"WIDE" Specifies the wide shape.

•"NORMal" Specifies the normal shape.

•"MINimum" Specifies the minimum shape.

Preset value "NORMal"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FilShape As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SHAPe = "wide"
FilShape = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SHAPe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. TYPE on page 288

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe on page 286
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Gating - Shape - Maximum|Wide|Normal|Minimum

Chapter 7 283
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SPAN

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SPAN
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SPAN = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SPAN

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the span value of the gate used for the
gating function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description The span value of the gate

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and the number of points.
Preset value 2E-8

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FilStar As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SPAN = 1E-8
FilStar = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SPAN

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. CENTer on page 282

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe on page 286
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Gating - Span

284 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STARt

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.
STARt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STARt

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the start value of the gate used for the
gating function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description The start value of the gate

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and the number of points.

Preset value -1E-8

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FilCent As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STARt = 0
FilCent = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STARt

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STOP on page 287

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe on page 286
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Gating - Start

Chapter 7 285
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.
STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the gating function of the time
domain function.
You can turn ON the gating function only when the sweep type is the linear sweep and the
number of points is 3 or more. If you execute this object to try to turn ON the gating
function when the sweep type is other than the linear sweep or the number of points is less
than 3, an error occurs and the object is ignored.
When the sweep type is the power sweep, you cannot turn on the gating function. If you
execute this object trying to turn on the gating function during the power sweep, an error
occurs and the object is ignored.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the gating function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the gating function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the gating function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Gating As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STATe = True
Gating = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Gating - Gating

286 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STOP

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STOP
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STOP

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the stop value of the gate used for the

7. COM Object Reference

gating function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description The stop value of the gate

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and the number of points.
Preset value 1E-8

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FilStop As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STOP = 2E-8
FilStop = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.STOP

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STARt on page 285

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe on page 286
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Gating - Stop

Chapter 7 287
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.
TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.TYPE = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.TYPE

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the gate type used for the gating
function of the time domain function.

Variable

Param

Description The gate type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"BPASs" Specifies the band-pass type.

•"NOTCh" Specifies the notch type.

Preset value "BPASs"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FilType As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SHAPe = "notc"
FilType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SHAPe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. SHAPe on page 283

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME. STATe on page 286
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Gating - Type

288 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat

Description Selects the data format of the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Param

Description Data format

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"MLOGarithmic" Specifies the log magnitude format.

•"PHASe" Specifies the phase format.
•"GDELay" Specifies the group delay format.
•"SLINear" Specifies the Smith chart format (Lin/Phase).
•"SLOGarithmic" Specifies the Smith chart format (Log/Phase).
•"SCOMplex" Specifies the Smith chart format (Re/Im).
•"SMITh" Specifies the Smith chart format (R+jX).
•"SADMittance" Specifies the Smith chart format (G+jB).
•"PLINear" Specifies the polar format (Lin/Phase).
•"PLOGarithmic" Specifies the polar format (Log/Phase).
•"POLar" Specifies the polar format (Re/Im).
•"MLINear" Specifies the linear magnitude format.
•"SWR" Specifies the SWR format.
•"REAL" Specifies the real format.
•"IMAGinary" Specifies the imaginary format.
•"UPHase" Specifies the expanded phase format.
•"PPHase" Specifies the positive phase format.

Preset value "MLOGarithmic"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Fmt As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FORMat = "smit"
Fmt = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FORMat

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Format] - Log Mag|Phase|Group Delay|Lin Mag|SWR|Real|Imaginary|Expand Phase|

Positive Phase

[Format] - Smith - Lin/Phase|Log/Phase|Real/Imag|R+jX|G+jB

[Format] - Polor - Lin/Phase|Log/Phase|Real/Imag

Chapter 7 289
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the analysis result of the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object. (Read only)

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data (analysis result) of N (number of data pairs)×2. N (number of data
pairs) can be read out with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts
object. Where n is an integer between 1 and N.

• Data(n×2-2) Response value or analysis result of the searched n-th

measurement point.

• Data(n×2-1) Stimulus value of the searched n-th measurement point. Always 0

for the analysis of the mean value*1, the standard deviation*1, and
the difference between the maximum value and the minimum
value*1.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

*1.To specify the type of the analysis, use the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNC-

tion.TYPE object.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AnaData As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "mean"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute
AnaData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE on page 301
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts on page 297

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

290 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPl
e
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), specifies whether to set the coupling of the analysis range of the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object for all traces.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the trace coupling of the analysis range.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specifies the analysis range with the trace coupling.

•False or 0 Specifies the analysis range for each trace.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TrCpl As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle = False
TrCpl = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 291
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the start value of the analysis range of the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object.
When the trace coupling is off, the active trace is the target to be set.

Variable

Value

Description Start value of the analysis range

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz), dBm or s (second)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AnaStar As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt = 1.5E9
AnaStar = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP on page 294

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe on page 293
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle on page 291
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

292 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets whether to use an arbitrary range when executing the

7. COM Object Reference

analysis with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object.
When the trace coupling is off, the active trace is the target to be set.

Variable

Status

Description Selection of the analysis range

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specifies an arbitrary range*1.

•False or 0 Specifies the entire sweep range.

Preset value False or 0

*1.Specify with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt

object and the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP object.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AnaRnge As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt = 1.5E9
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP = 1.8E9
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe = True
AnaRnge = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt on page 292

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP on page 294
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle on page 291
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 293
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the stop value of the analysis range of the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object.
When the trace coupling is off, the active trace is the target to be set.

Variable

Value

Description Stop value of the analysis range

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz), dBm or s (second)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AnaStop As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP = 1.8E9
AnaStop = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt on page 292

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe on page 293
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle on page 291
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

294 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), executes the analysis specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE object. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE on page 301
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe on page 293

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 295
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the lower limit of peak excursion value
(the minimum value of the difference relative to the right and left adjacent measurement
points) when executing the peak search with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object. For information on the
peak excursion value, see Section “Searching for the Peak” in the E5070B/E5071B User’s
Guide.

Variable

Value

Description Lower limit of peak excursion value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 5E8

Preset value 3

Unit Varies depending on the data format.

• Log magnitude (MLOG) : dB (decibel)

• Phase (PHAS), Expanded phase (UPH) or Positive phase (PPH) : ° (degree)

• Group delay (GDEL) : s (second)

• Others : No unit

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim PeakExc As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "peak"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion = 1.5
PeakExc = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE on page 301
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity on page 298
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

296 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the number of data pairs of the
analysis result of the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object.

7. COM Object Reference

For the analysis of the mean value or the search of the maximum value, 1 is always read
out; for the search of all peaks or the search of all targets, the total number of searched
measurement points is read out. (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description Number of analyzed data pairs

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AnaPoin As Long

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "ape"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute
AnaPoin = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA on page 290

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 297
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the polarity when performing the peak
search with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object.

Variable

Param

Description Polarity for peak search

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"POSitive" Specifies the positive peak.

•"NEGative" Specifies the negative peak.

•"BOTH" Specifies both the positive peak and the negative peak.

Preset value "POSitive"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim PeakPol As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "peak"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity = "both"
PeakPol = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE on page 301
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion on page 296
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

298 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the target value when performing the

7. COM Object Reference

target search with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object.

Variable

Value

Description Target value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -5E8 to 5E8

Preset value 0

Unit Varies depending on the data format.

• Log magnitude (MLOG) : dB (decibel)

• Phase (PHAS), Expanded phase (UPH) or Positive phase (PPH) : ° (degree)

• Group delay (GDEL) : s (second)

• Others : No unit

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TargVal As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "atar"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet = -12.5
TargVal = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE on page 301
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition on page 300
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 299
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the transition type when performing
the target search with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute object.
For more information on the transition type, see Section “Searching for the Target Value”
in the E5070B/E5071B User’s Guide.

Variable

Param

Description Transition type for search

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"POSitive" Specifies the positive transition.

•"NEGative" Specifies the negative transition.

•"BOTH" Specifies both the positive transition and the negative transition.

Preset value "BOTH"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TargTran As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "atar"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition = "pos"
TargTran = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE on page 301
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet on page 299
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

300 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = Param
Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE
Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the type of analysis.
Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Param

Description Analysis type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"PTPeak" Specifies the analysis of the difference between the maximum

value and the minimum value (Peak to Peak).
•"STDEV" Specifies the analysis of the standard deviation.

•"MEAN" Specifies the analysis of the mean value.

•"MAXimum" Specifies the search for the maximum value.

•"MINimum" Specifies the search for the minimum value.

•"PEAK" Specifies the search for the peak*1.

•"APEak" Specifies the search for all peaks*1.

•"ATARget" Specifies the search for all targets*2.

Preset value "PTPeak"

*1.To specify the conditions of the peak, use the SCPI.CALCu-

late(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion object and the SCPI.CALCu-
late(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity object.
*2.To specify the conditions of the target, use the SCPI.CALCu-
late(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet object and the SCPI.CALCu-
late(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition object.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
Examples Dim AnaType As String
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE = "atar"
AnaType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion on page 296
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity on page 298
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet on page 299
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition on page 300
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute on page 295

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 301
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the limit table for the limit test.

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data (for limit line) of 1 + Num (number of limit lines)×5. Where n is an
integer between 1 and Num.

• Data(0) The number of limit lines you want to set. Specify an integer
ranging 0 to 100. When the number of limit lines is set to 0 (clears
the limit table), the variable Data is only required with Data(0).

• Data(n×5-4) The type of the n-th line.

Specify an integer 0 to 2 as follows.
0: OFF
1: Upper limit line
2: Lower limit line

• Data(n×5-3) The value on the horizontal axis (frequency/power/time) of the

start point of the n-th line.

• Data(n×5-2) The value on the horizontal axis (frequency/power/time) of the end

point of the n-th line.

• Data(n×5-1) The value on the vertical axis of the start point of the n-th line.

• Data(n×5) The value on the vertical axis of the end point of the n-th line.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If there is no array data of 1+Num (number of set lines))×5 when setting a formatted
memory array, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored. For Data(n×5-4)in
the array data, if you specify an integer other than 0, 1 or 2, an error occurs when executed.
For Data(n×5-3), Data(n×5-2), Data(n×5-1), and Data(n×5)in the array data, if the
specified value is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower limit of
the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is exceeded)
is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim LimData As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DATA = Array(1,1,1e6,1e9,0,0)
LimData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DATA
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DATA = Array(0) 'Clear Limit Table

302 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA

Dim LimData(5) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
LimData(0) = 1
LimData(1) = 1
LimData(2) = 1e6
LimData(3) = 1e9
LimData(4) = 0
LimData(5) = 0
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DATA = LimData

7. COM Object Reference

Ref = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DATA
Dim LimData(0) As Variant
LimData(0) = 0
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DATA = LimData 'Clear Limit Table

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe on page 304

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Edit Limit Line

Chapter 7 303
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the limit line display.

Variable

Status

Description Limit line display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the limit line display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the limit line display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim LimDisp As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit = True
LimDisp = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Limit Line

304 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.FAIL

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.FAIL
Object type Property

Syntax Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.FAIL

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the limit test result. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Status

Description Limit test result

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 The limit test result is FAIL.

•False or 0 The limit test result is PASS.

Note When the limit test is set to OFF, False or 0 is always read out.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Result As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.STATe = True
Result = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.FAIL

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 305
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), sets the limit line amplitude
offset.
The setting of the limit line doesn't change even if the offset value is changed.

Variable

Value

Description The limit line amplitude offset

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -5E8 to 5E8

Preset value 0

Unit dB

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim LimOffset As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude = -10
LimOffset = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer on page 307
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus on page 308

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Limit Line Offsets - Amplitude Offset

306 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), sets the active marker value
to amplitude offset using the limit line.

7. COM Object Reference

The setting of the limit line does not change even if the offset value is changed.
When the markers are not displayed, this command does not operate.

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude on page 306
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus on page 308

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Limit Line Offsets - Marker -> Amplitude Offset

Chapter 7 307
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), sets the stimulus offset of
the limit line.
The setting of the limit line doesn't change even if the offset value is changed.

Variable

Value

Description The stimulus offset of the limit line

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E12 to 1E12

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz), dBm or second

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim LimOffset As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus = 1E9
LimOffset = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude on page 306
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer on page 307

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Limit Line Offsets - Stimulus Offset

308 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.ALL

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.ALL
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.ALL

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), reads out the bandwidth test
results (stimulus value, limit test result, upper limit value, lower limit value of all

7. COM Object Reference

measurement points). (Read only)

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data (for limit line) of NOP (number of measurement points)×4. Where n
is an integer between 1 and NOP.
• Data(n×4-3) The stimulus value for the measurement point.
• Data(n×4-2) The limit test result.
Specify an integer -1 to 1 as follows.
-1: No limit
0: Fail
1: Pass
• Data(n×4-1) The upper limit value at the measurement point. (If there is no
limit at this point, reads out the 0.)
• Data(n×4) The lower limit value at the measurement point. (If there is no
limit at this point, reads out the 0.)
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim LimData As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
LimData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.REPort.ALL

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.DATA on page 310
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts on page 311

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 309
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.DATA

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the stimulus values (frequency,
power level or time) at all the measurement points that failed the limit test. (Read only)

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data for failed measurement points (can be read out with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts object).

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FailData As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.STATe = True
FailData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.REPort.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts on page 311
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

310 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the number of the measurement
points that failed the limit test. (Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Number of measurement points that failed

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FailPoin As Long

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.STATe = True
FailPoin = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 311
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the limit line function.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the limit test function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the limit test function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the limit test function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim LimTest As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.STATe = True
LimTest = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.LIMit.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe on page 304
SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn on page 387

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Limit Test

312 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker
(Mk:10) to the active marker. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

NOTE If you set a marker not displayed to the active marker, the marker display is automatically
set to ON.

Variable

Table 7-11 Variable (Mk)

Mk

Description Marker number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 10

Notice that 10 is for the reference marker.

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).ACTivate

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

Equivalent key [Marker] - Marker 1|Marker 2|Marker 3|Marker 4|Ref Marker

[Marker] - More Markers - Marker 5|Marker 6|Marker 7|Marker 8|Marker 9

Chapter 7 313
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.
DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.DATA

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the bandwidth search result of
marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).
If the bandwidth search is impossible, an error occurs when executed and the object is
ignored. (Read only)

Variable

Data

Description Indicates 4-element array data (bandwidth search result).

• Data(0) The bandwidth.

• Data(1) Center point frequency of the 2 cutoff frequency points.

• Data(2) The Q value.

• Data(3) Insertion loss

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim BandData As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
BandData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).BWIDth.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe on page 315
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. THReshold on page 316

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

314 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the bandwidth search result

7. COM Object Reference

display.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the bandwidth search result display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the bandwidth search result display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the bandwidth search result display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim BandSrch As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe = True
BandSrch = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. DATA on page 314
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. THReshold on page 316

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Bandwidth

Chapter 7 315
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth. THReshold

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.
THReshold
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.THReshold = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.THReshold

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the bandwidth definition value (the value
to define the pass-band of the filter) of marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).

Variable

Value

Description Bandwidth definition value (the value to define the pass band of the filter)

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -5E8 to 5E8

Preset value -3

Unit Varies depending on the data format.

• Log magnitude (MLOG): dB (decibel)

• Phase (PHAS), Expanded phase (UPH) or Positive phase (PPH): ° (degree)

• Group delay (GDEL): s (second)

• Others: No unit

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim BandVal As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).BWIDth.THReshold = -6
BandVal = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).BWIDth.THReshold

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.BWIDth.STATe on page 315

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Bandwidth Value

316 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.COUPle

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.COUPle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.COUPle = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.COUPle

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the marker coupling between traces.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the marker coupling between traces

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the marker coupling.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the marker coupling.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim MkrCpl As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.COUPle = False
MkrCpl = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.COUPle

Equivalent key [Marker Fctn] - Couple

Chapter 7 317
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).DISCrete

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).DISCrete
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).DISCrete = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).DISCrete

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the discrete mode (mode in
which the marker moves only at the measurement points) with marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and
reference marker (Mk:10).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the marker discrete mode

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the discrete mode.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the discrete mode.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim MkrDsc As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).DISCrete = True
MkrDsc = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).DISCrete

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Marker Fctn] - Discrete

318 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.COUPle

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.
DOMain.COUPle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), specifies whether to set the coupling of the marker search range
for all traces.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the trace coupling of the marker search range.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specifies the search range with the trace coupling.

•False or 0 Specifies the search range for each trace.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TrCpl As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle = False
TrCpl = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on page 323

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Search Range - Couple

Chapter 7 319
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STARt

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.
DOMain.STARt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the start value of the marker search range.
When the trace coupling is off, the active trace is the target to be set.

Variable

Value

Description The start value of the search range

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz), dBm or s (second)

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SchStar As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt = 1.7E9
SchStar = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STOP on page 322

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STATe on page 321
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on page 323

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Search Range - Start

320 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.
DOMain.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets whether to use an arbitrary range when executing the
marker search.
When the trace coupling is off, the active trace is the target to be set.

Variable

Status

Description Selects the search range.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specifies an arbitrary range*1.

•False or 0 Specifies the entire sweep range.

Preset value False or 0

*1.Specify with the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.

DOMain.STARt object and the SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNC-
tion. DOMain.STOP object.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SchRnge As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt = 1.5E9
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP = 1.8E9
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe = True
SchRnge = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STARt on page 320

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STOP on page 322
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on page 323

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Search Range - Search Range [ON/OFF]

Chapter 7 321
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STOP

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.
DOMain.STOP
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the stop value of the marker search range.
When the trace coupling is off, the active trace is the target to be set.

Variable

Value

Description Stop value of the search range

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz), dBm or s (second)

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SchStop As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP = 1.8E9
SchStop = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STARt on page 320

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STATe on page 321
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on page 323

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Search Range - Stop

322 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
EXECute
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.EXECute

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), executes search with marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and

7. COM Object Reference

reference marker (Mk:10).
To specify the type of the search, use the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE object. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TYPE = "maximum"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.EXECute

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on page 329
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.FUNCtion. DOMain.STATe on page 321

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Max|Min

[Marker Search] - Peak - Search Peak|Search Left|Search Right

[Marker Search] - Target - Search Target|Search Left|Search Right

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, you select the search type and
execute the search at the same time.

Chapter 7 323
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PEXCursion

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
PEXCursion
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.PEXCursion = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.PEXCursion

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the lower limit of peak excursion value
(the minimum value of the difference relative to the right and left adjacent measurement
points) when executing the peak search with marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker
(Mk:10). For information on the peak excursion value, see Section “Searching for the
Peak” in the E5070B/E5071B User’s Guide.
Variable
Value

Description Lower limit of peak excursion value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 5E8

Preset value 3

Unit Varies depending on the data format.

• Log magnitude (MLOG): dB (decibel)

• Phase (PHAS), Expanded phase (UPH) or Positive phase (PPH): ° (degree)

• Group delay (GDEL): s (second)

• Others: No unit

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim PeakExc As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TYPE = "peak"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.PEXCursion = 0.2
PeakExc = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.PEXCursion

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on page 329
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PPOLarity on page 325

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Peak - Peak Excursion

324 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PPOLarity

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
PPOLarity
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.PPOLarity = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.PPOLarity

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the polarity of the peak search with
marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).

Variable

Param

Description Polarity for peak search

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"POSitive" Specifies the positive peak.

•"NEGative" Specifies the negative peak.

•"BOTH" Specifies both the positive peak and the negative peak.

Preset value "POSitive"

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim PeakPol As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TYPE = "peak"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.PPOLarity = "both"
PeakPol = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.PPOLarity

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on page 329
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PEXCursion on page 324

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Peak - Peak Polarity

Chapter 7 325
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TARGet

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
TARGet
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.TARGet = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.TARGet

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the target value to be searched with
marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).

Variable

Value

Description Target value for target search

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -5E8 to 5E8

Preset value 0

Unit Varies depending on the data format.

• Log magnitude (MLOG): dB (decibel)

• Phase (PHAS), Expanded phase (UPH) or Positive phase (PPH): ° (degree)

• Group delay (GDEL): s (second)

• Others: No unit

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim TargVal As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TARGet = -12.5
TargVal = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TARGet

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on page 329
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TTRansition on page 328

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Target - Target Value

326 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TRACking

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
TRACking
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.TRACking = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.TRACking

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the search tracking (function to
repeat search for each sweep) for marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the marker search tracing

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the search tracking.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the search tracking.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim SrchTrac As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TYPE = "targ"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TRACking = True
SrchTrac = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TRACking

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on page 329
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on page 323

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Tracking

Chapter 7 327
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TTRansition

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
TTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.TTRansition = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.TTRansition

Description For marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10) of the active trace of channels 1 to 16
(Ch), selects the transition type of the target search. For more information on the transition
type, see Section “Searching for the Target Value” in the E5070B/E5071B User’s Guide.

Variable

Param

Description Transition type for search

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"POSitive" Specifies the positive transition.

•"NEGative" Specifies the negative transition.

•"BOTH" Specifies both the positive transition and the negative transition.

Preset value "BOTH"

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim TargTran As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TYPE = "targ"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TTRansition = "neg"
TargTran = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TTRansition

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE on page 329
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TARGet on page 326

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Target - Target Transition

328 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.TYPE = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.TYPE

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the search type for marker 1 to 9 (Mk)
and reference marker (Mk:10).

Variable

Param

Description Search type of marker

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"MAXimum" Sets the search type to the maximum value.

•"MINimum" Sets the search type to the minimum value.

•"PEAK" Sets the search type to the peak search*1.

•"LPEak" Sets the search type to the peak search*1 to the left from the
marker position.

•"RPEak" Sets the search type to the peak search*1 to the right from the
marker position.

•"TARGet" Sets the search type to the target search*2.

•"LTARget" Sets the search type to the target search*2 to the left from the
marker position.

•"RTARget" Sets the search type to the target search*2 to the right from the
marker position.

Preset value "MAXimum"

*1.To specify the conditions of the peak, use the SCPI.CALCu-

late(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PEXCursion object and the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PPOLarity object.
*2.To specify the conditions of the target, use the SCPI.CALCu-
late(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TARGet object and the SCPI.CAL-
Culate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TTRansition object.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Chapter 7 329
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TYPE

Examples Dim SrchType As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TYPE = "targ"
SrchType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).FUNCtion.TYPE

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PEXCursion on page 324
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. PPOLarity on page 325
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TARGet on page 326
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. TTRansition on page 328
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. EXECute on page 323

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Max|Min

[Marker Search] - Peak - Search Peak|Search Left|Search Right

[Marker Search] - Target - Search Target|Search Left|Search Right

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, you select the search type and
execute the search at the same time.

330 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh.
DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh.DATA

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the notch search result of marker 1

7. COM Object Reference

to 9 (Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).
If the notch search is impossible, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.
(Read only)

Variable

Data

Description Indicates 4-element array data (notch search result).

• Data(0) The bandwidth.

• Data(1) Center point frequency of the 2 cutoff frequency points.

• Data(2) The Q value.

• Data(3) Insertion loss

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-13, “Variable
(Ckit),” on page 432 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim NotchData As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
NotchData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).NOTCh.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe on page 332
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. THReshold on page 333

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 331
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the notch search result display.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the notch search result display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the notch search result display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the notch search result display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-13, “Variable (Ckit),” on page 432 .

Examples Dim NotchMode As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe = True
NotchMode = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. DATA on page 331
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. THReshold on page 333

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Notch

332 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. THReshold

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh.
THReshold
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh.THReshold = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh.THReshold

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the notch definition value (the value to
define the pass-band of the filter) of marker 1 to 9 (Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).

Variable

Value

Description Notch definition value (the value to define the pass band of the filter)

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -5E8 to 5E8

Preset value -3

Unit Varies depending on the data format.

• Log magnitude (MLOG): dB (decibel)

• Phase (PHAS), Expanded phase (UPH) or Positive phase (PPH): ° (degree)

• Group delay (GDEL): s (second)

• Others: No unit

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-13, “Variable
(Ckit),” on page 432 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim NotchVal As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).NOTCh.THReshold = -6
NotchVal = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).NOTCh.THReshold

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. DATA on page 331
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe on page 332

Equivalent key [Marker Search] - Notch Value

Chapter 7 333
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence.
STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the reference marker mode.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the reference marker mode

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the reference marker mode.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the reference marker mode.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim RefMode As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.REFerence.STATe = True
RefMode = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer.REFerence.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Marker] - Ref Marker Mode

334 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).SET

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).SET
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).SET = Param

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value at the position of marker 1 to 9
(Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10) to the value of the instrument setting item (Param).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Param

Description Instrument setting item

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"STARt" Sets the sweep start value to the stimulus value at the marker
position.

•"STOP" Sets the sweep stop value to the stimulus value at the marker
position.

•"CENTer" Sets the sweep center value to the stimulus value at the marker
position.

•"RLEVel" Sets the reference line value to the response value at the marker
position.

•"DELay" Sets the electrical delay time value to the value of the group delay
at the marker position (a value smoothed with the aperture of
20%).

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim MkrTo As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).SET = "cent"

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe on page 334

Equivalent key [Marker Fctn] - Marker -> Start|Marker -> Stop|Marker -> Center|Marker ->
Reference|Marker -> Delay

Chapter 7 335
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the display of marker 1 to 9
(Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of display of markers 1 to 9 and reference marker

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the display of the marker.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the display of the marker.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim Mkr As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(10).STATe = True
Mkr = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(10).STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key When turning ON the display of the marker

[Marker] - Marker 1|Marker 2|Marker 3|Marker 4|Ref Marker
[Marker] - More Markers - Marker 5|Marker 6|Marker 7|Marker 8|Marker 9

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, a marker set to ON is automatically
set to the active marker.

When turning OFF the display of the marker

[Marker] - Clear Marker Menu - Marker 1|Marker 2|Marker 3|Marker 4|Marker 5|
Marker 6|Marker 7|Marker 8|Marker 9|Ref Marker

336 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the stimulus value for marker 1 to 9 (Ch)

7. COM Object Reference

and reference marker (Ch:10).
Variable
Value

Description Stimulus value of the marker*1

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Sweep start value to sweep stop value*2

Preset value Sweep start value*3

Unit Hz (hertz), dBm or s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

*1.When the reference marker mode is ON ("True" is specified with the SCPI.CALCu-
late(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe object), it is the value relative to
the reference marker.
*2.When the span value of the sweep range is 0, the range is from 0 to sweep time value.
*3.When the span value of the sweep range is 0, the preset value is 0.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim MkrX As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).X = 1E9
MkrX = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).X

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe on page 334
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).Y on page 338

Equivalent key [Marker] - Marker 1|Marker 2|Marker 3|Marker 4|Ref Marker

[Marker] - More Markers - Marker 5|Marker 6|Marker 7|Marker 8|Marker 9

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, you turn ON the marker and set the
stimulus value at the same time.

Chapter 7 337
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).Y

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).Y
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).Y

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the response value of marker 1 to 9
(Mk) and reference marker (Mk:10).
When the reference marker mode is ON ("True" is specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe object), the readout value is
the value relative to the reference marker. (Read only)

Variable

Data

Description Indicates 2-element array data (response value of marker).

• Data(0) Response value (primary value) at the marker position.

• Data(1) Response value (secondary value) at the marker position. Always

0 when the data format is not the Smith chart format or the polar
format.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Mk), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-11, “Variable (Mk),” on page 313, respectively.

Examples Dim MkrY As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
MkrY = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MARKer(1).Y

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.REFerence. STATe on page 334
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X on page 337

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

338 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the data trace display method (math

7. COM Object Reference

method between measurement data and memory trace data).
The math result according to this setting is displayed on the data trace.

Variable

Param

Description Math method between measurement data and memory trace data

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"NORMal" Specifies Data (no math).

•"DIVide" Specifies Data / Mem.

•"MULTiply" Specifies Data × Mem.

•"SUBTract" Specifies Data - Mem.

•"ADD" Specifies Data + Mem.

Where Data is the measurement data (corrected data array) and Mem is the data stored in the
memory trace (corrected memory array).

Preset value "NORMal"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim MathFunc As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion = "div"
MathFunc = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Display] - Data Math - OFF|Data / Mem|Data * Mem|Data − Mem|Data + Mem

Chapter 7 339
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.MEMorize

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.MEMorize
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.MEMorize

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), copies the measurement data at the execution
of this object to the memory trace. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MATH.MEMorize

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Display] - Data −> Mem

340 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the X-axis frequency when the

7. COM Object Reference

frequency offset feature is off.

Variable

Param

Description Selects the X-axis frequency (frequency offset: off)

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"NORMal" Specifies the normal frequency.

•"RFPLo" Specifies the frequency RF + LO.

•"RFMLo" Specifies the frequency RF - LO.

•"LOMRf" Specifies the frequency LO - RF.

Preset value "NORMal"

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Xaxis As String

SCPI.SENSe.OFFSet.STATe = False
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MIXer.XAXis = "RFPLo"
Xaxis = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MIXer.XAXis

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFset.XAXis on page 344

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - X-Axis - Normal|RF+LO|RF-LO|LO-RF

Chapter 7 341
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA

Description Reads out the statistics values (the mean vale, the standard deviation, and the difference
between the maximum value and the minimum value) of the active trace of channels 1 to
16 (Ch). (Read only)
Variable

Data

Description Indicates 3-element array data (statistics value).

• Data(0) Mean value

• Data(1) Standard deviation

• Data(2) Difference between the maximum value and the minimum value
(Peak to Peak)

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
Examples Dim MstData As Variant
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
MstData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe on page 343

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

342 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the statistics values (the mean

7. COM Object Reference

vale, the standard deviation, and the difference between the maximum value and the
minimum value) display.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the statistics value display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the statistics value display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the statistics value display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Mst As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe = True
Mst = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA on page 342

Equivalent key [Marker Fctn] - Statistics

Chapter 7 343
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFset.XAXis

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFset.XAXis
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFSet.XAXis = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFSet.XAXis

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the X-axis frequency when the
frequency offset feature is on.

Variable

Param

Description Selects the X-axis frequency (frequency offset: on)

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"BASE" Sets the normal frequency.

•"STIMulus" Sets the frequency for the source port for the specified
measurement parameter.

•"RESPonse" Sets the frequency for the receiver port for the specified
measurement parameter.

Preset value "RESPonse"

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Xaxis As String

SCPI.SENSe.OFFSet.STATe = True
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.OFFSet.XAXis = "STIMulus"
Xaxis = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.OFFSet.XAXis

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis on page 341

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - X-Axis - Base|Stimulus|Response

344 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

7. COM Object Reference

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), sets the ripple limit table.
The data transfer format when this command is executed depends on the setting with the
SCPI.FORMat.DATA command.

Variable

Status

Description Indicates the array data (for ripple line) of 1 + Num (number of limit lines)×4. Where n is an
integer between 1 and Num.
• Data(0) The number of limit lines you want to set. Specify an integer
ranging 0 to 12. When the number of limit lines is set to 0 (clears
the limit table), the variable Data is only required with Data(0).
• Data(n×4-3) The type of the n-th line.
Specify an integer 0 to 1 as follows.
0: OFF
1: ON
• Data(n×4-2) The value on the horizontal axis (frequency/power/time) of the
start point of the n-th line.
• Data(n×4-1) The value on the horizontal axis (frequency/power/time) of the end
point of the n-th line.
• Data(n×4) The ripple line value (dB) of the n-th line.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If there is no array data of 1+Num (number of set lines))×4 when setting a formatted
memory array, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored. For Data(n×4-3) in
the array data, if you specify an integer other than 0 or 1, an error occurs when executed. For
Data(n×4-2) and Data(n×4-1) in the array data, if the specified value is out of the allowable
setup range, the minimum value (if the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the
maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples (1) Dim RLimData As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DATA = Array(1,1,1E6,1E9,0)
RLimData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DATA
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DATA = Array(0) ''' Clear Ripple
Limit Table

Examples (2) Dim RlimData(5) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
RLimData(0) = 1

Chapter 7 345
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA

RLimData(1) = 1
RLimData(2) = 1e6
RLimData(3) = 1e9
RLimData(4) = 0
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DATA = RLimData
Ref = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DATA
Dim RLimData(0) as Variant
RLimData(0) = 0
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DATA = RLimData ''' Clear Ripple
Limit Table

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Edit Ripple Limit - Add

346 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

7. COM Object Reference

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), turns ON/OFF the ripple
limit line display.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF the ripple limit line display.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the ripple limit line display.
•False or 0 Turns OFF the ripple limit line display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim RLimDisp As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE = True
RLimDisp = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DISPLay.LINE

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect on page 348
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 349

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Ripple Limit

Chapter 7 347
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), sets the ripple limit band for
ripple value display.

Variable

Value

Description The ripple limit band.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 12

Preset value 1

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim RBand As Long

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect = 2
RBand = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE on page 347
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 349

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Ripple Band

348 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the

7. COM Object Reference

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), selects the display type of
ripple value.

Variable

Param

Description The displaying type of ripple value.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"OFF" Specifies the display off.
•"ABSolute" Specifies the absolute value for display type.
•"MARgin" Specifies the margin for display type.

Preset value "OFF"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim RDisp As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue = "ABSolute"
RDisp = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE on page 347
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect on page 348

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Ripple Value - OFF|Absolute|Margin

Chapter 7 349
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL
Object type Property

Syntax Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), reads out the ripple test
result. (Read only)

Variable

Status

Description The ripple test result

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the ripple test result is FAIL.
•False or 0 Turns OFF the ripple test result is FAIL.

Note When the ripple test if set to OFF, False or 0 is always read out.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Result As Boolean

Result = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

350 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), reads out the ripple value of
the ripple test.

7. COM Object Reference

The data transfer format when this command is executed depends on the setting with the
SCPI.FORMat.DATA command.(Read only)

Variable

Status

Description Indicates the array data (for ripple line) of 1 + Num (number of limit lines)×3. Where n is an
integer between 1 and 12.
• Data(0) Number of ripple limit line.
• Data(n×3-2) Number of ripple limit bands.
• Data(n×3-1) Ripple value.
• Data(n×3) Rresults of ripple test.
Select from the following.
0:PASS
1:FAIL.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim RData As Variant

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
RData = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 351
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe

Description For the active trace of channel 1 to channel 16 (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command), turns ON/OFF the ripple test
function.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF the ripple test function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the ripple test function.
•False or 0 Turns OFF the ripple test function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim RLimTest As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.STATe = True
RLimTest = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.RLIMit.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA on page 345
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE on page 347
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect on page 348
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 349
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL on page 350
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA on page 351

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Ripple Limit Test

352 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture

Description Sets the smoothing aperture (percentage to the sweep span value) of the active trace of

7. COM Object Reference

channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Smoothing aperture

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0.05 to 25

Preset value 1.5

Unit % (percent)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SmoAper As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.SMOothing.APERture = 2.5
SmoAper = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.SMOothing.APERture

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe on page 354

Equivalent key [Avg] - Smo Aperture

Chapter 7 353
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the smoothing.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the smoothing

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the smoothing.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the smoothing.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Smo As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.SMOothing.STATe = True
Smo = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.SMOothing.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture on page 353

Equivalent key [Avg] - Smoothing

354 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. CENTer

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.
CENTer
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.CENTer = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.CENTer

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the center value used for the
transformation function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description Center value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and the number of points.

Preset value 0

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Cent As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.CENTer = 1E-8
Cent = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.CENTer

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN on page 359

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Center

Chapter 7 355
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. IMPulse.WIDTh

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.
IMPulse.WIDTh
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.IMPulse.WIDTh = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.IMPulse.WIDTh

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the shape of the Kayser Bessel window
using the impulse width used for the transformation function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description Impulse width

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and transformation type.

Preset value Varies depending on the frequency span and transformation type.

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim ImpWid As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.IMPulse.WIDTh = 1E-10
ImpWid = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.IMPulse.WIDTh

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. KBESsel on page 357

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe on page 362
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Center

356 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. KBESsel

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.
KBESsel
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.KBESsel = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.KBESsel

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the shape of the Kayser Bessel window
using β used for the transformation function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description The value of β

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to13

Preset value 6

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Beta As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.KBESsel = 3
Beta = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.KBESsel

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. IMPulse.WIDTh on page 356

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe on page 362
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Center

Chapter 7 357
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. LPFRequency

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.
LPFRequency
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.LPFRequency = Value

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), changes the frequency range to match with
the low-pass type transformation of the transformation function of the time domain
function. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.LPFRequency

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE on page 365

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Set Freq Low pass

358 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the span value used for the

7. COM Object Reference

transformation function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description Span value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and the number of points.
Preset value 2E-8

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Span As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN = 1E-8
Cent = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. CENTer on page 355

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Center

Chapter 7 359
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the start value used for the
transformation function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description Start value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and the number of points.
Preset value -1E-8

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Star As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt = 0
Star = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP on page 364

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Start

360 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the transformation function of

7. COM Object Reference

the time domain function.
You can enable the transformation function only when the sweep type is the linear sweep
and the number of points is 3 or more. If you execute this object to try to enable the
transformation function when the sweep type is other than the linear sweep or the number
of points is less than 3, an error occurs and the object is ignored.
When the sweep type is the power sweep, you cannot turn on the transformation function.
If you execute this object trying to turn on the transformation function during the power
sweep, an error occurs and the object is ignored.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the gating function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the transformation function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the transformation function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Trans As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe = True
Trans = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Transform

Chapter 7 361
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.R
TIMe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the shape of the Kayser Bessel window
using the rise time of step signal used for the transformation function of the time domain
function.

Variable

Value

Description The rise time of step signal

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span.

Preset value Varies depending on the frequency span.

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim RTime As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe = 1E-10
RTime = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP.RTIMe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. IMPulse.WIDTh on page 356

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. KBESsel on page 357
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Center

362 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. STIMulus

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.
STIMulus
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STIMulus = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STIMulus

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the stimulus type used for the
transformation function of the time domain function.

Variable

Param

Description The stimulus type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"IMPulse" Specifies the impulse*1.

•"STEP" Specifies the step*2.

Preset value "IMPulse"

*1.You need to select the transformation type (band-pass or low-pass) with the SCPI.CAL-
Culate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE object.
*2.You do not need to select the transformation type. Low-pass is selected automatically.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim StimType As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STIMulus = "step"
StimType = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STIMulus

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE on page 365

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Type - Bandpass|Lowpass Step|Lowpass Imp.

NOTE When performing this operation from the front panel, you select the transformation type at
the same time.

Chapter 7 363
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the span value used for the
transformation function of the time domain function.

Variable

Value

Description Stop value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the frequency span and the number of points.
Preset value 1E-8

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Span As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP = 2E-8
Cent = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STARt on page 360

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Stop

364 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE = Param

Param = SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the transformation type used for the

7. COM Object Reference

transformation function of the time domain function.

Variable

Param

Description The transformation type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"BPASs" Specifies the band-pass*1.

•"LPASs" Specifies the low-pass*2.

Preset value "BPASs"

*1.You do not need to select the stimulus type. Impulse is selected automatically.
*2.You need to select the stimulus type (impulse or step) with the SCPI.CALCu-
late(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. STIMulus object.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Typ As String

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SHAPe = "lpas"
Typ = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SHAPe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME. STIMulus on page 363

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STATe on page 361
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Transform - Type - Bandpass|Lowpass Step|Lowpass Imp.

NOTE When performing this operation from the front panel, you select the stimulus type at the
same time.

Chapter 7 365
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.A.DATA

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.A.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.A.DATA = Value

Description Outputs port information to output port A (A0 to A7) of the handler I/O. Port information
is outputted as 8-bit binary data using A0 as LSB and A7 as MSB. (No read)
For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.
Variable
Value

Description Port information (output)

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 255

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.A.DATA = 15

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

366 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA = Value

Description Outputs port information to output port B (B0 to B7) of the handler I/O. Port information is
outputted as 8-bit binary data using B0 as LSB and B7 as MSB. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

NOTE The bit 6 of the data outputted by this project is ignored when outputting the INDEX signal
is turned ON (specifying True with the
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe object).
The bit 7 of the data outputted by this project is ignored when outputting the READY FOR
TRIGGER signal is turned ON (specifying True with the
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe object).

For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.
Variable
Value

Description Port information (output)

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 255

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA = 15

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 367
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA = Value(for output port)

Value = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA (for input port)

Description When input/output port C of the handler I/O is set to the output port, outputs port
information to output port C (C0 to C3).
When input/output port C of the handler I/O is set to the input port, reads out port
information inputted to port C (C0 to C3).
Port information is inputted/outputted as 4-bit binary data using C0 as LSB and C3 as
MSB.
For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

Variable

Value

Description Port information (output/input)

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 15

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE = "outp"

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA = 8

Dim HdlCinp As Long

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE = "inp"
HdlCinp = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE on page 369

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

368 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE = Param

Param = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE

Description Sets the input/output direction of port C of the handler I/O.

7. COM Object Reference

For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

Variable

Param

Description Input/output direction of port C

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"INPut" Sets the port C to input.

•"OUTPut" Sets the port C to output.

Preset value "INPut"

Examples Dim HdlCmode As String

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE = "outp"
HdlCmode = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE

Related objects SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA on page 368

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 369
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA = Value(for output port)

Value = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA (for input port)

Description When input/output port D of the handler I/O is set to the output port, outputs port
information to output port D (D0 to D3).
When input/output port D of the handler I/O is set to the input port, reads out port
information inputted to port D (D0 to D3).
Port information is outputted as 4-bit binary data using D0 as LSB and D3 as MSB.
For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

Variable

Value

Description Port information (output/input)

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 15

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE = "outp"

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA = 8

Dim HdlDinp As Long

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE = "inp"
HdlDinp = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE on page 371

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

370 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE = Param

Param = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE

Description Sets the input/output direction of port D of the handler I/O.

7. COM Object Reference

For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

Variable

Param

Description Input/output direction of port D

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"INPut" Sets the port D to input.

•"OUTPut" Sets the port D to output.

Preset value "INPut"

Examples Dim HdlDmode As String

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE = "outp"
HdlDmode = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE

Related objects SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA on page 370

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 371
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA = Value(for output)

Value = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA (for input port)

Description When input/output port E (port C + port D) of the handler I/O is set to the output port,
outputs port information to output port E (C0 to D3).
When input/output port E of the handler I/O is set to the input port, reads out port
information inputted to port E (C0 to D3).
Port information is outputted as 8-bit binary data using C0 as LSB and D3 as MSB.
For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

Variable

Value

Description Port information (output/input)

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 255

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE = "outp"

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE = "outp"
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA = 128

Dim HdlEinp As Long

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE = "inp"
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE = "inp"
HdlEinp = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA

Related objects SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE on page 369

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE on page 371
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA on page 368
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA on page 370

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

372 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF outputting the INDEX signal to B6 of the handler I/O.

7. COM Object Reference

For more information on the handler I/O and the INDEX signal, see Chapter
“Communication with External Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the
E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

NOTE When you use port B6 as the output port, turn OFF the INDEX signal output. When
outputting the INDEX signal is turned ON, the bit 6 of the data outputted by the
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA object (the bit 14 of the data outputted by the
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA object) is ignored.

Variable
Status

Description ON/OFF of the INDEX signal output

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the INDEX signal output.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the INDEX signal output.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim Indx As Boolean

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe = True
Indx = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe on page 374

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 373
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF outputting the READY FOR TRIGGER signal to B7 of the handler I/O.
For more information on the handler I/O and the INDEX signal, see Chapter
“Communication with External Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the
E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

NOTE When you use port B7 as the output port, turn OFF the READY FOR TRIGGER signal
output. When outputting the READY FOR TRIGGER signal is turned ON, the bit 7of the
data outputted by the SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA object (the bit 15 of the data
outputted by the SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA object) is ignored.

Variable
Status

Description ON/OFF of the READY FOR TRIGGER signal output

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the READY FOR TRIGGER signal output.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the READY FOR TRIGGER signal output.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim RdyTrig As Boolean

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe = True
RdyTrig = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe on page 373

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

374 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA = Value

Description Outputs port information to output port F (port A + port B) of the handler I/O. Port
information is outputted as 16-bit binary using A0 as LSB and B7 as MSB. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

NOTE The bit 14 of the data outputted by this project is ignored when outputting the INDEX
signal is turned ON (specifying True with the
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe object).
The bit 15 of the data outputted by this project is ignored when outputting the READY
FOR TRIGGER signal is turned ON (specifying True with the
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe object).

For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

Variable

Value

Description Port information (output)

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA = 511

Related objects SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.A.DATA on page 366

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA on page 367

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 375
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(Num).DATA

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(Num).DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(Num) = Value

Value = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(Num)

Description Sets HIGH / LOW of OUTPUT1 (Num:1) or OUTPUT2 (Num:2) of the handler I/O.
For more information on the handler I/O, see Chapter “Communication with External
Instruments Using Handler I/O Port” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

Variable

Num

Description Number of the OUTPUT terminal

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Value

Description Polarity (High/Low)

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range Select from the following.

•1 Specifies LOW.

•0 Specifies HIGH.

Examples Dim HdlPol As Long

SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(1).DATA = 1
HdlPol = SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(1).DATA

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

376 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe

SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the frequency display on the LCD display.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the frequency display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the frequency display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the frequency display.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim DispFreq As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe = False
DispFreq = SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe

Equivalent key [Display] - Frequency

SCPI.DISPlay.CCLear
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.CCLear

Description Clears the error message display on the instrument status bar (at the bottom of the LCD
display). (No read)

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.CCLear

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 377
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk

SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk

Description Turns ON/OFF the clock display at the right edge of the instrument status bar (at the
bottom of the LCD display).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the clock display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the clock display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the clock display.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim DispTime As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk = False
DispTime = SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Clock Setup - Show Clock

378 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK = Data

Data = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK

Description Sets the background color for normal display (Dnum: 1) and inverted display (Dnum: 2).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Table 7-12 Variable(Dnum)

Dnum

Description The number of display mode

1: normal display
2: inverted display

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Data

Description Indicates 3-element array data.

• Data(0) Sets amount of red.

• Data(1) Sets amount of green.

• Data(2) Sets amount of blue.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range • Data(0) 0 to 5

• Data(1) 0 to 5
• Data(2) 0 to 5

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim BackColor As Variant

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).BACK = Array(1,2,3)
BackColor = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).BACK

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet on page 382

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Color Setup - Normal|Invert - Background

Chapter 7 379
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum)

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum) = Data

Data = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum)

Description Sets the color of the graticule label and the outer frame line of the graph (Gnum: 1) and the
color of the grid line of the graph (Gnum: 2) for normal display (Dnum: 1) and inverted
display (Dnum: 2).

Variable
Gnum

Description The number of item

1: The outer frame line of the graph
2: The color of the grid line of the graph

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Data

Description Indicates 3-element array data.

• Data(0) Sets amount of red.

• Data(1) Sets amount of green.
• Data(2) Sets amount of blue.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range • Data(0) 0 to 5
• Data(1) 0 to 5
• Data(2) 0 to 5
Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Dnum), see Table 7-12, “Variable(Dnum),” on page 379.

Examples Dim GritColor As Variant

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).GRATicule(1) = Array(1,2,3)
GritColor = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).GRATicule(1)

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet on page 382

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Color Setup - Normal|Invert - Graticule Main|Graticule Sub

380 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum)

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum) = Data

Data = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum)

Description Sets the fail display color used for the limit test result , the bandwidth test result and the

7. COM Object Reference

ripple test result (Lnum: 1) and the color of the limit line (Lnum: 2) for normal display
(Dnum: 1) and inverted display (Dnum: 2).

Variable
Lnum

Description The number of item

1: The limit test result
2: The limit line

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Data

Description Indicates 3-element array data.

• Data(0) Sets amount of red.

• Data(1) Sets amount of green.
• Data(2) Sets amount of blue.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range • Data(0) 0 to 5
• Data(1) 0 to 5
• Data(2) 0 to 5

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Dnum), see Table 7-12, “Variable(Dnum),” on page 379.

Examples Dim LimColor As Variant

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).LIMit(1) = Array(1,2,3)
LimColor = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).LIMit(1)

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet on page 382

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Color Setup - Normal|Invert - Limit Fail|Limit Line

Chapter 7 381
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet

Description Resets the display color settings for all the items to the factory preset state for normal
display (Dnum: 1) and inverted display (Dnum: 2). (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Dnum), see Table 7-12, “Variable(Dnum),” on page 379.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).RESet

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK on page 379

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum) on page 380
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum) on page 381
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA on page 383
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory on page 384

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Color Setup - Normal|Invert - Reset Color - OK

382 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA

Description Sets the color of the data trace of traces 1 to 16 (Tr) for normal display (Dnum: 1) and

7. COM Object Reference

inverted display (Dnum: 2).

Variable

Data

Description Indicates 3-element array data.

• Data(0) Sets amount of red.

• Data(1) Sets amount of green.
• Data(2) Sets amount of blue.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range • Data(0) 0 to 5
• Data(1) 0 to 5
• Data(2) 0 to 5

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Dnum) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-12,
“Variable(Dnum),” on page 379 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim TrColor As Variant

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).TRACe(1).DATA = Array(1,2,3)
TrColor = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).TRACe(1).DATA

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet on page 382

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Color Setup - Normal|Invert - Data Trace 1|Data Trace 2|
Data Trace 3|Data Trace 4|Data Trace 5|Data Trace 6|Data Trace 7|Data Trace 8|Data Trace 9

Chapter 7 383
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory = Data

Data = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory

Description Sets the color of the memory trace of traces 1 to 16 (Tr) for normal display (Dnum: 1) and
inverted display (Dnum: 2).

Variable

Data

Description Indicates 3-element array data.

• Data(0) Sets amount of red.

• Data(1) Sets amount of green.
• Data(2) Sets amount of blue.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range • Data(0) 0 to 5
• Data(1) 0 to 5
• Data(2) 0 to 5

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Dnum) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-12,
“Variable(Dnum),” on page 379 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim TrColor As Variant

SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).TRACe(1).MEMory = Array(1,2,3)
TrColor = SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(1).TRACe(1).MEMory

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet on page 382

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Color Setup - Normal|Invert - Mem Trace 1|Mem Trace 2|
Mem Trace 3|Mem Trace 4|Mem Trace 5|Mem Trace 6|Mem Trace 7|Mem Trace 8|Mem Trace 9

384 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar

SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar

Description Clears all character strings displayed in the echo window. (No read)

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar

7. COM Object Reference

Related objects ECHO on page 198
SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA on page 385

Equivalent key [Macro Setup] - Clear Echo

SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA = Cont

Description Displays a character string in the echo window. (No read)

There is the following difference from the display with the ECHO object.

• Displays a single character string.

Variable

Cont

Description String you want to display in the echo window.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA = "Test Result"

SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE = "echo"
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe = True

Related objects ECHO on page 198

SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE on page 394
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe on page 393
SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar on page 385

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 385
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle

SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle

Description Turns ON/OFF the display update on the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the display update of the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the display update.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the display update.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim DispUpdt As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle = False
DispUpdt = SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle

Equivalent key [Display] - Update

386 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn

SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn

Description Turns ON/OFF the “Fail” display on the LCD screen when the limit test ,bandwidth test

7. COM Object Reference

and ripple test fails.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the “Fail” display when the limit test fails

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the “Fail” display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the “Fail” display.

Preset value True or -1

On/off of the Fail display cannot be set at each test. When the Fail display of either of test
is turned on, the Fail display of other tests turns on, too.

Examples Dim DispFail As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn = False
DispFail = SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe on page 312

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Fail Sign

[Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Fail Sign

[Analysis] - Bandwidth limit - Fail Sign

Chapter 7 387
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe

SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe = Param

Param = SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe

Description Selects the display type of the LCD display.

Variable

Param

Description Display type of the LCD display

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"NORMal" Specifies the normal display (background color: black).

•"INVert" Specifies the display in which the color of the normal display is
inversed (background color: white).

Preset value "NORMal"

Examples Dim DispImg As String

SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe = "inv"
DispImg = SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe

Equivalent key [Display] - Invert Color

388 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize

SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize

Description Turns ON/OFF the window maximization of the active channel.

7. COM Object Reference

If you turned ON the maximization, only the window of the active channel is maximized
on the LCD display and the windows of the other channels are not displayed.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the window maximization

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the window maximization.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the window maximization.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim ChMax As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit = "d1_2"
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(2).ACTivate
SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize = True
ChMax = SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

Equivalent key [Channel Max]

Chapter 7 389
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe

SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the display of the softkey menu bar.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the softkey menu bar display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the softkey menu bar display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the softkey menu bar display.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim DispSkey As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe = False
DispSkey = SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe

Equivalent key [Entry Off]

390 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit

SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit = Param

Param = SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit

Description Sets the layout of the channel windows on the LCD display.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Param

Description Layout of channel windows

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"D1" See Figure 7-4 on page 392.

•"D12" See Figure 7-4.

•"D1_2" See Figure 7-4.

•"D112" See Figure 7-4.

•"D1_1_2" See Figure 7-4.

•"D123" See Figure 7-4.

•"D1_2_3" See Figure 7-4.

•"D12_33" See Figure 7-4.

•"D11_23" See Figure 7-4.

•"D13_23" See Figure 7-4.

•"D12_13" See Figure 7-4.

•"D1234" See Figure 7-4.

•"D1_2_3_4" See Figure 7-4.

•"D12_34" See Figure 7-4.

•"D123_456" See Figure 7-4.

•"D12_34_56" See Figure 7-4.

•"D1234_5678" See Figure 7-4.

•"D12_34_56_78" See Figure 7-4.

•"D123_456_789" See Figure 7-4.

•"D123__ABC" See Figure 7-4.

•"D1234__9ABC" See Figure 7-4.

•"D1234__DEFG" See Figure 7-4.

Preset value "D1"

Examples Dim ChanAloc As String

SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit = "d12_34"
ChanAloc = SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit

Chapter 7 391
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit on page 400

Equivalent key [Display] - Allocate Channels

Figure 7-4 Channel/graph window layouts

392 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe

SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the display of the window that appears in the lower part of the LCD display

7. COM Object Reference

(specified with the SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE object).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the display of the window that appears in the lower part of the LCD display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the display.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim DispTbl As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE = "echo"
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe = True
DispTbl = SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE on page 394

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Edit Segment Table

[Marker Fctn] - Marker Table

[Analysis] - Limit Test - Edit Limit Line

[Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Edit Ripple Line

[Macro Setup] - Echo Window

[Cal] - Power Calibration - Loss Compen

[Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor A Settings | Sensor B Settings

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, you select the type of the window that
appears in the lower part of the LCD display and turn ON/OFF the display at the same
time.

Chapter 7 393
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE

SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE = Param

Param = SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE

Description Selects the type of the window that appears in the lower part of the LCD display.

Variable

Param

Description Window type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"MARKer" Specifies the marker table window.

•"LIMit" Specifies the limit test table window.

•"SEGMent" Specifies the segment table window.

•"ECHO" Specifies the echo window.

•"PLOSs" Specifies the loss compensation table window.

•"SCFactor" Specifies the power sensor’s calibration factor table window.

•"RLIMit" Specifies the ripple test table window.

Preset value "MARKer"

Examples Dim TblType As String

SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE = "echo"
SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe = True
TblType = SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe on page 393

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Edit Segment Table

[Marker Fctn] - Marker Table

[Analysis] - Limit Test - Edit Limit Line

[Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Edit Ripple Line

[Macro Setup] - Echo Window

[Cal] - Power Calibration - Loss Compen

[Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor A Settings|Sensor B Settings

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, you select the type of the window that
appears in the lower part of the LCD display and turn ON/OFF the display at the same
time.

394 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.UPDate.IMMediate

SCPI.DISPlay.UPDate.IMMediate
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.UPDate.IMMediate

Description When the display update of the LCD screen is set to OFF (specifying False with the
SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle object), executes the display update once. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle = False
SCPI.DISPlay.UPDate.IMMediate

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle on page 386

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate

Description Specifies channels 1 to 16 (Ch) to the active channel.

You can set only a channel displayed to the active channel. If this object is used to set a
channel not displayed to the active channel, an error occurs when executed and the object
is ignored. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit = "d1_2"

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(2).ACTivate

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Channel Prev] / [Channel Next]

Chapter 7 395
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn. STATe

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn.
STATe
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn.STATe

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), turn ON/OFF the mode that align the marker display position of
each trace based on trace 1.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF the mode that align the marker display position of each trace based on trace 1

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the mode that allign marker display position based on
trace 1.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the alignment.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AnnMarkAlig As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn.STATe = False
AnnMarkAlig = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn.STATe

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle. STATe on page 397

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X on
page 403
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y on
page 404

Equivalent key [Marker Fctn] - Annotation Options - Align

396 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle. STATe

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle.
STATe
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the display of the marker value of only active
traces.
If you turn off the function, marker values of all traces (markers) are displayed.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF the display of the marker value of only active

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Displays the marker values of only active traces.(ON)

•False or 0 Displays the marker values of all traces. (OFF)

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AnnMarkAlig As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle.STATe = False
AnnMarkAlig = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle.STATe

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn. STATe on page 396

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X on
page 403
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y on
page 404

Equivalent key [Marker Fctn] - Annotation Options - Active Only

Chapter 7 397
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).LABel

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).LABel
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).LABel = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).LABel

Description Turns ON/OFF the graticule label display of the graph of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the graticule label display of the graph

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the graticule label display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the graticule label display.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim DispGrat As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).LABel = False
DispGrat = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).LABel

Equivalent key [Display] - Graticule Label

398 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).MAXimize

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).MAXimize
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).MAXimize = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).MAXimize

Description Turns ON/OFF the maximization of the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

If you turned ON the maximization, only the maximized active trace is displayed in the
window and the other traces are not displayed.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the maximization of the active trace

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the maxim display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the maxim display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TracMax As Boolean

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).SELect
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).MAXimize = True
TracMax = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).MAXimize

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize on page 389

Equivalent key [Trace Max]

Chapter 7 399
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit = Param

Param = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit
Description Sets the graph layout of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).
Variable
Param

Description Graph layout

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"D1" See Figure 7-4 on page 392.

•"D12" See Figure 7-4.
•"D1_2" See Figure 7-4.
•"D112" See Figure 7-4.
•"D1_1_2" See Figure 7-4.
•"D123" See Figure 7-4.
•"D1_2_3" See Figure 7-4.
•"D12_33" See Figure 7-4.
•"D11_23" See Figure 7-4.
•"D13_23" See Figure 7-4.
•"D12_13" See Figure 7-4.
•"D1234" See Figure 7-4.
•"D1_2_3_4" See Figure 7-4.
•"D12_34" See Figure 7-4.
•"D123_456" See Figure 7-4.
•"D12_34_56" See Figure 7-4.
•"D1234_5678" See Figure 7-4.
•"D12_34_56_78" See Figure 7-4.
•"D123_456_789" See Figure 7-4.
•"D123__ABC" See Figure 7-4.
•"D1234__9ABC" See Figure 7-4.
•"D1234__DEFG" See Figure 7-4.

Preset value "D1"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
Examples Dim TracAloc As String
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).SPLit = "d1_2"
TracAloc = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).SPLit
Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit on page 391
Equivalent key [Display] - Allocate Traces

400 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA = Lbl

Lbl = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA

Description Sets the title label displayed in the title area of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Lbl

Description Title label

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value ""

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TtlLbl As String

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TITLe.DATA = "Filter"
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TITLe.STATe = True
TtlLbl = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TITLe.DATA

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe on page 402

Equivalent key [Display] - Edit Title Label

Chapter 7 401
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the title label display in the title area of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the title label display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the title label display.

•False or 0 Turns ON the title label display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim DispTtl As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TITLe.DATA = "Filter"
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TITLe.STATe = True
DispTtl = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TITLe.STATe

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA on page 401

Equivalent key [Display] - Title Label

402 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MAR
Ker.POSition.X
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X = Value

Value = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X

7. COM Object Reference

Description For trace 1 to 16 (Tr) of channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the display position of the marker value
on the X-axis by a percentage of a width of the display span.

Variable

Value

Description Display position of the marker value on the X-axis.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -15 to 100

Preset value 1

Unit % (percent)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim AnnMPosX As Double

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(1).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X = 15
AnnMPosX =
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(1).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn. STATe on page 396

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle. STATe on page 397
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y on
page 404

Equivalent key [Marker Fctn] - Annotation Options - Marker Info X Pos

Chapter 7 403
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MAR
Ker.POSition.Y
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y = Value

Value = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X

Description For trace 1 to 16 (Tr) of channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the display position of the marker value
on the X-axis by a percentage of a width of the display span.
For trace 1 to 16 (Tr) of channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the display position of the marker value
on the Y-axis by a percentage of a height of the display span.

Variable

Value

Description Display position of the marker value on the Y-axis.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -15 to 100

Preset value 1

Unit % (percent)
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim AnnMPosY As Double

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(1).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y = 23
AnnMPosY =
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(1).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn. STATe on page 396

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle. STATe on page 397
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X on
page 403

Equivalent key [Marker Fctn] - Annotation Options - Marker Info X Pos

404 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory. STATe

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory. STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory.STATe

Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the memory trace display.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the memory trace display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the memory trace display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the memory trace display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim DispMem As Boolean

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).MEMory.STATe = True
DispMem = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).MEMory.STATe

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.MEMorize on page 340

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe on page 406

Equivalent key [Display] - Display - Mem (when the data trace display is OFF)
[Display] - Display - Data & Mem (when the data trace display is ON)

Chapter 7 405
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe = Status
Status = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe
Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the data trace display.
Variable
Status

Description ON/OFF of the data trace display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the data trace display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the data trace display.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.
Examples Dim DispTrac As Boolean
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).STATe = False
DispTrac = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).STATe
Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory. STATe on page 405
Equivalent key [Display] - Display - Data (when the memory trace display is OFF)
[Display] - Display - Data & Mem (when the memory trace display is ON)

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.AUTO
Object type Method
Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.AUTO
Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), executes the auto scale (function to
automatically adjust the value of the reference division line and the scale per division to
display the trace appropriately). (No read)
Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.
Examples SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).Y.SCALe.AUTO

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision on page 407

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel on page 408
Equivalent key [Scale] - Auto Scale

406 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.
PDIVision
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.PDIVision = Value
Value = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.PDIVision
Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), when the data format is not the Smith chart
format or the polar format, sets the scale per division. When the data format is the Smith

7. COM Object Reference

chart format or the polar format, sets the full scale value (the value of the outermost
circumference).
Variable
Value

Description Scale value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1E-18 to 1E8

Preset value Varies depending the data format.

• Log magnitude: 10

• Phase, Expanded phase or Positive phase: 90

• Group delay: 1E-8

• Smith chart or Polar or SWR: 1

• Linear magnitude: 0.1

• Real or Imaginary: 0.2

Unit Varies depending on the data format.

• Log magnitude: dB (decibel)

• Phase, Expanded phase or Positive phase: ° (degree)

• Group delay: s (second)

• Others: No unit

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.
Examples Dim Pdiv As Double
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FORMat = "gdel"
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).Y.SCALe.PDIVision = 1E-9
Pdiv = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).Y.SCALe.PDIVision
Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat on page 289
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions on page 411
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel on page 408
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. RPOSition on page 409
Equivalent key [Scale] - Scale/Div

Chapter 7 407
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel = Value

Value = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel

Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the reference division line.

Variable

Value

Description Value of reference division line

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -5E8 to 5E8

Preset value 0*1

Unit Varies depending on the data format.

• Log magnitude (MLOG): dB (decibel)

• Phase (PHAS), Expanded phase (UPH) or Positive phase (PPH): ° (degree)

• Group delay (GDEL): s (second)

• Others: No unit

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

*1.The preset value is 1 when the data format is SWR.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim RefLvl As Double

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FORMat = "phas"
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).Y.SCALe.RLEVel = 90
Pdiv = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).Y.SCALe.RLEVel

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat on page 289

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions on page 411
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision on page 407
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. RPOSition on page 409

Equivalent key [Scale] - Reference Value

408 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. RPOSition

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.
RPOSition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RPOSition = Value

Value = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RPOSition

7. COM Object Reference

Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), specifies the position of a reference
division line with its number (an integer assigned starting from 0 from the lowest division).

Variable

Value

Description Position of reference division line

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to the number of divisions*1

Preset value 5*2

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

*1.Set with the SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions object.

*2.The preset value is 0 when the data format is linear magnitude or SWR.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim RefPos As Long

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).Y.SCALe.RPOSition = 6
RefPos = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).TRACe(2).Y.SCALe.RPOSition

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat on page 289

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions on page 411
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision on page 407
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel on page 408

Equivalent key [Scale] - Reference Position

Chapter 7 409
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing = Param

Param = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing

Description Selects the display type of the graph horizontal axis of channels 1 to 16 (Ch) for segment
sweep.

Variable

Param

Description Horizontal axis display type of the graph for segment sweep

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"LINear" Specifies the frequency base (linear frequency axis with the
minimum frequency at the left edge and the maximum frequency
at the right edge).
•"OBASe" Specifies the order base (axis in which the measurement point
numbers are positioned evenly in the order of measurement).

Preset value "OBASe"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim DispSegm As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TYPE = "segm"
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).X.SPACing = "obas"
DispSegm = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).X.SPACing

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Segment Display

410 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions = Value

Value = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the number of divisions in all the graphs.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Number of divisions of graph

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 4 to 30

Preset value 10

Resolution 2

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Divs As Long

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).Y.SCALe.DIVisions = 12
Divs = SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).Y.SCALe.DIVisions

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. PDIVision on page 407

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLEVel on page 408
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe. RPOSition on page 409

Equivalent key [Scale] - Divisions

Chapter 7 411
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.FORMat.BORDer

SCPI.FORMat.BORDer
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.FORMat.BORDer = Param

Param = SCPI.FORMat.BORDer

Description When the data transfer format is set to the binary transfer format (specify “REAL” with
SCPI.FORMat.DATA object), sets the transfer order of each byte in data (byte order).

NOTE This object is NOT used when controlling the E5070B/E5071B using COM objects in the
E5070B/E5071B VBA.

Variable

Param

Description Byte order

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"NORMal" Specifies the byte order in which transfer starts from the byte
including MSB (Most Significant Bit).

•"SWAPped" Specifies the byte order in which transfer starts from the byte
including LSB (Least Significant Bit).

Preset value "NORMal"

Examples Dim BitOrd As String

SCPI.FORMat.BORDer "swap"
BitOrd = SCPI.FORMat.BORDer

Related objects SCPI.FORMat.DATA on page 413

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

412 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.FORMat.DATA

SCPI.FORMat.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.FORMat.DATA = Param

Param = SCPI.FORMat.DATA

Description Use the following SCPI commands to set the format to read the data.

7. COM Object Reference

• :CALC{1-16}:DATA:FDAT
• :CALC{1-16}:DATA:FMEM
• :CALC{1-16}:DATA:SDAT?
• :CALC{1-16}:DATA:SMEM?
• :CALC{1-16}:FUNC:DATA?
• :CALC{1-16}:LIM:DATA
• :CALC{1-16}:LIM:REP?
• :CALC{1-16}:LIM:REP:ALL?
• :CALC{1-16}:BLIM:REP?
• :CALC{1-16}:RLIM:DATA?
• :CALC{1-16}:RLIM:REP?
• :SENS{1-16}:FREQ:DATA?
• :SENS{1-16}:SEGM:DATA
• :SOUR:POW:PORT:CORR:COLL:TABL:ASEN:DATA
• :SOUR:POW:PORT:CORR:COLL:TABL:BSEN:DATA
• :SOUR{1-16}:POW:PORT{1-4}:CORR:COLL:TABL:LOSS:DATA
• :SOUR{1-16}:POW:PORT{1-4}:CORR:DATA

NOTE ASCII transfer format must be specified when controlling the E5070B/E5071B using SCPI
commands with the Parse object in the E5070B/E5071B VBA.

Variable

Param

Description Data transfer format

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"ASCii" Specifies the ASCII transfer format.

•"REAL" Specifies the IEEE 64-bit floating point binary transfer format.
•"REAL32" Specifies the IEEE 32-bit floating point binary transfer format.

Preset value "NORMal"

Examples Dim Fmt As String

SCPI.FORMat.DATA = "asc"
Fmt = SCPI.FORMat.DATA

Related objects SCPI.FORMat.BORDer on page 412

Parse on page 200

Chapter 7 413
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.FORMat.DATA

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

414 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt

SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt

Description Aborts the print output. (No read)

Examples SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt

7. COM Object Reference

Related objects SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate on page 416

Equivalent key [System] - Abort Printing

SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe = Param

Param = SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe

Description Selects the print color for output to the printer.

Variable

Param

Description Print color for output to the printer.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"NORMal" Specifies printing in close color to the display color.

•"INVert" Specifies printing in the inverted color of the display color.

Preset value "INVert"

Examples Dim Img As String

SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe = "norm"
Img = SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe

Related objects SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate on page 416

Equivalent key [System] - Invert Image

Chapter 7 415
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate

SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate

Description Outputs the display image on the LCD display to the printer connected to the
E5070B/E5071B. (No read)

NOTE When printing the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen, execute the VBA program with
the Visual Basic editor closed. For the method, see “Running a Program from the
E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen” on page 54.

Examples SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate

Related objects SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt on page 415

SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe on page 415

Equivalent key [System] - Print

When performing the operation from the front panel, the image on the LCD display
memorized in the volatile memory (clipboard) (the image on the LCD display when the
[Capture] ([System]) key is pressed) is printed. Notice that, if no image is memorized in
the clipboard, in the same way as the SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate object, the image on the
LCD display at the execution is memorized in the clipboard and then it is printed.

416 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS

SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS
Object type Method
Syntax SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS
Description Clears the followings. (No read)

• Error Queue
• Status Byte Register

7. COM Object Reference

• Standard Event Status Register
• Operation Status Event Register
• Questionable Status Event Register
• Questionable Limit Status Event Register
• Questionable Limit Extra Status Event Register
• Questionable Limit Channel Status Event Register
• Questionable Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register
• Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status Event Register
• Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status Event Register
• Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Status Event Register
• Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register
• Questionable Ripple Limit Status Event Register
• Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status Event Register
• Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status Event Register
• Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register
Examples SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 417
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE

SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE
Object type Property
Syntax SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE = Value
Value = SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE
Description Sets the value of the Standard Event Status Enable Register.

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Standard Event Status Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 255

Preset value 0

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the result of bitwise AND with
255 (0xff) is set.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE = 16
Stat = SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE
Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE on page 422
Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

418 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.IEEE4882.ESR

SCPI.IEEE4882.ESR
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.IEEE4882.ESR

Description Reads out the value of the Standard Event Status Register. Executing this object clears the
register value. (Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Value of the Standard Event Status Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.IEEE4882.ESR

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.IEEE4882.IDN
Object type Property

Syntax Cont = SCPI.IEEE4882.IDN

Description Reads out the product information (manufacturer, model number, serial number, and
firmware version number) of the E5070B/E5071B. (Read only)
Variable
Cont

Description Product information ("{string 1},{string 2},{string 3},{string 4}")

• {string 1} Manufacturer. Agilent Technologies is always read out.

• {string 2} Model number (example: E5070B).

• {string 3} Serial number (example: JP1KI00101).

• {string 4} Firmware version number (example: 03.00).

Data type Character string type (String)

Examples Dim Who As String

Who = SCPI.IEEE4882.IDN

Equivalent key [System] - Firmware Revision

[System] - Service Menu - Enable Options - Serial Number

Chapter 7 419
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
Object type Property

Syntax (1) SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC = Dummy

(2) Value = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Description Case (1):

Specifies so that 1 is set to OPC bit (bit 0) of the Standard Event Status Register is et to 1
when all of pending operations complete. For information on the structure of the status
register, see Appendix “Status Reporting System” in the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s
Guide.
Case (2):
Specifies so that 1 is read when all of pending operations complete.

Variable Case (2):

Value

Description 1 returned when all pending operations are complete

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Case(1):
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC = 1

Case(2):
Dim Dmy As Long
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. ISOLation on page 480

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 481
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 482
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt on page 482
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on page 484
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle on page 756

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

420 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPT

SCPI.IEEE4882.OPT
Object type Property

Syntax Cont = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPT

Description Reads out the identification numbers of options installed in the E5070B/E5071B. (Read
only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Cont

Description Identification numbers of installed options

Data type Character string type (String)

Note If there is no installed option, 0 is read out.

Examples Dim OptNum As String

OptNum = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPT

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.IEEE4882.RST
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.IEEE4882.RST

Description Presets the setting state of the E5070B/E5071B. There is the following difference from the
setting state preset with the SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet object. For details, see Appendix
“List of Default Values” in the E5070B/E5071B User’s Guide. (No read)

• The continuous initiation mode (see the SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous object) of

channel 1 is set to OFF.

Examples SCPI.IEEE4882.RST

Related objects SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous on page 424

SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet on page 743
SCPI.SYSTem.UPReset on page 749

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 421
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE

SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE = Value

Value = SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE

Description Sets the value of the Service Request Enable Register.

Variable

Value

Description Value of the Service Request Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 255

Preset value 0

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the result of bitwise AND with
255 (0xff) is set. Note that bit 6 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE = 8
Stat = SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE on page 418

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle on page 667
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle on page 688

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

422 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.IEEE4882.STB

SCPI.IEEE4882.STB
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.IEEE4882.STB

Description Reads out the value of the Status Byte Register. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Value

Description Value of the Status Byte Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.IEEE4882.STB

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.IEEE4882.TRG
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.IEEE4882.TRG

Description If the trigger source is set to GPIB/LAN (set to BUS with the
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce object), triggers the E5070B/E5071B waiting for
trigger. For information on the waiting for trigger state, see Section “Trigger System” in
the E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide. (No read)

Examples SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce = "bus"

SCPI.IEEE4882.TRG

Related objects SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce on page 757

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.IEEE4882.WAI
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.IEEE4882.WAI

Description Waits for the execution of all objects sent before this object to be completed. (No read)

Examples SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce = "bus"

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
SCPI.IEEE4882.WAI
MsgBox "Done"

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 423
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous

SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous = Status

Status = SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous

Description Turns ON/OFF of the continuous initiation mode (setting by which the trigger system
initiates continuously) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch) in the trigger system.
For more information on the trigger system, see Section “Trigger System” in the
E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the continuous initiation mode

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the continuous initiation mode.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the continuous initiation mode.

Preset value Varies depending on [variable (Ch)]*1

*1.Only channel 1 is initialized to ON at the execution of the SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet

object; all the channels are initialized to OFF at the execution of the
SCPI.IEEE4882.RST object.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim ContMode As Boolean

SCPI.INITiate(2).CONTinuous = True
ContMode = SCPI.INITiate(2).CONTinuous

Related objects SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate on page 425

Equivalent key [Trigger] - Continuous (continuous initiation mode ON)

[Trigger] - Hold (continuous initiation mode OFF)

424 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate

SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate

Description Changes the state of each channel of channels 1 to 16 (Ch) to the initiation state in the
trigger system.

7. COM Object Reference

When this object is executed for a channel in the idle state in the trigger system, it goes into
the initiation state immediately. Then, after measurement is executed once, it goes back to
the idle state.
If this object is executed for a channel that is not in the idle state or a channel for which the
continuous initiation mode is set to ON (setting by which the trigger system initiates
continuously) in the trigger system, an error occurs when executed and the object is
ignored.
For more information on the trigger system, see Section “Trigger System” in the
E5070B/E5071B Programmer’s Guide. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = False

SCPI.INITiate(1).IMMediate

Related objects SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous on page 424

Equivalent key [Trigger] - Single

Chapter 7 425
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.CATalog(Dir)

SCPI.MMEMory.CATalog(Dir)
Object type Property

Syntax Cont = SCPI.MMEMory.CATalog(Dir)

Description Reads out the following information on the built-in storage device of the E5070B/E5071B.

• Space in use
• Available space
• Name and size of all files (including directories) in the specified directory.
To read out the information in the root directory (folder), specify "\" (backslash). If you
want to specify a directory on the floppy disk drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning
of the file name. Separate between directory names (file name) with "\" (back slash), or "/"
(slash). (Read only)

Variable

Cont

Description Directory information ("{A},{B},{Name 1},,{Size 1},{Name 2},,{Size 2},⋅⋅⋅,{Name

N},,{Size N}")
Where N is the number of all files in the specified directory and n is an integer between 1
and N.

• {A} Space in use of the built-in storage device (byte)*1.

• {B} Available space of the built-in storage device (byte)*1.

• {Name n} Name of the n-th file (directory).

• {Size n} Size (byte) of the n-th file (directory). Always 0 for directories.

Data type Character string type (String)

*1.If you specify a directory on the floppy disk drive, it is the capacity of the floppy disk in
the drive.

Dir

Description Directory name whose information you want to read out

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Examples Dim DirCont As String

DirCont = SCPI.MMEMory.CATalog("a:\")

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

426 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.COPY

SCPI.MMEMory.COPY
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.COPY = File

Description Copies a file.

Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk

7. COM Object Reference

drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names (folder names) and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No
read)

Variable

File

Description Indicates 2 file names (copy source and copy destination).

• File(0) Copy source file name

• File(1) Copy destination file name

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified copy source file does not exist, an error occurs when executed and the object
is ignored. Notice that, if a file with the same name as the specified copy destination file
name exists, its contents are overwritten.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.COPY = Array("test/state01.sta","a:test01.sta")

Dim File(1) As Variant

File(0) = "test/state01.sta"
File(1) = "a:test01.sta"
SCPI.MMEMory.COPY = File

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save State - File Dialog...

Chapter 7 427
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.DELete

SCPI.MMEMory.DELete
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.DELete = File

Description Deletes an existing file or directory (folder).

When you delete a directory, all the files and directories in it are deleted.
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file or directory on the
floppy disk drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of its name. When you specify a
file (directory) under an existing directory, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/"
(slash).
To delete all files in the directory (folder), specify "\" (backslash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name or directory name you want to delete

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file or directory does not exist, an error occurs when executed and the object
is ignored.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.DELete = "a:\"

SCPI.MMEMory.DELete = "test/state01.sta"

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save State - File Dialog...

428 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor = File

Description Recalls the file (file with the ".csv" extension saved with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor object) you want to specify as the table for the
reference calibration coefficient and the calibration coefficient table for power sensor A.

7. COM Object Reference

Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description A file name (extension ".csv") of the reference calibration coefficient and the calibration
coefficient table for power sensor A.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, a runtime error occurs.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor = "a:\sensor01.csv"

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor = "test/sensor01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor on page 439

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor A Settings - Import from CSV File

Chapter 7 429
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor = File

Description Recalls the file (file with the ".csv" extension saved with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor object) you want to specify as the table for the
reference calibration coefficient and the calibration coefficient table for power sensor B.
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description A file name (extension ".csv") of the reference calibration coefficient and the calibration
coefficient table for power sensor B.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, a runtime error occurs.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor = "a:\sensor01.csv"

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor = "test/sensor01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor on page 440

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor B Settings - Import from CSV File

430 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe = Register

Description Recalls the instrument state for an individual channel (saved with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe object) from the specified register as the
setting of the active channel.

7. COM Object Reference

It is possible to recall the register from a different channel where it was saved. (No read)

Variable

Register

Description Register

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"A" Specifies register A.

•"B" Specifies register B.

•"C" Specifies register C.

•"D" Specifies register D.

Note If no instrument state has been saved in the specified register, an error occurs and the object
is ignored.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe = "a"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe on page 441

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Recall Channel - A|B|C|D

Chapter 7 431
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit)

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit) = File

Description Recalls the instrument state for an individual channel (saved with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe object) from the specified register as the
setting of the active channel.
It is possible to recall the register from a different channel where it was saved. (No read)

Variable

Table 7-13 Variable (Ckit)

Ckit

Description Number of calibration kit

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 20

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

File

Description File name of the definition table of a calibration kit

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, a runtime error occurs.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(1) = "Test1/Ckit01.ckx"

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(1) = "A:\Ckit01.ckx"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit) on page 442

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Import Cal Kit...

432 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit = File

Description As the limit table for the active trace of the active channel, recalls the specified limit table
file (file with the .csv extension saved with the SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit object).

7. COM Object Reference

Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name of limit table (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit = "a:\limit01.csv"

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit = "test/limit01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit on page 445

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Edit Limit Line - Import from CSV File

Chapter 7 433
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(Pt)

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(Pt)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(Pt) = File

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt), as the loss compensation table for the active channel, recalls the
specified loss compensation table file (a file with the ".csv" extension saved with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt) object).
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name of the loss compensation table (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, a runtime error occurs.

For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(1) = "a:\loss01.csv"

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(1) = "test/loss01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt) on page 446

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Loss Compen - Import from CSV File

434 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit = File

Description As the ripple limit table for the active trace (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command) of the active channel
(specified with the SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate command), recalls the

7. COM Object Reference

specified ripple limit table file (file with the .csv extension saved with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit command).
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you write directory
names and file name, separate them with "/" (slash) or "\" (backslash).
If the specified file does not exist, an error occurs and the command is ignored. (Read only)

Variable

File

Description File name of the ripple limit table (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples (1) SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTive

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RIMit = "A:\Rlimit01.csv"

Examples (2) SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTive

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit = "test/Rlimit01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit on page 447

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Edit Ripple Line - Import from CSV File

Chapter 7 435
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent = File

Description As the segment sweep table of the active channel, recalls the specified segment sweep table
file (file with the .csv extension saved with the SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent
object).
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name of segment sweep table (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent = "a:\segm01.csv"

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent = "test/segm01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent on page 449

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Edit Segment Table - Import from CSV File

436 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe = File

Description Recalls the specified instrument state file (file with the .sta extension saved with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe object).

7. COM Object Reference

Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name of instrument state (extension ".sta")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe = "a:\state01.sta"

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe = "test/state01.sta"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe on page 456

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Recall State

Chapter 7 437
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.MDIRectory

SCPI.MMEMory.MDIRectory
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.MDIRectory = File

Description Creates a new directory (folder).

If you want to create a directory on the floppy disk drive, you need to add "A:" at the
beginning of the directory name. When you create a directory under an existing directory,
separate between the directory names with "\ " (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description Directory name you want to create

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a directory with the same name as the specified directory name exists, an error occurs
when executed and the object is ignored.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.MDIRectory = "a:\test"

SCPI.MMEMory.MDIRectory = "test"

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save State - File Dialog...

438 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor = File

Description Saves the reference calibration coefficient and the calibration coefficient table for power
sensor A into a CSV file (extension ".csv").

7. COM Object Reference

Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description A file name (extension ".csv") to save the reference calibration coefficient and the
calibration coefficient table for power sensor A.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor = "a:\sensor01.csv"

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor = "test/sensor01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor on page 429

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor A Settings - Export to CSV File

Chapter 7 439
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor = File

Description Saves the reference calibration coefficient and the calibration coefficient table for power
sensor B into a CSV file (extension ".csv").
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description A file name (extension ".csv") to save the reference calibration coefficient and the
calibration coefficient table for power sensor B.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor = "a:\sensor01.csv"

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor = "test/sensor01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor on page 430

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor B Settings - Export to CSV File

440 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.CLEar

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.CLEar
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.CLEar

Description Deletes the instrument state for each channel (saved with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe object) in all the registers. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.CLEar

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe on page 441

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Channel - Clear States - OK

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe = Register

Description Saves the instrument state of the items set for the active channel specific to that channel
only into the specified register (volatile memory). (No read)

Variable

Register

Description Register

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"A" Specifies register A.

•"B" Specifies register B.

•"C" Specifies register C.

•"D" Specifies register D.

Note If an instrument state has been saved already in the specified register, its contents are
overwritten.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe = "a"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe on page 431

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Channel - A|B|C|D

Chapter 7 441
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit)

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit) = File

Description Saves the definition table of the calibration kit to a file.

Specify the file name with the .ckx extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy
disk drive, you need to add “A:” at the beginning of the file name. When you use a
directory name and file name, separate them with “/” (slash) or “\” (backslash).
Notice that, if a file with the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten. (No
Read)

Variable

File

Description A file name used to save the definition of the calibration kit.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

For information on the variable (Ckit), see Table 7-13, “Variable (Ckit),” on page 432.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(1) = "a:\Ckit01.ckx"

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(1) = "test/trace01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit) on page 432

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Trace Data

442 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa = File

Description For the active trace of the active channel, saves the formatted data array into a file in the
CSV format (extension ".csv").

7. COM Object Reference

Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name in which you want to save the formatted data array (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa = "a:\trace01.csv"

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa = "test/trace01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Trace Data

Chapter 7 443
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe = File

Description Saves the display image on the LCD display at the execution of the object into a file in the
bitmap (extension ".bmp") or portable network graphics (extension ".png") format. When
saving the E5070B/E5071B measurement screen, execute the VBA program with the
Visual Basic editor closed. For more information, see “Running a Program from the
E5070B/E5071B Measurement Screen” on page 54.
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name in which you want to save the display image on the LCD display (extension
".bmp" or ".png")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

Examples SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe = "a:\image01.bmp"

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe = "test/image01.png"

Equivalent key [System] - Dump Screen Image

When performing the operation from the front panel, the image on the LCD display
memorized in the volatile memory (clipboard) (the image on the LCD display when the
[Capture] ([System]) key is pressed) is saved. Notice that, if no image is memorized in the
clipboard, in the same way as the SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe object, the image on
the LCD display at the execution is memorized in the clipboard and then it is saved.

444 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit = File

Description Saves the limit table of the active trace of the active channel into a file in the CSV format
(extension ".csv").

7. COM Object Reference

Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name to save the limit table (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit = "a:\limit01.csv"

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit = "test/limit01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit on page 433

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Limit Test - Edit Limit Line - Export to CSV File

Chapter 7 445
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt)

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt) = File

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt), saves the loss compensation table of the active channel into a file in
the CSV format (extension ".csv").
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description A file name to save the loss compensation table (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(1) = "a:\loss01.csv"

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(1) = "test/loss01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(Pt) on page 434

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Loss Compen - Export to CSV File

446 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit = File

Description Saves the ripple limit table of the active trace (specified with the
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect command) of the active channel
(specified with the SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate command) into a file in the

7. COM Object Reference

CSV format.
Specify the file name with the .sta extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy
disk drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you write
directory names and file name, separate them with "/" (slash) or "\" (backslash).
Notice that if a file with the specified file name already exists, its contents will be
overwritten. (Read only)

Variable

File

Description Fiel name used to save the ripple limit table (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If the specified file does not exist, a runtime error occurs.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples (1) SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit = "A:\Rlimit01.csv"

Examples (2) SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit = "test/Rlimit01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit on page 435

Equivalent key [Analysis] - Ripple Limit - Edit Ripple Line - Export to CSV File

Chapter 7 447
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL = Status

Status = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL

Description Selects whether to save the setting of all channels/traces or that of the displayed
channels/traces only as the instrument state to be saved.

Variable

Status

Description Selecting content to be saved as the instrument state setting.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specifies the setting of all channels/traces as the target to be saved.

•False or 0 Specifies the setting of displayed channels/traces only as the target

to be saved.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim Obj As Boolean

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL = True
Obj = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe on page 456

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Channel/Trace

448 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent = File

Description Saves the segment sweep table of the active channel into a file in the CSV format
(extension ".csv").

7. COM Object Reference

Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

Variable

File

Description File name to save segment sweep table (extension ".csv")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

Examples SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent = "a:\segm01.csv"

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent = "test/segm01.csv"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent on page 436

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Edit Segment Table - Export to CSV File

Chapter 7 449
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA = File

Description Saves the measurement data for the active channel (specified with the
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate command) into a file in the touchstone format.
You need to specify a file format and file type before saving a file. The extension differs
depending on file types.

<file type> <extension>

When specifying one port s1p

When specifying two ports s2p

When specifying three ports s3p

When specifying four ports s4p

If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk drive, you need to add “A:” at the beginning
of the file name. When you use directory names and file name, separate them with “/”
(slash) or “\” (back slash).
Note that if a file with the specified file name already exists, its contents are overwritten.
(No query)

Variable

File

Description File name you want to use when saving file in the touchstone format

Range 254 characters or less

NOTE When invalid extension is specified, an error message appears and the command is
ignored.

Examples Dim SnpPorts(2) As Variant

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).ACTivate
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat = "RI"
SnpPorts(0) = 1
SnpPorts(1) = 2
SnpPorts(2) = 4
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P = SnpPorts
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA = "SNP01.s3p"

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat on page 451
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P on page 452

450 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P on page 453

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P on page 454
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P on page 455

Equivalent key After a file type is specified, a dialog box will appear.

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat

7. COM Object Reference

Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat = Param

Param = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat

Description Specifies data format for saving measurement data for the active channel (specified with
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate command) into a file in the touchstone format.

Variable

Param

Description Touchstone file format

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"AUTO" Specifies data format automatically according to the display

format of the active trace.*1

•"MA" Specifies data format “log magnitude - angle”.

•"DB" Specifies data format “linear magnitude - angle”.

•"RI" Specifies data format “real part - imaginary part”.

Preset value "CSTate"

*1. When the display format of the active trace is set to one other than log magni-
tude format (LogMag), linear magnitude format (LinMag), or real-imaginary
number format (Real/Imag), the data format is automatically set to “real part
-imaginary part.”

Examples Dim Fmt As String

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat = "MA"
Fmt = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Snp - Snp Format -

AUTO|LogMag/Angle|LinMag/Angle|Real/Imaginary

Chapter 7 451
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P = Port

Port = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P

Description Sets specified port to the file type (1 port) when saving measurement data for the active
channel (specified with SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate command) into a file in
the touchstone format.

Variable

Port

Description Port number

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Examples 10 OUTPUT 717;":MMEM:STOR:SNP:TYPE:S1P 2"

20 OUTPUT 717;":MMEM:STOR:SNP:TYPE:S1P?"
30 ENTER 717;A$

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat on page 451

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save SnP - S1P - 1|2|3*1|4*2

*1.Only with Options 313, 314, 413, and 414.

*2.Only with Options 413 and 414.

452 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P = Ports

Ports = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P

Description Sets specified port to the file type (2 port) when saving measurement data for the active

7. COM Object Reference

channel (specified with SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate command) into a file in
the touchstone format.

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for file type.

• Ports(1) Specifies the other port for file type.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when it is
executed. If you specify the same port number to two ports, an error occurs during
execution. The order of the two port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

Examples Dim Ports(1) As Long

Ports(0) = 2
Ports(1) = 3
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P = Ports
Ports = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat on page 451

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Snp - S2p - 1-2|1-3*1|1-4*2|2-3*1|2-4*2|3-4*2

*1.Only with Options 313, 314, 413, and 414.

*2.Only with Options 413 and 414.

Chapter 7 453
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P = Ports

Ports = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P

Description Sets specified port to the file type (3 port) when saving measurement data for the active
channel (specified with SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate command) into a file in
the touchstone format.

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 3-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for file type.

• Ports(1) Specifies a port for file type.

• Ports(2) Specifies a port for file type.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when it is
executed. If you specify the same port number to two port numbers, an error occurs during
execution. The order of the three port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

Examples Dim Ports(2) As Long

Ports(0) = 2
Ports(1) = 3
Ports(2) = 4
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P = Ports
Ports = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat on page 451

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Snp - S3p*1 - 1-2-3|1-2-4*2|1-3-4*2|2-3-4*2

*1.Only with Options 313, 314, 413, and 414.

*2.Only with Options 413 and 414.

454 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P = Ports

Ports = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P

Description Sets specified port to the file type (4 port) when saving measurement data for the active

7. COM Object Reference

channel (specified with SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate command) into a file in
the touchstone format.

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 4-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for file type.

• Ports(1) Specifies a port for file type.

• Ports(2) Specifies a port for file type.

• Ports(3) Specifies a port for file type.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when it is
executed. If you specify the same port number to two port numbers, an error occurs during
execution. The order of the four port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

Examples Dim Ports(3) As Long

Ports(0) = 1
Ports(1) = 2
Ports(2) = 3
Ports(3) = 4
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P = Ports
Ports = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat on page 451

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Snp - S4p*1 - 1-2-3-4

*1.Only with Options 413 and 414.

Chapter 7 455
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe = File

Description Saves the instrument state (contents to be saved specified with the
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe object) into a file (file with the .sta extension).
Specify the file name with the extension. If you want to specify a file on the floppy disk
drive, you need to add "A:" at the beginning of the file name. When you use directory
names and file name, separate them with "\" (back slash), or "/" (slash). (No read)

NOTE The instrument setting file saved with the “autorec.sta” file name is automatically recalled
when turning on the E5070B/E5071B.

Variable

File

Description File name to save the instrument state (extension ".sta")

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Note If a file with the same name as the specified file name exists, its contents are overwritten.

Examples Dim StaType As String

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe = "cdst"
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe = "a:\state01.sta"

Dim StaType As String

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe = "cdst"
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe = "test/state01.sta"

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe on page 457

SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe on page 437

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save State

456 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe = Param

Param = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe

Description Selects the contents saved when saving the instrument state into a file with the

7. COM Object Reference

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe object.

Variable

Param

Description Data of instrument state

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"STATe" Specifies the save of the measurement conditions*1 only.

•"CSTate" Specifies the save of the measurement conditions*1 and the

calibration state.

•"DSTate" Specifies the save of the measurement conditions*1 and the

formatted data array.

•"CDSTate" Specifies the save of the measurement conditions*1, the calibration

state, and the formatted data array.

Preset value "CSTate"

*1.For information on the measurement conditions to be saved, see Appendix “List of

Default Values“ in the E5070B/E5071B User’s Guide or Programmer’s Guide.

Examples Dim StaType As String

SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe = "cdst"
StaType = SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe

Related objects SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe on page 456

Equivalent key [Save/Recall] - Save Type - State Only|State & Cal|State & Trace|All

Chapter 7 457
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.OUTPut.STATe

SCPI.OUTPut.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.OUTPut.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.OUTPut.STATe

Description Turns on/off of the stimulus signal output. You cannot perform measurement until you turn
on the stimulus signal output.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the stimulus signal output

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the stimulus signal.

•False or 0 Turns off the stimulus signal.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim Outp As Boolean

SCPI.OUTPut.STATe = True
Outp = SCPI.OUTPut.STATe

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - RF Out

458 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA

Description Specifies the array type user defined variable. Up to ten (1-10) areas can be used for the

7. COM Object Reference

user defined variables.
You need to specify the size of an array of data
(SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE command) when you execute this
command.

NOTE Turning off the powerof the instrument initializes the user defined variables, while
executing the preset command does not initialize them.

Variable

Data

Description “n” is the number obtained from the value specified with the
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE object.
• Data(0) The first array data

• Data(n-1) The n-th array data

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If the data size is not specified, an error occurs when executed.

Table 7-14 Variable (Vnum)

Vnum

Description Array number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 10

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Examples Dim VnumData As Variant

Dim VnumSize As Long
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(1).SIZE = 4
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(1).DATA = Array(1.0,2.0,3.0,4.0)
VnumData = PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(1).DATA
Dim VnumData1 As Variant
Dim VnumData2 As Variant
Dim VnumSize As Long
VnumData1(0) = 1.0
VnumData1(1) = 2.0

Chapter 7 459
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA

VnumData1(2) = 3.0
VnumData1(3) = 4.0
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(2).SIZE = 4
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(2).DATA = VnumData1
VnumData2 = PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(2).DATA

Related objects SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE on page 461

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA on page 462
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA on page 463
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA on page 464

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

460 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE = Value

Value = SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE

Description Specifies the data size of the array type user defined variable. Up to ten (1-10) areas can be

7. COM Object Reference

used for the user defined variables.

NOTE Turning off the powerof the instrument initializes the user defined variables, while
executing the preset command does not initialize them.

Variable

Value

Description The value of data size

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 40002

Preset value 402

Resolution 1

For information on the variable (Vnum), see Table 7-14, “Variable (Vnum),” on page 459.

Examples Dim VnumSize As Long

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(1).SIZE = 32
VnumSize = PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(1).SIZE

Related objects SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA on page 459

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 461
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA = Value

Value = SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA

Description Specifies the double precision floating point type user defined variable. Up to ten (1-10)
areas can be used for the user defined variables.

NOTE Turning off the powerof the instrument initializes the user defined variables, while
executing the preset command does not initialize them.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the double precision floating point type

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Compliant with the double precision floating point type

Preset value 0

For information on the variable (Vnum), see Table 7-14, “Variable (Vnum),” on page 459.

Examples Dim VnumDoub As Double

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(1).DATA = 1500.23
VnumDoub = PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(1).DATA

Related objects SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA on page 463

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA on page 464

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

462 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA = Value

Value = SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA

Description Specifies the user defined long integer variable. Up to ten (1-10) areas can be used for the

7. COM Object Reference

user defined variables.

NOTE Turning off the power of the instrument initializes the user defined variables, while
executing the preset command does not initialize them.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the long integer type

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range Compliant with the long integer type

Preset value 0

For information on the variable (Vnum), see Table 7-14, “Variable (Vnum),” on page 459.

Examples Dim VnumLong As Long

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(1).DATA = 250
VnumLong = PROGram.VARiable.LONG(1).DATA

Related objects SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA on page 462

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA on page 464

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 463
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA = Param

Param = SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA

Description Specifies the user defined character string type variable. Up to ten (1-10) areas can be used
for the user defined variables.

NOTE Turning off the power of the instrument initializes the user defined variables, while
executing the preset command does not initialize them.

Variable

Param

Description The value of the character string type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Compliant with the character string type

Preset value ""

For information on the variable (Vnum), see Table 7-14, “Variable (Vnum),” on page 459.

Examples Dim VnumStr As String

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(1).DATA = "TEST DATA"
VnumStr = PROGram.VARiable.String(1).DATA

Related objects SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA on page 462

SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA on page 463

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

464 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar

Description Resets the data count to 0 used for averaging of channels 1 to 16 (Ch). Measurement data
before the execution of this object is not used for averaging. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).AVERage.CLEar

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt on page 465

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe on page 466

Equivalent key [Avg] - Averaging Restart

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt

Description Sets the averaging factor of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable
Value

Description Averaging factor

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 999

Preset value 16

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AvgCnt As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).AVERage.COUNt = 4
AvgCnt = SCPI.SENSe(1).AVERage.COUNt

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe on page 466

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar on page 465

Equivalent key [Avg] - Avg Factor

Chapter 7 465
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the averaging function of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the averaging function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the averaging function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the averaging function.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Avg As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).AVERage.STATe = True
Avg = SCPI.SENSe(1).AVERage.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt on page 465

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar on page 465

Equivalent key [Avg] - Averaging

466 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution

Description Sets the IF bandwidth of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

This object provides the same function as the SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution
object.

Variable

Value

Description IF bandwidth

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 10 to 100000

Preset value 70000

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution In steps of 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim IfBw As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).BANDwidth.RESolution = 1.5E3
IfBw = SCPI.SENSe(1).BANDwidth.RESolution

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution on page 468

Equivalent key [Avg] - IF Bandwidth

Chapter 7 467
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution

Description Sets the IF bandwidth of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

This object provides the same function as the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution object.

Variable

Value

Description IF bandwidth

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 10 to 100000

Preset value 70000

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution In steps of 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim IfBw As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).BWIDth.RESolution = 1.5E3
IfBw = SCPI.SENSe(1).BWIDth.RESolution

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution on page 467

Equivalent key [Avg] - IF Bandwidth

468 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar
Type of object Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), clears the error coefficient for calibration when the frequency
offset feature is off. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.CLEar

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar on page 566

Equivalent key [Cal] - Clear - OK

Chapter 7 469
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA (Str, Int1 , Int2) = Array

Array = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA (Str, Int1, Int2 )

Description Reads out/write the calibration coefficient data for specified channel.
When the calibration factor is interpolated, the interpolated calibration coefficient array is
read. Similarly, when the calibration factor is not interpolated, a non-interpolated
calibration coefficient array is read.
After writing the calibration coefficient array, the written value becomes effective only
after the (SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE) command is executed.

Variable

Array

Description Indicates the array data (corrected data array) of NOP (number of measurement points)×2.
Where n is an integer between 1 and NOP.
• Data(n×2-2) Real part of data (complex number) at the n-th measurement point.
• Data(n×2-1) Imaginary part of data (complex number) at the n-th measurement
point.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Str

Description Calibration type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"ES" Source match
•"ER" Reflection tracking
•"ED" Directivity
•"EL" Load match
•"ET" Transmission tracking
•"EX" Isolation

Int1

Description Response port

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 4

Note If ES, ER, or ED is used, the response port and the stimulus port must be the same, while
EL, ET, or EX is used, the response port and the stimulus port must be different.

470 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA

Int2

Description Stimulus port

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 4

Note If ES, ER, or ED is used, the response port and the stimulus port must be the same, while
EL, ET, or EX is used, the response port and the stimulus port must be different.

7. COM Object Reference

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples DIM Array(200) As Variant

Array = SCPI.SENs(1).CORRection.COEFficient("EL", 1, 2)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERESponse on page 472

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN on
page 473
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.SHORt on
page 473
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU on
page 474
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT1 on page 475
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2 on page 476
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3 on page 477
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT4 on page 478
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on page 541
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 471
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERESponse

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERE
Sponse
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERESponse = Ports

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to the enhanced response calibration
between the two specified ports when the calibration coefficient data array is written with
the SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA command. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies the response port.
• Ports(1) Specifies the stimulus port.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note For each parameter, you must specify a different port number. If you specify the same port
number for 2 or more parameters, an error occurs and the command is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim ERESPort(1) As Variant

ERESPort(0) = 1
ERESPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERESponse = ERESPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

472 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RES
Ponse.OPEN
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN = Port

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to the response calibration (open) of

7. COM Object Reference

the specified port when the calibration coefficient data array is written with the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA command. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481, respectively.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN = 1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RES
Ponse.SHORt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.SHORt = Port

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to the response calibration (short) of
the specified port when the calibration coefficient data array is written with the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA command. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481 and , respectively.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.SHORt = 1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 473
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RES
Ponse.THRU
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU = Ports

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to the response calibration (open)
between the two specified ports when the calibration coefficient data array is written with
the SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA command. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481, respectively.

Examples (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU =

Array(2, 1)

Examples (2) Dim ThruPort(1) As Variant

ThruPort(0) = 2
ThruPort(1) = 1
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU =
ThruPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

474 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT1

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOL
T1
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT1 = Port

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to the 1-port calibration of the

7. COM Object Reference

specified port when the calibration coefficient data array is written with the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA command. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481 and , respectively.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORREction.COEFficient.METHod.SLOT1 = 1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 475
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOL
T2
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2 = Ports

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to full 2-port calibration between the
two specified ports when the calibration coefficient data array is written with the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA command. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for full 2-port calibration.
• Ports(1) Specifies the other port for full 2-port calibration.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note For each parameter, you must specify a different port number. If you specify the same port
number for 2 or more parameters, an error occurs and the command is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2 = Array(1, 2)

Examples (2) Dim CalPort(1) As Variant

CalPort(0) = 1
CalPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2 = CalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

476 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOL
T3
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3 = Ports

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to full 3-port calibration between the

7. COM Object Reference

three specified ports when the calibration coefficient data array is written with the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA command. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 3-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for full 3-port calibration.
• Ports(1) Specifies a port for full 3-port calibration.
• Ports(2) Specifies a port for full 3-port calibration.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note For each parameter, you must specify a different port number. If you specify the same port
number for 2 or more parameters, an error occurs and the command is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3 = Array(1, 2, 3)

Examples (2) Dim CalPort(2) As Variant

CalPort(0) = 1
CalPort(1) = 2
CalPort(2) = 3
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3 = CalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 477
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT4

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOL
T4
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT4 = Ports

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to full 4-port calibration when the
calibration coefficient data array is written with the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA command. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 4-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for full 4-port calibration.
• Ports(1) Specifies a port for full 4-port calibration.
• Ports(2) Specifies a port for full 4-port calibration.
• Ports(3) Specifies a port for full 4-port calibration.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note For each parameter, you must specify a different port number. If you specify the same port
number for 2 or more parameters, an error occurs and the command is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT4 = Array(1, 2, 3,

4)

Examples (2) Dim CalPort(3) As Variant

CalPort(0) = 1
CalPort(1) = 2
CalPort(2) = 3
CalPort(3) = 4
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFfient.METHod.SLOT4 = CalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

478 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE

Description From the writing calibration data, enables the calibration coefficients depending on the
selected calibration type.

7. COM Object Reference

Enabling the calibration coefficients clears all calibration data regardless of whether the
data are used for the calculation and also clears the calibration type selections.
If you execute this command before all calibration data needed for calculating the
calibration coefficients are written, an error occurs and the command is ignored. (No Read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

Dim Data(3) as Variant
Data(0) = -1.123
Data(1) = 2.456
Data(2) = -2.249
Data(3) = 2.608
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU =
Array(2, 1)
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient("ET", 2, 1) = Data
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERESponse on page 472
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN on
page 473
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.SHORt on
page 473
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU on
page 474
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT1 on page 475
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2 on page 476
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3 on page 477
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT4 on page 478
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on page 541
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 479
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. ISOLation

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.
ISOLation
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.ISOLation = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the isolation from the specified
stimulus port to the specified response port. (No read)

Variable

Table 7-15 Variable (Ports)

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies the response port number.

• Ports(1) Specifies the stimulus port number.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 port numbers, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.ISOLation = Array(1,2)
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Dim IsPort(1) As Variant

Dim Dmy As Long
IsPort(0) = 1
IsPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.ISOLation = IsPort
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response (Thru) - Isolation (Optional)

[Cal] - Calibrate - n-Port Cal - Isolation (Optional) - Port m-n Isol

480 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD = Port

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the load standard for the
specified port. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Table 7-16 Variable (Port)

Port

Description Port number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD = 1
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response (Open)|Response (Short) - Load (Optional)

[Cal] - Calibrate - 1-Port Cal - Load

[Cal] - Calibrate - n-Port Cal - Reflection - Port m Load

Chapter 7 481
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN = Port

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the open standard for the
specified port. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481, respectively.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN = 1
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response (Open)|1-Port Cal - Open

[Cal] - Calibrate - n-Port Cal - Reflection - Port m Open

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. SHORt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt = Port

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the short standard for the
specified port. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481, respectively.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt = 1
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response (Short)|1-Port Cal - Short

[Cal] - Calibrate - n-Port Cal - Reflection - Port m Short

482 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClass

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClas
s
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClass = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClass

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the short standard for the
specified port. (No read)
For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the standard subclass for the calibration.

Variable

Value

Description The setting number of the standard subclass for the calibration.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 8
Preset value 25

Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Subc As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClass = 3
Subc = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClass

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 483
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the thru standard from the
specified stimulus port to the specified response port. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Ports), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-15, “Variable (Ports),” on page 480, respectively.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Array(2,1)
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Dim ThruPort(1) As Variant

Dim Dmy As Long
ThruPort(0) = 2
ThruPort(1) = 1
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = ThruPort
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response (Thru) - Thru

[Cal] - Calibrate - n-Port Cal - Transmission - Port m-n Thru

484 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine = Ports

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), executes LINE or MATCH measurement of the TRL calibration
for the selected calibration kit.

7. COM Object Reference

(No Read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies the response port.
• Ports(1) Specifies the stimulus port.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note For each parameter, you must specify a different port number. If you specify the same port
number for 2 or more parameters, an error occurs and the command is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine = Array(1,2)
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Dim Trll(1) As Variant

Dim Dmy As Long
Trll(0) = 1
Trll(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine = Trll
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. TRLReflect on page 486

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru on page 487

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 2-Port TRL Cal - Line/Match - x-y Line/Match|x-y Fwd (Syx)|x-y Rvs
(Sxy)

[Cal] - Calibrate - 3-Port TRL Cal - Line/Match - x-y Line/Match|x-y Fwd (Syx)|x-y Rvs
(Sxy)|x-z Line/Match|x-z Fwd (Szx)|x-z Rvs (Sxz)|y-z Line/Match|y-z Fwd (Szy)|y-z Rvs
(Syz)

[Cal] - Calibrate - 4-Port TRL Cal - Line/Match - x-y Line/Match|x-y Fwd (Syx)|x-y Rvs
(Sxy) - x-z Line/Match|x-z Fwd (Szx)|x-z Rvs (Sxz) - x-w Line/Match|x-w Fwd (Swx)|x-w
Rvs (Sxw) - y-z Line/Match|y-z Fwd (Szy)|y-z Rvs (Syz) - y-w Line/Match|y-w Fwd
(Swy)|y-w Rvs (Syw) - z-w Line/Match|z-w Fwd (Swz)|z-w Rvs (Szw)

Chapter 7 485
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. TRLReflect

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.
TRLReflect
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLReflect = Port

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), executes the reflection measurement of the TRL calibration for
the selected calibration kit.(No Read)

Variable

Port

Description Port number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLReflect = 1
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine on page 485

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru on page 487

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 2-Port TRL Cal - Reflect - Portx Reflect|Porty Reflect

[Cal] - Calibrate - 3-Port TRL Cal - Reflect - Portx Reflect|Porty Reflect|Portz Reflect
[Cal] - Calibrate - 4-Port TRL Cal - Reflect - Portx Reflect|Porty Reflect|Portz
Reflect|Portw Reflect

486 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThr
u
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru = Ports

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), executes the THRU measurement of the TRL calibration for the

7. COM Object Reference

selected calibration kit.(No Read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies the response port.
• Ports(1) Specifies the stimulus port.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note For each parameter, you must specify a different port number. If you specify the same port
number for 2 or more parameters, an error occurs and the command is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru = Array(1,2)
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Dim Trlt(1) As Variant

Dim Dmy As Long
Trlt(0) = 1
Trlt(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru = Trlt
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine on page 485

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. TRLReflect on page 486

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 2-Port TRL Cal - Thru/Line - Port x-y Thru

[Cal] - Calibrate - 3-Port TRL Cal - Thru/Line - Port x-y Thru|Port x-z Thru|Port y-z Thru

[Cal] - Calibrate - 4-Port TRL Cal - Thru/Line - Port x-y Thru|Port x-z Thru|Port x-w
Thru|Port y-z Thru|Port y-w Thru|Port z-w Thru

Chapter 7 487
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LENGth

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LEN
Gth
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LENGth = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LENGth

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch) and for the selected port 1 to 4 (Pt), sets the approximate length
of the adapter.

Variable

Value

Description Adapter length

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -10 to 10

Preset value 0 (AUTO)

Unit s (second)

Note Adapter length is positive for adapter removal and negative for adapter insertion.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), see Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Examples Dim AdapLen As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(2).LENGth = 0.01
AdapLen = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(2).LENGth

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ADAPter.REMoval on page 534

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Adapter Removal - Adapter Length

488 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel = Lbl

Lbl = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel

Description Sets a calibration kit name for the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Lbl

Description Calibration kit name

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value Varies depending on the calibration kit number.

• 1: “85033E”

• 2: “85033D”

• 3: “85052D”

• 4: “85032F”
• 5: “85032B”

• 6: “85036B/E”

• 7: “85031B”

• 8: “85050C/D”

• 9: “85052C”

• 10 to 20: “User”

Examples Dim CalLbl As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel = "User 1"
CalLbl = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Label Kit

Chapter 7 489
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
LOAD(Cpt)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.LOAD(Cpt) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.LOAD(Cpt)

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the standard used for the
load measurement of the specified port (Cpt).

Variable

Table 7-17 Variable (Cpt)

Cpt

Description Port number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

NOTE Since the variable (Cpt) has no preset value, you cannot omit it. If you omit the variable
(Cpt), an error occurs when executed.

Value

Description Standard number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 21

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim StanLoad As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.LOAD(1) = 10
StanLoad = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.LOAD(1)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 497

490 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 499

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Specify CLSs - Load - Set All|Port 1|Port 2|Port 3|Port 4

7. COM Object Reference

Chapter 7 491
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
OPEN(Cpt)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.OPEN(Cpt) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.OPEN(Cpt)

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the standard used for the
open measurement of the specified port (Cpt).

Variable

Value

Description Standard number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 21

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Cpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-17, “Variable (Cpt),” on page 490, respectively.

NOTE Since the variable (Cpt) has no preset value, you cannot omit it. If you omit the variable
(Cpt), an error occurs when executed.

Examples Dim StanOpen As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.OPEN(1) = 10
StanOpen = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.OPEN(1)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 497
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 499

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Specify CLSs - Open - Port 1|Port 2|Port 3|Port 4

492 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
SELect
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SELect = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SELect

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets a subclass of the standard for the calibration for channel 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description The number of the standard subclass for the calibration.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 8

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim CKitSel As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SELect = 3
CKitSel = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SELect

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 497
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 499

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Specify CLSs - Sub Class - Sub Class 1|•••|Sub Class 8

Chapter 7 493
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
SHORt(Cpt)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SHORt(Cpt) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SHORt(Cpt)

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the standard used for the
short measurement of the specified port (Cpt).

Variable

Value

Description Standard number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 21

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Cpt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-17, “Variable (Cpt),” on page 490, respectively.

NOTE Since the variable (Cpt) has no preset value, you cannot omit it. If you omit the variable
(Cpt), an error occurs when executed.

Examples Dim StanShor As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SHORt(1) = 10
StanShor = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SHORt(1)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 497
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 499

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Specify CLSs - Short - Port 1|Port 2|Port 3|Port 4

494 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the standard used for the
thru measurement between the specified 2 ports (Cpt_m and Cpt_n).

Variable

Table 7-18 Variable (Cpt_m, Cpt_n)

Cpt_m, Cpt_n

Description Port number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

NOTE Since the variables (Cpt_m and Cpt_n) have no preset value, you cannot omit them. If you
omit the variables (Cpt_m and Cpt_n) or if you specify the same port number to 2 port
numbers, an error occurs when executed. Notice that when you specify 2 ports with the
variables (Cpt_m and Cpt_n), the order of the 2 port numbers is arbitrary.

Value

Description Standard number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 21

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim StanThru As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.THRU(1,2) = 10
StanThru = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.THRU(1,2)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on

Chapter 7 495
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)

page 497
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 499

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Specify CLSs - Thru - Port 1-2|Port 1-3|Port 1-4|Port 2-3|Port
2-4|Port 3-4

496 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channel 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the standard used for the
line measurement of TRL calibration between the specified 2 ports (Cpt_m and Cpt_n).
If the standard number is 0, the standard is invalid for the subclass.

Variable

Value

Description Standard number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 21

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Cpt_m and Cpt_n), see Table 7-6,
“Variable (Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-18, “Variable (Cpt_m, Cpt_n),” on page 495,
respectively.

Examples Dim StanTrll As Long

SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLLine(1,2) = 10
StanTrll = SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLLine(1,2)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 499

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Specify CLSs - TRL Line/Match - Set All|Port 1-2|Port 1-3|Port
1-4|Port 2-3|Port 2-4|Port 3-4

Chapter 7 497
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
TRLReflect
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLreflect = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLreflect

Description For the calibration kit selected for channel 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the standard used for the
reflection measurement of the TRL calibration between the specified 2 ports.
If the standard number is 0, the standard is invalid for the subclass.

Variable

Value

Description Standard number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 21

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim StanTrlr As Long

SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLReflect = 5
StanTrlr = SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLReflect

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 497
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 499

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Specify CLSs - TRL Reflect

498 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.
TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channel 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the standard used for the
line measurement of TRL calibration between the specified 2 ports (Cpt_m and Cpt_n).
For the calibration kit selected for channel 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the standard used for the
THRU measurement of the TRL calibration between the specified 2 ports (Cpt_m and
Cpt_n).
If the standard number is 0, the standard is invalid for the subclass.

Variable

Value

Description Standard number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 21

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Cpt_m and Cpt_n), see Table 7-6,
“Variable (Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-18, “Variable (Cpt_m, Cpt_n),” on page 495,
respectively.

Examples Dim StanTrlt As Long

SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLThru(1,2) = 3
StanTrlt = SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.TRLThru(1,2)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 497
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Specify CLSs - TRL Thru - Set All|Port 1-2|Port 1-3|Port 1-4|Port
2-3|Port 2-4|Port 3-4

Chapter 7 499
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.RESet

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.RESet
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.RESet

Description Resets the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch) to the factory setting state. (No
read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.RESet

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect

Description Selects the calibration kit of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Number of calibration kit*1

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 10

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

*1.The numbers of 1 to 10 assigned from the top to the calibration kit names displayed on
the softkey labels when performing [Cal] - Cal Kit.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim CalKit As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect = 3
CalKit = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493

500 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 497
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on

7. COM Object Reference

page 499
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).DELay on page 508

Equivalent key [Cal] - Cal Kit

Chapter 7 501
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).ARBitrary

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).A
RBitrary
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).ARBitrary = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).ARBitrary

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the arbitrary
impedance of the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Table 7-19 Variable (Std)

Std

Description Standard number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 21

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Value

Description Value of arbitrary impedance

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit Ω (ohm)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim StanArbt As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).ARBitrary = 50.5
StanArbt = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).ARBitrary

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - Arb. Impedance

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

502 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C0

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C
0
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C0 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C0

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the CO value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description C0

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit fF (femto farad): 1E-15 F (farad)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanC0 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).C0 = 12.3
StanC0 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).C0

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - C0

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

Chapter 7 503
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C1

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C
1
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C1 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C1

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the C1 value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description C1

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit 1E-27 F/Hz (1E-27 farad / hertz)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanC1 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).C1 = 12.3
StanC1 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).C1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - C1

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

504 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C
2
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C2 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C2

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the C2 value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description C2

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit 1E-36 F/Hz2 (1E-36 farad /hertz2)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanC2 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).C2 = 12.3
StanC2 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).C2

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - C2

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

Chapter 7 505
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C3

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C
3
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C3 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).C3

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the C3 value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description C3

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit 1E-45 F/Hz3 (1E-45 farad / hertz3)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanC3 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).C3 = 12.3
StanC3 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).C3

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - C3

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

506 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std). CHARacter

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).
CHARacter
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).CHARacter = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).CHARacter

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the C3 value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).
For the standard 1 to 21 (Std) selected for the channel 1 to 16 (Ch), set the media type.

Variable

Param

Description Select media type of standard.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"COAXial" Selects coaxial as the media type.

•"WAVeguide" Selects waveguide as the media type.

Preset value "COAXial"

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanChar As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).SENSe.CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN.CHARacter =
"WAVeguide"
StanChar = SCPI.SENSe.CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN.CHARacter

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).DELay on page 508

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - Media

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

Chapter 7 507
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).DELay

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).D
ELay
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).DELay = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).DELay

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the offset delay
of the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description Offset delay

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanDel As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).DELay = 12.3
StanDel = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).DELay

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std). CHARacter on page 507

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - Offset Delay

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

508 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMAXimum

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std)
.FMAXimum
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).FMAXimum = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).FMAXimum

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the stop frequency
of the standard 1 to 21 (Std).

NOTE When media type of standard is “Waveguide", sets the stop frequency of the cutoff
frequency.

Variable

Value

Description Stop frequency of the selected standard.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 999E9

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit Hz (hertz)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanFMax As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).FMAXimum = 13.2E9
StanFMax = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).FMAXimum

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMINimum on page 510

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - Max. Frequency

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

Chapter 7 509
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMINimum

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std)
.FMINimum
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).FMINimum = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).FMINimum

Description For the calibration kit selected for channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the stop frequency
of the standard 1 to 21 (Std).
For the standard 1 to 21 (Std) selected for channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the start
frequency.

NOTE When media type of standard is “Waveguide", sets the stop frequency of the cutoff
frequency.

Variable

Value

Description Start frequency of the selected standard.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 999E9

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit Hz (hertz)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanFMin As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).FMINimum = 600E6
StanFMax = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).FMINimum

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMAXimum on page 509

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - Min. Frequency

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

510 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L0

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L
0
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L0 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L0

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the L0 value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description L0

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit pH (pico henry)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanL0 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).L0 = 12.3
StanL0 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).L0

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - L0

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

Chapter 7 511
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L1

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L
1
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L1 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L1

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the L1 value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description L1

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit 1E-24 H/Hz (1E-24 henry / hertz)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanL1 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).L1 = 12.3
StanL1 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).L1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - L1

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

512 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L
2
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L2 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L2

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the L2 value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description L2

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit 1E-33 H/Hz2 (1E-33 henry / hertz2)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanL2 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).L2 = 12.3
StanL2 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).L2

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - L2

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

Chapter 7 513
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L3

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L
3
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L3 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L3

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the L3 value of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description L3

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit 1E-42 H/Hz3 (1E-42 henry / hertz3)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanL3 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).L3 = 12.3
StanL3 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).L3

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - L3

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

514 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LABel

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L
ABel
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LABel = Lbl

Lbl = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LABel

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the name of the standards 1 to
21 (Std).

Variable

Lbl

Description Standard name

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanLbl As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).LABel = "OPEN 3.5mm"
StanLbl = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).LABel

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - Label

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

Chapter 7 515
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LOSS

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).L
OSS
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LOSS = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).LOSS

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the offset loss of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description Offset loss

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit Ω/s (ohm/second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanLoss As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).LOSS = 12.3
StanLoss = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).LOSS

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - Offset Loss

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

516 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).TYPE

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).T
YPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).TYPE = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).TYPE

7. COM Object Reference

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the standard type of the
standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Param

Description Standard type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"OPEN" Specifies open.

•"SHORt" Specifies short.

•"LOAD" Specifies load.

•"THRU" Specifies thru.

•"UTHR" Specifies unknown thru.

•"ARBI" Specifies arbitrary impedance.

•"NONE" Specifies DUT of which theoretical value is 0.

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanType As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).TYPE = "OPEN"
StanType = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).TYPE

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - STD Type

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

Chapter 7 517
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).Z0

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).Z
0
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).Z0 = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).Z0

Description For the calibration kit selected for channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the value of the offset Z0 of
the standards 1 to 21 (Std).

Variable

Value

Description Offset Z0

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E18 to 1E18

Preset value Varies depending on the specified calibration kit and standard.

Unit Ω (ohm)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Std), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-19, “Variable (Std),” on page 502, respectively.

Examples Dim StanZ0 As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).Z0 = 50
StanZ0 = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(5).Z0

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect on page 500

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - Define STDs - no. name*1 - Offset Z0

*1.no: standard number (1 to 21), name: standard name (variable)

518 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption. IMPedance

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.
IMPedance
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.IMPedance = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.IMPedance

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch). selects the reference impedance during the TRL calibration.

Variable

Param

Description Selects the reference impedance during the TRL calibration.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"SYSTem" Calculate the error coefficients by setting the system impedance to

the reference impedance.

•"LINE" Calculate the error coefficients by setting the characteristic

impedance of the line standard to the reference impedance.

Preset value "SYSTem"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TrlImp As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.IMPedance = “LINE“
TrlImp = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.IMPedance

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption. RPLane on page 520

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - TRL Option - Impedance

Chapter 7 519
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption. RPLane

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.
RPLane
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.RPLane = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.RPLane

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch). selects the calculation method of the calibration plane.

Variable

Param

Description Selects the calculation method of the calibration plane.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"THRU" Uses the length of the THRU and LINE standard to calculate the
calibration plane.

•"REFLect" Uses the reflection coefficient of the reflection standard to

calculate the calibration plane.

Preset value "THRU"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim TrlRpl As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.RPLane =
“REFLect“
TrlRpl = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption.RPLane

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption. IMPedance on page 519

Equivalent key [Cal] - Modify Cal Kit - TRL Option - Reference Plane

520 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar
Type of object Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), clears the calibration measurement data when the frequency
offset feature is off. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Settings that have been temporarily changed due to measurement for each standard
(number of traces, measurement parameters, and so on) return to their original values.

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Responce(Open) - Cancel - OK

[Cal] - Calibrate - Responce(Short) - Cancel - OK

[Cal] - Calibrate - Responce(Thru) - Cancel - OK

[Cal] - Calibrate - 1-Port Cal - Cancel - OK

[Cal] - Calibrate - 2-Port Cal - Cancel - OK

[Cal] - Calibrate - 3-Port Cal - Cancel - OK

[Cal] - Calibrate - 4-Port Cal - Cancel - OK

Chapter 7 521
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.CCHeck. ACQuire

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.CCHeck.
ACQuire
Type of object Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.CCHeck.ACQuire

Description Using ECal (Electronic Calibration), executes the confidence check of the calibration
coefficients for channels 1 to 16 (Ch) (sets the data measured with the analyzer and the data
stored in ECal so that they can be compared).
If you execute this object when the ECal module is not connected or when ports are not
connected each other appropriately, a runtime error occurs. (No read)

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.CCHeck.ACQuire

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - Confidence Check

522 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESponse

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESponse
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESponse = Eports

Description Executes enhanced response calibration between the two specified ports of channel 1 to
channel 16 using the ECal (Electrical Calibration) module.

7. COM Object Reference

If you execute this command when the ECal module is not connected, an error occurs and
the command is ignored. (No read)

Variable

Eports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• EPorts(0) Specifies the response port.
• EPorts(1) Specifies the stimulus port.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note For each parameter, you must specify a different port number. If you specify the same port
number for 2 or more parameters, an error occurs and the command is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim ERESPort(1) As Variant

ERESPort(0) = 1
ERESPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESponse = ERESPort

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - Enhanced Response - 2-1 (S21 S11)|3-1 (S31 S11)|...|3-4 (S34 S44)

Chapter 7 523
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.
STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.STATe

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the isolation measurement when executing Ecal
(Electronic Calibration).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the isolation measurement when executing ECal

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the isolation measurement.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the isolation measurement.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EcalIso As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.STATe = True
EcalIso = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLation.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 on page 527

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2 on page 528
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3 on page 529
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4 on page 530

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - Isolation

524 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation .STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentatio
n .STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description Turns ON/OFF the ECal auto detect funcion.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF the ECal auto detect funcion.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the auto detect function.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the auto detect function.
Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EcalOri As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation.STATe = True
EcalOri = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt) on page 526

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed. PORT(Pt).TYPE on
page 241

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - Orientation

Chapter 7 525
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt)
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe.CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt)

Description Specify the ECal module n port number which is connected to a specified port.

Variable

Value

Description Port of ECal module.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range One of the following is read out.

•0 Nothing is connected.

•1 Port A is connected.

•2 Port B is connected.
•3 Port C is connected.

•4 Port D is connected.

For information on the variable (Cpt), see Table 7-17, “Variable (Cpt),” on page 490.

Examples Dim ECalPort As Long

SCPI.SENSe.CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(1) = 3
ECalPort = SCPI.SENSe.CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(1)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation .STATe on page 525

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

526 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 = Eport

Description Executes 1-port calibration of the specified port of channels 1 to 16 (Ch) using the ECal
(Electronic Calibration) module.

7. COM Object Reference

If you execute this object when the ECal module is not connected, an error occurs when
executed and the object is ignored. (No read)

Variable

Eport

Description Port number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 = 1

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - 1-Port Cal - Port 1|Port 2|Port 3|Port 4

Chapter 7 527
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2 = Eports

Description Executes full 2-port calibration between the specified 2 ports of channels 1 to 16 (Ch)
using the ECal (Electronic Calibration) module.
If you execute this object when the ECal module is not connected, an error occurs when
executed and the object is ignored. (No read)

Variable

Eports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• EPorts(0)
EPorts(1) Specifies the port numbers for 2-port ECal.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 port numbers, an error occurs when executed. the
order of the 2 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2 = Array(1,2)

Dim EcalPort(1) As Variant

EcalPort(0) = 1
EcalPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2 = EcalPort

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - 2-Port Cal - Port 1-2|Port 1-3|Port 1-4|Port 2-3|Port 2-4|Port 3-4

528 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3 = Eports

Description Executes full 3-port calibration between the specified 3 ports of channels 1 to 16 (Ch)
using the ECal (Electronic Calibration) module.

7. COM Object Reference

If you execute this object when the 4-port ECal module is not connected, an error occurs
when executed and the object is ignored. (No read)

Variable

Eports

Description Indicates 3-element array data (port number).

• EPorts(0)
EPorts(1)
EPorts(2) Specifies the port numbers for 3-port ECal.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to more than 2 port numbers, an error occurs when
executed. the order of the 3 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3 = Array(1,2,3)

Dim EcalPort(2) As Variant

EcalPort(0) = 1
EcalPort(1) = 2
EcalPort(2) = 3
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3 = EcalPort

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - 3-Port Cal - Port 1-2-3|Port 1-2-4|Port 1-3-4|Port 2-3-4

Chapter 7 529
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4 = Eports

Description Executes full 4-port calibration for channels 1 to 16 (Ch) using the ECal (Electronic
Calibration) module.
If you execute this object when the 4-port ECal module is not connected, an error occurs
when executed and the object is ignored. (No read)

Variable

Eports

Description Indicates 4-element array data (port number).

• EPorts(0)
EPorts(1)
EPorts(2)
EPorts(3) Specifies the port numbers for 4-port ECal.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to more than 2 port numbers, an error occurs when
executed. the order of the 4 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4 = Array(1,2,3,4)

Dim EcalPort(3) As Variant

EcalPort(0) = 1
EcalPort(1) = 2
EcalPort(2) = 3
EcalPort(3) = 4
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4 = EcalPort

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - 4-Port Cal

530 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU = Eports

Description Executes response calibration (thru) between the specified 2 ports of channels 1 to 16 (Ch)
using the ECal (Electronic Calibration) module.

7. COM Object Reference

If you execute this object when the ECal module is not connected, an error occurs when
executed and the object is ignored. (No read)

Variable

Eports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies the response port number.

• Ports(1) Specifies the stimulus port number.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 port numbers, an error occurs when executed. the
order of the 2 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU = Array(1,2)

Dim EcalPort(1) As Variant

EcalPort(0) = 1
EcalPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU = EcalPort

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - Thru Cal - 2-1 (S21)|3-1 (S31)|4-1 (S41)|1-2 (S12)|3-2 (S32)| 4-2 (S42)|
1-3 (S13)|2-3 (S23)|4-3 (S43)|1-4 (S14)|2-4 (S24)|3-4 (S34)

Chapter 7 531
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar = Param

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), selects the ECal characteristic used when executing the
user-defined ECal.
The user-defined ECal is a type of ECal that is executed using the characteristic that has
been acquired by the user and stored in the memory for ECal. For more information, refer
to User's Guide.
When the ECal module is not connected or the characteristic is not stored at the specified
location number, executing this object will cause a runtime error.

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable

Param

Description Characteristic used when executing ECal (user characterization)

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"CHAR0" Uses the factory-default characteristic. (Normal ECal)

•"CHAR1" Uses the characteristic stored at location number 1 in the
ECal's flash memory.

•"CHAR2" Uses the characteristic stored at location number 2 in the

ECal's flash memory.

•"CHAR3" Uses the characteristic stored at location number 3 in the

ECal's flash memory.
•"CHAR4" Uses the characteristic stored at location number 4 in the
ECal's flash memory.

•"CHAR5" Uses the characteristic stored at location number 5 in the

ECal's flash memory.

Preset value "CHAR0"

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim UserChar As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar = "CHAR2"
UserChar = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - Characterization - Factory|User1|User2|User3|User4|User5

532 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.ST
ATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.UTHRu.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the unknown thru calibration when executing
Ecal (Electronic Calibration).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the unknown thru calibration when executing ECal

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the unknown thru calibration.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the unknown thru calibration.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim EcalUthr As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.STATe = True
EcalUthr = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.STATe

Equivalent key [Cal] - ECal - Unknown Thru

Chapter 7 533
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ADAPter.REMoval

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ADAPte
r.REMoval
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ADAPter.REMoval = Port

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the specified port of the adapter removal. (No read)

Variable

Port

Description Port number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note You need to execute full n-port calibration in advance.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AdapRem As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ADAPter.REMoval = 2

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LENGth on page 488

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Adapter Removal - Select Port

534 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESponse

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESpo
nse
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESponse = Ports

Description For channel 1 to channel 16 , sets the calibration type to the enhanced response calibration

7. COM Object Reference

between the two specified ports. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies the response port.
• Ports(1) Specifies the stimulus port.
The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note For each parameter, you must specify a different port number. If you specify the same port
number for 2 or more parameters, an error occurs and the command is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim ERESPort(1) As Variant

ERESPort(0) = 1
ERESPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESponse = ERESPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Enhanced Response - Select Ports - 2-1 (S21 S11)|3-1 (S31
S11)|...|3-4 (S34 S44)

Chapter 7 535
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.OPEN

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.
RESPonse.OPEN
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN = Port

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the response calibration (open) of the
specified port. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481, respectively.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN = 1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response (Open) - Select Port

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.
RESPonse.SHORt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPonse.SHORt = Port

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the response calibration (short) of the
specified port. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481, respectively.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPonse.SHORt = 1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response (Short) - Select Port

536 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.THRU

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.
RESPonse.THRU
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPonse.THRU = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the response calibration (thru)

7. COM Object Reference

between the specified 2 ports. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Ports), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-15, “Variable (Ports),” on page 480, respectively.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPonse.THRU = Array(2,1)

Dim ThruPort(1) As Variant

ThruPort(0) = 2
ThruPort(1) = 1
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPonse.THRU = ThruPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response (Thru) - Select Ports

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT1
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 = Port

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the 1-port calibration of the specified
port. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Port), see Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-16, “Variable (Port),” on page 481, respectively.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 = 1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 1-Port Cal - Select Port

Chapter 7 537
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT2
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT2 = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the full 2-port calibration between the
specified 2 ports. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for full 2-port calibration.

• Ports(1) Specifies the other port for full 2-port calibration.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 port numbers, an error occurs when executed. The
order of the 2 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT2 = Array(1,2)

Dim CalPort(1) As Variant

CalPort(0) = 1
CalPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT2 = CalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 2-Port Cal - Select Ports

538 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT3

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT3
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT3 = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the full 3-port calibration between the
specified 3 ports. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 3-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for full 3-port calibration.

• Ports(1) Specifies a port for full 3-port calibration.

• Ports(2) Specifies a port for full 3-port calibration.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 or more port numbers, an error occurs when
executed. The order of the 3 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT3 = Array(1,2,3)

Dim CalPort(2) As Variant

CalPort(0) = 1
CalPort(1) = 2
CalPort(2) = 3
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT3 = CalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 3-Port Cal - Select Ports

Chapter 7 539
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT4

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT4
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT4 = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the full 4-port calibration. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 4-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for full 4-port calibration.

• Ports(1) Specifies a port for full 4-port calibration.

• Ports(2) Specifies a port for full 4-port calibration.

• Ports(3) Specifies a port for full 4-port calibration.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 or more port numbers, an error occurs when
executed. The order of the 4 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT4 = Array(1,2,3,4)

Dim CalPort(3) As Variant

CalPort(0) = 1
CalPort(1) = 2
CalPort(2) = 3
CalPort(3) = 4
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT4 = CalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 4-Port Cal

540 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 = Ports

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the TRL calibration between the 2
specified ports. (No Read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 2-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for TRL 2-port calibration.

• Ports(1) Specifies a port for TRL 2-port calibration.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 or more port numbers, an error occurs when
executed. The order of the 2 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 = Array(1,2)

Dim TrlCalPort(1) As Variant

TrlCalPort(0) = 1
TrlCalPort(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 = TrlCalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) on page 585

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 2-Port TRL Cal - Select Ports - 1-2|1-3*1|1-4*2|2-3*1|2-4*2|3-4*2

*1.Only with Options 313, 314, 413, and 414.

*2.Only with Options 413 and 414.

Chapter 7 541
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 = Ports

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the TRL calibration between the 3
specified ports. (No Read)

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 3-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for TRL 3-port calibration.

• Ports(1) Specifies a port for TRL 3-port calibration.

• Ports(2) Specifies a port for TRL 3-port calibration.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 or more port numbers, an error occurs when
executed. The order of the 3 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 = Array(1,2,3)

Dim TrlCalPort(2) As Variant

TrlCalPort(0) = 1
TrlCalPort(1) = 2
TrlCalPort(2) = 3
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 = TrlCalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on page 541
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) on page 585

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 3-Port TRL Cal*1 - Select Ports - 1-2-3|1-2-4*2|1-3-4*2|2-3-4*2

*1.Only with Options 313, 314, 413, and 414.

*2.Only with Options 413 and 414.

542 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CCORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 = Ports

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the calibration type to the TRL calibration between the 4
specified ports. (No Read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Ports

Description Indicates 4-element array data (port number).

• Ports(0) Specifies a port for TRL 4-port calibration.

• Ports(1) Specifies a port for TRL 4-port calibration.

• Ports(2) Specifies a port for TRL 4-port calibration.

• Ports(3) Specifies a port for TRL 4-port calibration.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.
If you specify the same port number to 2 or more port numbers, an error occurs when
executed. The order of the 4 port numbers to be specified is arbitrary.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 = Array(1,2,3,4)

Dim TrlCalPort(3) As Variant

TrlCalPort(0) = 1
TrlCalPort(1) = 2
TrlCalPort(2) = 3
TrlCalPort(3) = 4
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 = TrlCalPort

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on page 541
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) on page 585

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - 4-Port TRL Cal*1

Chapter 7 543
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE

Description Reads out the selected calibration type of channels 1 to 16 (Ch). (Read only)

NOTE This object is used to check the selected calibration type for calculating the calibration
coefficients. To check the applied calibration type (error correction on), use the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) object.

Variable

Param

Description Calibration type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"ERES" The calibration type is the enhanced response calibration.

•"NONE" The calibration type is set to nothing.

•"RESPO" The calibration type is the response calibration (open).

•"RESPS" The calibration type is the response calibration (short).

•"RESPT" The calibration type is the response calibration (thru).

•"SOLT1" The calibration type is the 1-port calibration.

•"SOLT2" The calibration type is the full 2-port calibration.

•"SOLT3" The calibration type is the full 3-port calibration.

•"SOLT4" The calibration type is the full 4-port calibration.

•"TRL2" The calibration type is the TRL 2-port calibration.

•"TRL3" The calibration type is the TRL 3-port calibration.

•"TRL4" The calibration type is the TRL 4-port calibration.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim CalType As String

CalType = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) on page 585

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

*1.Only with Options 413 and 414.

544 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE

Description Used for partial overwrite. From the measured calibration data, recalculates the calibration
coefficients depending on the selected calibration type.

7. COM Object Reference

Calculating the calibration coefficients clears all calibration data regardless of whether
they are used for the calculation and also clears the calibration type selections.
If you execute partial overwrite before selecting the calibration type, an error occurs and
the command is ignored. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - n-Port Cal - Overwrite

Chapter 7 545
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE

Description From the measured calibration data, calculates the calibration coefficients depending on
the calibration type selection.
Calculating the calibration coefficients clears all the measured calibration data whether or
not used for the calculation and also clears the calibration type selection.
If you execute this object before all necessary calibration data for calculating the
calibration coefficients is measured, an error occurs when executed. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPonse.THRU = Array(2,1)
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Array(2,1)
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.OPEN on page 536

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.SHORt on page 536
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. RESPonse.THRU on page 537
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT1 on page 537
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT2 on page 538
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT3 on page 539
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT4 on page 540
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on page 541
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - Response|n-Port Cal - Done

546 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SIMPlified.SAVE

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SIMPlified.SAVE
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SIMPlified.SAVE

Description When the full 3/4 port calibration is selected as the calibration type, calculates the
calibration coefficients for the simple full 3 port calibration or the simple full 4 port
calibration from the measured calibration data.

7. COM Object Reference

If the response calibration or the 1/2 port calibration is selected as the calibration type, this
object provides the same function as the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE object.
After the calibration coefficients are calculated, the measured data and the calibration type
setting are cleared.
If you execute this object before all the necessary calibration data for calculating the
calibration coefficients for the simple full 3 port calibration or the simple full 4 port
calibration is measured, a runtime error occurs. (No read)

NOTE This function is available with the firmware version 3.50 or greater.

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT3 = Array(1,2,3)

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.COLLect.SIMPlified.SAVE

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT3 on page 539

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod. SOLT4 on page 540
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE on page 546

Equivalent key [Cal] - Calibrate - n-Port Cal|n-Port TRL - Done

Chapter 7 547
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the frequency point to calculate the loss value of the auto
port extension.

Variable

Param

Description The frequency point to calculate the loss value of the auto port extension

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"CSPN" Uses the frequency of the current sweep range.

•"AMKR" Use the frequency of the active marker.*1 This is applied

to Loss 1 and Loss 2 is ignored.

•"USPN" This is executed with the arbitrary specified start

frequency and stop frequency.

Preset value "CSPN"

*1.Even if active marker is set to OFF, it turns on automatically.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Conf As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig = "AMKR"
Conf = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Auto Port Extension - Method - Current Span|Active
Marker|User Span

548 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch),enables or disables the usage of DC loss value for the results of

7. COM Object Reference

the auto port extension .

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF the usage of DC loss value for the results of the auto port
extension
Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Uses the DC loss value for the results.

•False or 0 Does not use the DC loss value for the results.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Dcof As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset = True
Dcof = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion on page 269
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Auto Port Extension - Adjust Mismatch

Chapter 7 549
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the loss compensation for the results of the auto
port extension .

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF the loss compensation for the results of the auto port extension
Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the loss compensation

•False or 0 Turns off the loss compensation

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AutoLoss As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS = True
AutoLoss = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Auto Port Extension - Include Loss

550 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the OPEN standard or SHORT

7. COM Object Reference

standard of the auto port extension.

Variable

Param

Description Standard type of the auto port extension

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"OPEN" Measures the calibration data of the OPEN standard

•"SHORt" Measures the calibration data of the SHORT standard

Preset value "SHORt"

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AutoMeas As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure = "OPEN"
AutoLoss = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Auto Port Extension - Measure OPEN|Measure Short-
All|Port 1|Port 2|Port 3|Port 4

Chapter 7 551
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt)
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt)

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the auto port extension.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the auto port extension

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the auto port extension

•False or 0 Turns OFF the auot port extension

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Examples Dim APort As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(1) = True
APort = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(1)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Auto Port Extension - Select Ports - Port 1|Port 2|Port 3|Port
4

552 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), deletes the finished measurement data (OPEN and SHORT).
(No Read)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 553
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the start frequency within the frequency range of the user
specified auto port extension.

Variable

Value

Description Start frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 3.0E9 (for E5070B)

3E5 to 8.5E9 (for E5071B)

Preset value 3E5

Unit Hz (hertz)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AStart As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt = 1E9
AStart = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Auto Port Extension - Method - User Span Start

554 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the stop frequency within the frequency range of the user

7. COM Object Reference

specified auto port extension.

Variable

Value

Description Stop frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 3.0E9 (for E5070B)

3E5 to 8.5E9 (for E5071B)

Preset value 3.0E9 (for E5070B)

8.5E9 (for E5071B)

Unit Hz (hertz)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim AStop As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP = 250E8
AStop = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.STOP.STARt

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Auto Port Extension - Method - User Span Stop

Chapter 7 555
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).
FREQuency(Fq)
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).FREQuency(Fq) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).FREQuency(Fq)

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the stop frequency within the frequency range of the user
specified auto port extension.

Variable

Table 7-20 Variable (Fq)

Fq

Description Frequency number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Value

Description Frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 3.0E9 (for E5070B)

3E5 to 8.5E9 (for E5071B)

Preset value 0
Unit Hz (hertz)
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PortFreq As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).FREQuency(1) = 500E6
PortFreq = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).FREQuency(1)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe on
page 558
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC on page 560

556 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss) on page 561

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Loss - Freq1|Freq2

7. COM Object Reference

Chapter 7 557
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).
INCLude(Il).STATe
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).INCLude(Il).STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).INCLude(Il).STATe

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the set of loss value and frequency value of
include 1 to 2 (Il) of the port 1 to 4 (Pt).

Variable

Table 7-21 Variable (Il)

Il

Description Include number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Status

Description ON/OFF the set of loss value and frequency value.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the loss value and frequency value.
•False or 0 Turns OFF the loss value and frequency value.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PortIncl As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).INCLude(1).STATe = 500E6
PortIncl =
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).INCLude(1).STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq) on
page 556
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC on page 560
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss) on page 561
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME on page 563

558 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Loss - Loss1|Loss2

7. COM Object Reference

Chapter 7 559
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the DC loss value of the port 1 to 4 (Pt).

Variable

Value

Description The loss value of DC.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -90 to 90
Preset value 0

Unit dBm
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PLdc As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).LDC = 45
PLdc = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).LDC

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq) on
page 556
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe on
page 558
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss) on page 561
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME on page 563

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Loss - Loss at DC

560 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt)
.LOSS(Loss)
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LOSS(Loss) = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LOSS(Loss)

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channel 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the DC loss value of the port 1 to 4 (Pt).

Variable

Table 7-22 Variable (Loss)

Loss

Description Loss number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Value

Description The loss value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -90 to 90
Preset value 0

Unit dBm
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PLoss As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).LOSS(1) = -45
PLoss = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).LOSS(1)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq) on
page 556
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe on
page 558
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC on page 560

Chapter 7 561
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME on page 563

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Loss - Loss1|Loss2

562 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the delay time for the port extension of ports 1 and 4 (Pt).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Delay time

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -10 to 10

Preset value 0

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PortExt As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).TIME = 1E-3
PortExt = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(1).TIME

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe on page 564

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq) on
page 556
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe on
page 558
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC on page 560
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss) on page 561

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Extension Port N

Chapter 7 563
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the port extension.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the port extension correction

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the port extension.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the port extension.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Ext As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.STATe = True
Ext = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.EXTension.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME on page 563

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq) on
page 556
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe on
page 558
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC on page 560
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss) on page 561
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME on page 563

Equivalent key [Cal] - Port Extensions - Extensions

564 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitu
de
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the system characteristic impedance (Z0) value.

NOTE This object is available with the firmware version 3.01 or greater.

Variable

Value

Description System Z0 value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1E-3 to 1000

Preset value 50

Unit Ω (ohm)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim SysZ0 As Double

SCPI.SENSe.CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude = 75
SysZ0 = SCPI.SENSe.CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNitude

Equivalent key [Cal] - Set Z0

Chapter 7 565
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar
Type of object Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), clears the error coefficient for calibration when the frequency
offset feature is on. (No read)
This command does not clear the error coefficient when the frequency offset mode is off.

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar on page 469

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Calibration - Clear - OK

566 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.
LOAD
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the load standard of the

7. COM Object Reference

specified port when the frequency offset feature is on. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Provides 2-element array data (port).

Ports(0): Measurement port number

Ports(1): Frequency port number

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Note The value used as the frequency is the value specified with frequency setting
commands "SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency and its
subcommands" for the port specified by the frequency port number.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD = Array(1,2)

Example of use (2) Dim Port As Variant

Port(0) = 1
Port(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD = Port

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 568

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt on page 571

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Reflection - PortX@FreqY

Broadband

NOTE The values of PortX and FreqY change depending on the selected calibration method and
port number.

Chapter 7 567
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.
OPEN
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the open standard of the
specified port when the frequency offset feature is on. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Provides 2-element array data (port).

Ports(0): Measurement port number

Ports(1): Frequency port number

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Note The value used as the frequency is the value specified with frequency setting
commands "SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency and its
subcommands" for the port specified by the frequency port number.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN = Array(1,2)

Example of use (2) Dim Port As Variant

Port(0) = 1
Port(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN = Port

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 567

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt on page 571

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Reflection - PortX@FreqY

Open

NOTE The values of PortX and FreqY change depending on the selected calibration method and
port number.

568 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.
PMETer
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer = Params

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the scalar-mixer calibration data using the power

7. COM Object Reference

meter for the specified port when the frequency offset feature is on. (No read)

Variable

Params

Description Provides 3-element array data (port).

Params(0): Measurement port number

Params(1): Frequency port number

Params(2): Power sensor number in use

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range Measurement port number/frequency port number

1 to 4

Power sensor number in use

• "ASENsor": Specifies power sensor A.

• "BSENsor": Specifies power sensor B.

Note The value used as the frequency is the value specified with frequency setting
commands "SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency and its
subcommands" for the port specified by the frequency port number.

The setting of the power sensor is common to that for power meter calibration.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer =

Array(1,2,"ASENsor")

Example of use (2) Dim Params As Variant

Params(0) = 1
Params(1) = 2
Params(2) = "ASENsor"
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer = Params

Chapter 7 569
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 567

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 568
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt on page 571

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Power Meter - Use
Sensor A|Use Sensor B

[Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Power Meter - PortX@FreqY

NOTE The values of PortX and FreqY change depending on the selected calibration method and
port number.

570 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.
SHORt
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the short standard of the

7. COM Object Reference

specified port when the frequency offset feature is on. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Provides 2-element array data (port).

Ports(0): Measurement port number

Ports(1): Frequency port number

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Note The value used as the frequency is the value specified with frequency setting
commands "SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency and its
subcommands" for the port specified by the frequency port number.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt = Array(1,2)

Example of use (2) Dim Port As Variant

Port(0) = 1
Port(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt = Port

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 567

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 568

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Reflection - PortX@FreqY

Short

NOTE The values of PortX and FreqY change depending on the selected calibration method and
port number.

Chapter 7 571
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.
THRU
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Ports

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measures the calibration data of the thru standard of the
specified port when the frequency offset feature is on. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Provides 2-element array data (port).

Ports(0): Response port number

Ports(1): Stimulus port number

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Note For example, when THRU 1,2 is specified, S22 and S12 are measured; when
THRU 2,1 is specified, S11 and S21 are measured.

If you specify the same port number to the 2 port numbers, an error occurs when
executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Array(1,2)

Example of use (2) Dim Port As Variant

Port(0) = 1
Port(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU = Port

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 567

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 568
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt on page 571

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Transmission -

PortX-Y@FreqZ Thru

NOTE The values of PortX-Y and FreqZ change depending on the selected calibration method
and port number.

572 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar
Type of object Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), clears the calibration measurement data when the frequency
offset feature is on. This command also clears the measurement data of the power meter.
(No read)

7. COM Object Reference

Settings that have been temporarily changed due to measurement for each standard
(number of traces, measurement parameters, and so on) return to their original values.

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar on page 566

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Calibration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Cancel - OK

Chapter 7 573
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SM
IX2
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2 = Ports

Description Executes calibration for the specified 2 ports when the frequency offset feature is on for
channels 1 to 16 (Ch) using ECal(Electronic Calibration).
If you execute this object when the ECal module is not connected or when ports are not
connected each other appropriately, a runtime error occurs. (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Provides 2-element array data (port).

Ports(0): Port number 1

Ports(1): Port number 2

The direction (forward or reverse) is determined by the presence/absence of
power meter measurement data instead of port 1 or port 2 specified here.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Note Before executing this command, the

“SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer” on page
569 command must be executed.

If you specify the same port number to the 2 port numbers, an error occurs when
executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2 = Array(1,2)

Example of use (2) Dim Port As Variant

Port(0) = 1
Port(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2 = Port

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer on page 569
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 on page 575

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(ECal) - ECal & Done

574 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SO
LT1
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 = EPort

Description Executes 1-port calibration for the specified port when the frequency offset feature is on

7. COM Object Reference

for channels 1 to 16 (Ch) using ECal(Electronic Calibration).
If you execute this object when the ECal module is not connected or when ports are not
connected each other appropriately, a runtime error occurs. (No read)

Variable

EPort

Description Executes 1-port calibration for frequency offset measurement.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 = 1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2 on page 574

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(ECal) - Select Ports - Port n

[Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(ECal) - ECal & Done

Chapter 7 575
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.
SMIX2
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2 = Ports

Description Executes 2-port calibration for the specified 2 ports when the frequency offset feature is on
for channels 1 to 16 (Ch). (No read)

Variable

Ports

Description Provides 2-element array data (port).

Ports(0): Port number 1

Ports(1): Port number 2

The direction (forward, reverse, or both) is determined depending on the port

number specified with the
“SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD”,
“SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN”,
“SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt”, and
“SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU” command
instead of port number 1 or port number 2 specified here.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range 1 to 4

Note If you specify the same port number to the 2 port numbers, an error occurs when
executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2 = Array(1,2)

Example of use (2) Dim Port As Variant

Port(0) = 1
Port(1) = 2
SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2 = Port

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 567
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 568
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt on page 571
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on page 572

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Select Ports -

2-1(fwd)|1-2(rev)|1-2(both)•••

576 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.
SOLT1
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 = Port

Description Executes 1-port calibration for the specified port when the frequency offset feature is on

7. COM Object Reference

for channels 1 to 16 (Ch). (No read)

Variable

Port

Description Executes 1-port calibration for frequency offset measurement.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use (1) SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 = 2

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2 on page 576

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Select Ports - Port n

Chapter 7 577
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE
Type of object Method

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), calculates the calibration coefficient for the selected calibration
type from the calibration data measured with the frequency offset feature.
After the calibration coefficient is calculated, the measured data and the calibration type
setting are cleared.
If you execute this object before all necessary calibration data for calculating the
calibration coefficient is measured, an error occurs when executed. (No read)

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2 on page 576

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 on page 577
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 567
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 568
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt on page 571
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on page 572

Equivalent key [Cal] - Mixer/Converter Caribration - Scalar Cal(Manual) - Done

578 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.PROPerty

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.PROPerty
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.PROPerty = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.PROPerty

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the display of the calibration

7. COM Object Reference

property.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the display of the calibration property

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the display of the calibration property.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the display of the calibration property.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim CalProp As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.PROPerty = True
CalProp = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.PROPerty

Equivalent key [Cal] - Property

Chapter 7 579
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.ACQuire

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.ACQ
uire
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.ACQuire = Src

Description For measurement ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), executes receiver

calibration.(No read)
Because information of power calibration for both the measurement port and the source
port is used for error coefficient calculation, the precision of receiver calibration is
improved by executing power calibration for both ports before executing receiver
calibration.

Variable

Src

Description Specifies the source port for receiver correction.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 4

Note If you specify the same port number as the measurement port number, an error
occurs when executed.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Example of use SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.RECeiver(2).COLLect.ACQuire = 4

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe on page 581

Equivalent key [Cal] - Receiver Calibration - Select Port 1|2|3|4

[Cal] - Receiver Calibration - Source Port 1|2|3|4

[Cal] - Receiver Calibration - Take Cal Sweep

580 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe

Description For measurement ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off error correction for

7. COM Object Reference

receiver calibration.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of error correction

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the receiver calibration error correction.

•False or 0 Turns off the receiver calibration error correction.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Example of use Dim Corr As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.RECeiver(1).STATe = True
Corr = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.RECeiver(1).STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.ACQuire on page 580

Equivalent key [Cal] - Receiver Calibration - Correction

Chapter 7 581
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the velocity factor.

Variable

Value

Description Velocity factor

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 10

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Vel As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX = 0.5
Vel = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX

Equivalent key [Cal] - Velocity Factor

582 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.STATe

Description For the active trace of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns ON/OFF the error correction.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the error correction

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the error correction.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the error correction.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim Corr As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.STATe = True
Corr = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.STATe

Equivalent key [Cal] - Correction

Chapter 7 583
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe

Description Sets the trigger source for calibration to internal (ON) or to the state of the trigger source
(SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce) when measurement is made (OFF).
When you change the trigger source during sweep, the sweep is canceled.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the trigger source at calibration

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specifies internal for the trigger source for calibration. This
corresponds to the softkey “Internal”.

•False or 0 Matches the state of the trigger source when measurement is made.
This corresponds to the softkey “System”.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim TrigSour As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe = False
TrigSour = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe

Equivalent key [Cal] - Cal Trigger Source - Internal|System

584 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr)
Object type Properties

Syntax Data = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr)

Description For traces 1 to 16 (Tr) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the information (calibration type,
port numbers) of the applied calibration coefficients for the actual error correction. (Read
only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Data

Description Indicates 5 array data items (the calibration type and the port information to which the
calibration is applied).

• Data(0) The calibration type applied. For detail, refer to the Range section.

• Data(1) The port number to which the calibration is applied (0 when the
calibration type is NONE).

• Data(2) The port number to which the calibration is applied (0 when the
calibration type is not SOLT2, SOLT3, or SOLT4).

• Data(3) The port number to which the calibration is applied (0 when the
calibration type is not SOLT3 or SOLT4).

• Data(4) The port number to which the calibration is applied (0 when the
calibration type is not SOLT4).

The array index starts from 0.

Range One of the following is read out as Data(0).

•"ERES" The enhanced response calibration is applied.

•"NONE" Nothing is applied.

•"RESPO" The response calibration (open) is applied.

•"RESPS" The response calibration (short) is applied.

•"RESPT" The response calibration (thru) is applied.

•"SMIX2" The scalar-mixer calibration is applied.

•"SOLT1" The 1-port calibration is applied.

•"SOLT2" The full 2-port calibration is applied.

•"SOLT3" The full 3-port calibration is applied.

•"SOLT4" The full 4-port calibration is applied.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Tr), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-10, “Variable (Tr),” on page 259, respectively.

Examples Dim CalType As Variant

CalType = SCPI.SENSe(1).CORRection.TYPE(1)

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on page 541

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542

Chapter 7 585
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr)

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

586 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer

Description Sets the center value of the sweep range of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Center value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 8.5E9

Preset value 4.25015E9

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 0.5 or 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Cntr As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.CENTer = 2E9
Cntr = SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.CENTer

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN on page 591

Equivalent key [Center]

Chapter 7 587
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW

Description Sets the fixed frequency (CW frequency) for the power sweep for channels 1 to 16 (Ch).
This object provides the same function as the SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed
object.

Variable

Value

Description Fixed frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 8.5E9

Preset value 3E5

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim CwFreq As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.CW = 1E9
CwFreq = SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.CW

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed on page 590

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - CW Freq

588 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.DATA

Description Reads out the frequencies at all measurement points of channels 1 to 16 (Ch). (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Data

Description Indicates the array data (frequency) of NOP (number of measurement points). Where n is an
integer between 1 and NOP.

• Data(n-1) Frequency at the n-th measurement point

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim FreqData As Variant

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 201
FreqData = SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 589
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed

Description Sets the fixed frequency (CW frequency) for the power sweep for channels 1 to 16 (Ch).
This object provides the same function as the SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW
object.

Variable

Value

Description Fixed frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 8.5E9

Preset value 3E5

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim CwFreq As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.FIXed = 1E9
CwFreq = SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.FIXed

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW on page 588

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - CW Freq

590 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN

Description Sets the span value of the sweep range of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Span value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 8.4997E9

Preset value 8.4997E9

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Span As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.SPAN = 1E9
Span = SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.SPAN

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer on page 587

Equivalent key [Span]

Chapter 7 591
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt

Description Sets the start value of the sweep range of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Start value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 8.5E9

Preset value 3E5

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Start As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.STARt = 100E6
Start = SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.STARt

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP on page 593

Equivalent key [Start]

592 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP

Description Sets the stop value of the sweep range of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Stop value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 8.5E9

Preset value 8.5E9

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stp As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.STOP = 3E9
Stp = SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.STOP

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt on page 592

Equivalent key [Stop]

Chapter 7 593
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer.CATalog

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer.CATalog
Object type Property

Syntax Param = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer.CATalog

Description Reads the name of the E5091A test set. (Read only)

Examples Dim MultCat As String

MultCat = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer.CATalog

Related objects SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME on page 598

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

594 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).COUNt

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).COUNt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).COUNt

Description Reads the number of ports (9 or 16) of the E5091A whose ID is Id. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Table 7-23 Variable(Id)

Id

Description ID of the E5091A

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 2

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Value

Description The number of ports

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Note 0 is read when the E5091A is not connected.

Examples Dim NPort As Long

NPort = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).COUNt

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 595
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the property display (the state of the port assignment) of the E5091A
whose ID is Id.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the property display

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the property display.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the property display.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Id), see Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595.

Examples Dim Prop As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).DISPlay.STATe = True
Prop = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).DISPlay.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog on page 600
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect on page 601

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Property

596 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).INCount

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).INCount
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).INCount

Description The E5091A returns the number of input ports of ID 1 to 2 (Id) (Read only)

Variable For information on the variable (Id), see Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595.

7. COM Object Reference

Examples Dim INCount As Long
INCount = SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).INCount

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 597
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME

Description Specify the name of the E5091A test set.

The upper case and lower case are not distinguished.

Variable

Param

Description The name of the E5091A test set

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"E5091_9" Select the E5091A option 009.

•"E5091_13" Select the E5091A option 016 for the 13-port device function.

•"E5091_16" Select the E5091A option 016 for the 16-port device function.

For information on the variable (Id), see Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595.

Examples Dim MultName As String

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).NAME = "E5091_16"
MultName = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).NAME

Related objects SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer.CATalog on page 594

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).INCount on page 597

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Select Test Set -
E5091_9|E5091_13|E5091_16

598 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA

Description Sets HIGH/LOW of all the control lines of the E5091A whose ID is 1 to 2 (Id) when

7. COM Object Reference

measuring channel 1 to 16 (Ch) in the measurement using the E5091A.
To set the control lines, use the values obtained by converting 8-bit binary values expressed
HIGH (1) / LOW (0) of individual lines to decimal values, assuming line 1 as LSB and line
8 as MSB.

Variable

Value

Description Sets/gets control line value

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 255

Preset value 0

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Id), see Table 7-13, “Variable
(Ckit),” on page 432 and Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595, respectively.

Examples Dim OData As Long

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).OUTPut.DATA = "E5091_16"
MultName = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).OUTPut.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Control Lines

Chapter 7 599
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog
Object type Property

Syntax String = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog

Description Selects a port assigned to Port 1 to 20 (Pt) of the E5091A whose ID is 1 to 2 (Id) when
measuring channel 1 to 16 (Ch) in the measurement using the E5091A.

Variable For information on the variable (Ch), the variable (Id) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6,
“Variable (Ch),” on page 209,Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595 and Table 7-9,
“Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PortCat As String

PortCat = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).PORT(4).CATalog

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect on page 601

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

600 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect = String

String = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect

Description Ses a port name assigned to Port 1 to 20 (Pt) of the E5091A whose ID is 1 to 2 (Id) when

7. COM Object Reference

measuring channel 1 to 16 (Ch) in the measurement using the E5091A.

Variable When the E5091A-009 is Connected

String

Description Sets/gets a port name assigned to Port 1 to 20

Data type String type (String)

Range Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

A or T1*1 T1*1 or T2 R1+,R2+,R3+ R1-,R2-,R3-

Preset value A T1 R1+ R1-

*1. If port T1 has already been assigned to port 2 when you try to assign port T1 to port 1, port T2 is
automatically assigned to port 2. If port T1 has already been assigned to port 1 when you try to
assign port T1 to port 2, port A is automatically assigned to port 1.

When the E5091A-013 is Connected

String

Description Sets/gets a port name assigned to Port 1 to 20

Data type String type (String)

Range Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

A1,T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3,T4 R1+,R2+,R3+,R4+ R1-,R2-,R3-,R4-

Preset value A T1 R1+ R1-

When the E5091A-016 is Connected

String

Description Sets/gets a port name assigned to Port 1 to 20

Data type String type (String)

Range Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7

A1(A),A2, B1(T4),B R1+,R2+, R1-,R2-,R X1 and X2 Y1and Y2 Z1and Z2

A3,A4,T1, 2,B3,B4,T R3+,R4+ 3-,R4-
T2,T3 1,T2,T3

Preset value A1 B1 R1+ R1- X1 Y1 Z1

For information on the variable (Ch), the variable (Id) and the variable (Pt), see Table 7-6,
“Variable (Ch),” on page 209,Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595 and Table 7-9,
“Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PortSel As String

Chapter 7 601
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).PORT(4).SELect = "R2"
PortSel = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).PORT(4).SELect

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog on page 600
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Port 1|Port 2|Port 3|Port
4|Port 5|Port 6|Port 7

602 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the control (switching the internal switch that connects between the ports

7. COM Object Reference

and changing control line output) of the E5091A whose ID is Id.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the control of the E5091A

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the control of the E5091A.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the control of the E5091A.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Id), see Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595.

Examples Dim Cont As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).STATe = True
Cont = SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(1).STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA on page 599

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect on page 601
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA on page 604

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Control

Chapter 7 603
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA

Description Sets the HIGH/LOW of all the control line of the E5091A whose ID is Id when measuring
channels 1 to 16 (Ch) in the measurement using the E5091A.
To set the control lines, use values obtained by converting 8-bit binary values expressed by
HIGH (1)/LOW (0) of individual lines to decimal values, assuming line 1 as LSB and line
8 as MSB.

Variable

Value

Description Setting value the control line

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 255

Preset value 0

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Id), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595, respectively.

Examples Dim C_line As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA = 5
C_line = SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Control Lines - Line
1| ･･･ |Line 8

604 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1

Description Selects a port assigned to Port 1 of the E5091A whose ID is Id when measuring channels 1

7. COM Object Reference

to 16 (Ch) in the measurement using the E5091A.
If the port assigned to Port 2 is T1 and you select T1 as the port assigned to Port 1, the port
assigned to Port 2 is changed to T2 automatically.

Variable

Param

Description The port assigned to Port 1

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"A" Selects A as the port assigned to Port 1.

•"T1" Selects T1 as the port assigned to Port 1.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Id), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595, respectively.

Examples Dim Port As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.PORT1 = "T1"
Port = SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.PORT1

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog on page 600

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Port 1 - A|T1

Chapter 7 605
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2

Description Selects a port assigned to Port 2 of the E5091A whose ID is Id when measuring channels 1
to 16 (Ch) in the measurement using the E5091A.
If the port assigned to Port 1 is T1 and you select T1 as the port assigned to Port 2, the port
assigned to Port 1 is changed to A automatically.

Variable

Param

Description The port assigned to Port 2

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"T1" Selects T1 as the port assigned to Port 2.

•"T2" Selects T2 as the port assigned to Port 2.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Id), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595, respectively.

Examples Dim Port As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.PORT2 = "T2"
Port = SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.PORT2

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog on page 600

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Port2 - T1|T2

606 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3

Description Selects a port assigned to Port 3 of the E5091A whose ID is Id when measuring channels 1

7. COM Object Reference

to 16 (Ch) in the measurement using the E5091A.

Variable

Param

Description The port assigned to Port 3

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"R1" Selects R1+ as the port assigned to Port 3.

•"R2" Selects R2+ as the port assigned to Port 3.

•"R3" Selects R3+*1 as the port assigned to Port 3.

*1.For Option 007 (7 ports), R2+.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Id), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595, respectively.

Examples Dim Port As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.PORT3 = "R2"
Port = SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.PORT3

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4 on page 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog on page 600

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Port3 - R1+|R2+|R3+

Chapter 7 607
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3

Description Selects a port assigned to Port 4 of the E5091A whose ID is Id when measuring channels 1
to 16 (Ch) in the measurement using the E5091A.

Variable

Param

Description The port assigned to Port 4

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"R1" Selects R1- as the port assigned to Port 4.

•"R2" Selects R2- as the port assigned to Port 4.

•"R3" Selects R3-*1 as the port assigned to Port 4.

*1.For Option 007 (7 ports), R2-.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Id), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),”
on page 209 and Table 7-23, “Variable(Id),” on page 595, respectively.

Examples Dim Port As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.PORT4 = "R2"
Port = SCPI.SENSe(1).MULTiplexer(1).TSET9.PORT4

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe on page 603

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1 on page 605
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2 on page 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3 on page 607
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe on page 596
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog on page 600

Equivalent key [System] - Multiport Test Set Setup - Test Set 1|Test Set 2 - Port4 - R1-|R2-|R3-

608 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off the spurious avoidance mode.

7. COM Object Reference

When the spurious avoidance is on, measurement is performed avoiding spurious that
occurs due to the following signals.

• Source signal and its harmonics

• When the frequency setting for the external signal source is enabled, the set signal and
its harmonics.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the spurious avoidance mode for frequency offset measurement

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the spurious avoidance mode.

•False or 0 Turns off the spurious avoidance mode.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim ASpurious As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.ASPurious = False
ASpurious = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.ASPurious

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - Avoid Spurious

Chapter 7 609
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off the external signal source control mode.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the external signal source

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the external signal source control mode.

•False or 0 Turns off the external signal source control mode.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim State As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe = False
State = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Control

610 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DATA
Type of object

Syntax Data = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DATA

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), acquires the external signal source frequency data. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Data

Description Reads out the frequencies of all measurement points as an array.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim LoData As Variant

LoData = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor on page 612

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 613
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet on page 614
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt on page 615
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP on page 616

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 611
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), the external signal source frequency is set by using a divisor
value for the basic frequency. This command sets a divisor value.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a divisor value for the basic frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1 to 100
Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Divisor As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor = 50
Divisor = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 613

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet on page 614
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt on page 615
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP on page 616

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Divisor

NOTE The basic frequency range is set by using “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt” on page

592 and “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP” on page 593.

612 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), the external signal source frequency is set by using a multiplier

7. COM Object Reference

value for the basic frequency. This command sets a multiplier value.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a multiplier value for the basic frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -100 to 100

Preset value 0

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Multiplier As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier = -10
Multiplier = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor on page 612

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet on page 614
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt on page 615
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP on page 616

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Multiplier

NOTE The basic frequency range is set by using “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt” on page

592 and “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP” on page 593.

Chapter 7 613
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), the external signal source frequency is set by using an offset
value for the basic frequency. This command sets an offset value.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of an offset value for the basic frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E12 to 1E12

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Offset As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet = -10
Offset = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor on page 612

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 613
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt on page 615
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP on page 616

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Offset

NOTE The basic frequency range is set by using “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt” on page

592 and “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP” on page 593.

614 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets a start value for the external signal source frequency setting.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a start value for the external signal source

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 1E12
Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Start As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt = 100E6
Start = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor on page 612

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 613
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet on page 614
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP on page 616

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Start

Chapter 7 615
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets a stop value for the external signal source frequency setting.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a stop value for the external signal source

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 1E12
Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Stop As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP = 100E6
Stop = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor on page 612

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 613
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet on page 614
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt on page 615

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Stop

616 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.
AMPLitude
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets a power level value for the external signal source power
setting.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a power level value for the external signal source

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -150 to 30

Preset value -10

Unit dBm

Resolution 0.01

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Power As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude = -10
Power = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA on page 618

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe on page 619

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Power

Chapter 7 617
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DA
TA
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets a power slope value for the external signal source.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a power slope value for the external signal source

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -2 to 2

Preset value 0

Unit dB/GHz

Resolution 0.01

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim Slope As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA = -1
Slope = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude on

page 617
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe on page 619

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Slope

618 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STA
Te
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off the power slope value setting mode for the external
signal source.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the power slope setting for the external signal source

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the power slope mode.

•False or 0 Turns off the power slope mode.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim State As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe = False
State = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude on

page 617
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA on page 618

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - Slope

Chapter 7 619
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off the external signal source frequency setting mode
regardless of on/off of the frequency offset.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of external signal source frequency setting

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the frequency setting.

•False or 0 Turns off the frequency setting.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim State As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe = False
State = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe

Equivalent key [Setup] - Frequency Offset - External Source - LO Frequency

620 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DATA
Type of object Property

Syntax Data = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DATA

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), acquires the frequency data for ports 1 to 4 (Pt) when the
frequency offset feature is on. (Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Data

Description Reads out the frequencies of all measurement points as an array.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Example of use Dim Freqdata As Variant

Freqdata = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor on page 622

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 623
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on page 624
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt on page 625
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP on page 626

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 621
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), the ports 1 to 4 (Pt) frequencies are set by using a divisor value
for the basic frequency when the frequency offset feature is on. This command sets a
divisor value.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a frequency divisor value for the basic frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1 to 100
Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Example of use Dim Divisor As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.DIVisor = 50
Divisor = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.DIVisor

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 623

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on page 624
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt on page 625
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP on page 626

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - Port n - Divisor

NOTE The basic frequency range is set by using “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt” on page

592 and “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP” on page 593.

622 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplie
r
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier

7. COM Object Reference

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), the ports 1 to 4 (Pt) frequencies are set by using a multiplier
value for the basic frequency when the frequency offset feature is on. This command sets a
divisor value.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a frequency multiplier value for the basic frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -100 to 100

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Example of use Dim Multiplier As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.MULTiplier = -10
Multiplier = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.MULTiplier

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor on page 622

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on page 624
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt on page 625
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP on page 626

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - Port n - Multiplier

NOTE The basic frequency range is set by using “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt” on page

592 and “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP” on page 593.

Chapter 7 623
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), the ports 1 to 4 (Pt) frequencies are set by using an offset value
for the basic frequency when the frequency offset feature is on. This command sets an
offset value.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a frequency offset value for the basic frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -1E12 to 1E12

Preset value 0

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Example of use Dim Offset As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.OFFSet = 1E9
Offset = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.OFFSet

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor on page 622

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 623
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt on page 625
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP on page 626

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - Port n - Offset

NOTE The basic frequency range is set by using “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt” on page

592 and “SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP” on page 593.

624 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets a frequency start value for ports 1 to 4 (Pt) when the

7. COM Object Reference

frequency offset feature is on.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a frequency start value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 8.5E9 (3E9)

Preset value 3E5

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Example of use Dim Start As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.STARt = 100E6
Start = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.STARt

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor on page 622

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 623
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on page 624
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP on page 626

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - Port n - Start

Chapter 7 625
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets a frequency stop value for ports 1 to 4 (Pt) when the
frequency offset feature is on.

Variable

Value

Description Setting of a frequency stop value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 3E5 to 8.5E9 (3E9)

Preset value 8.5E9 (3E9)

Unit Hz (hertz)

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper
limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.
For information on the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241.

Example of use Dim Stop As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.STOP = 100E6
Stop = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.PORT(1).FREQuency.STOP

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor on page 622

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 623
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on page 624
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt on page 625

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - Port n - Stop

626 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe

Description For channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off the frequency offset.

7. COM Object Reference

When the frequency offset feature is on, different frequencies can be used for measurement
for each port. Frequencies set for each port are used regardless of whether the port is on the
stimulus side or response side.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the frequency offset

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the frequency offset.

•False or 0 Turns off the frequency offset.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Example of use Dim State As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.STATe = False
State = SCPI.SENSe(1).OFFSet.STATe

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Frequency Offset - Frequency Offset

Chapter 7 627
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).ROSCillator.SOURce

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).ROSCillator.SOURce
Object type Property

Syntax Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).ROSCillator.SOURce

Description Reads out whether the external reference signal is inputted to the Ref In connector on the
rear panel. (Read only)

Variable

Param

Description Whether the external reference signal is inputted or not.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"INTernal" The external reference signal is not inputted.

•"EXTernal" The external reference signal is inputted.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Ref As String

Ref = SCPI.SENSe(1).ROSCillator.SOURce

Equivalent key Displayed on the instrument status bar (at the bottom of the LCD display).

628 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA

Description Creates the segment sweep table of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data arranged in the following order (for the segment sweep table).
Where N is the number of segments (specified with <segm>) and n is an integer between 1
and N.
Data = {<buf>,<stim>,<ifbw>,<pow>,<del>,<swp>,<time>,<segm>,
<star 1>,<stop 1>,<nop 1>,<ifbw 1>,<pow 1>,<del 1>,<swp 1>,<time 1>,⋅⋅⋅,
<star n>,<stop n>,<nop n>,<ifbw n>,<pow n>,<del n>,<swp n>,<time n>,⋅⋅⋅,
<star N>,<stop N>,<nop N>,<ifbw N>,<pow N>,<del N>,<swp N>,<time N>}

Each parameter in the above array data is detailed below.

• <buf> Always specify 5 or 6. You have to specify 6 if you need to set up

the sweep mode setting for each segment.
• <stim> Stimulus setting mode
0: Specifies with start/stop values
1: Specifies with center/span values
• <ifbw> ON/OFF of the IF bandwidth setting for each segment
0: OFF, 1: ON
• <pow> ON/OFF of the power setting for each segment
0: OFF, 1: ON
• <del> ON/OFF of the sweep delay time setting for each segment
0: OFF, 1: ON
• <swp> ON/OFF of the sweep mode setting for each segment
0: OFF, 1: ON
Not necessary when <buf> is 5.
• <time> ON/OFF of the sweep time setting for each segment
0: OFF, 1: ON
• <segm> Number of segments
Specify an integer ranging 1 to 201.
• <star n> Start value/center value of the n-th segment
• <stop n> Stop value/span value of the n-th segment
• <nop n> Number of measurement points of the n-th segment
• <ifbw n> IF bandwidth of the n-th segment Not necessary when the IF
bandwidth setting for each segment is OFF (<ifbw>:0).
• <pow n> Power of the n-th segment Not necessary when the power setting
for each segment is OFF (<pow>:0).
• <del n> Sweep delay time of the n-th segment Not necessary when the
sweep delay time setting for each segment is OFF (<del>:0).

Chapter 7 629
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA

Data

Description • <swp n> Sweep mode of the n-th segment

0: Stepped mode
1: Swept mode
2: Fast stepped mode
3: Fast swept mode
Not necessary when <buf> is 5 or the sweep mode setting for each
segment is OFF (<del>:0).
• <time n> Sweep time of the n-th segment Not necessary when the sweep
time setting for each segment is OFF (<time>:0).

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If there is not the necessary amount of array data for the specified number of segments when
setting the segment sweep table, an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.
For <stim>, <ifbw>, <pow>, <del>, <swp>, and <time>, if the specified value is not the
allowable integer, an error occurs when executed. For <star n>, <stop n>, <nop n>, <ifbw
n>, <pow n>, <del n>, and <time n> in the array data, if the specified value is out of the
allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower limit of the range is not reached) or
the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SegmData As Variant

SCPI.SENSe(1).SEGMent.DATA = Array(5,0,0,1,0,0,2, _
100E6,1E9,31,0,2E9,3E9,51,-10)
SegmData = SCPI.SENSe(1).SEGMent.DATA

Dim SegmData(14) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
SegmData(0) = 5
SegmData(1) = 0
SegmData(2) = 0
SegmData(3) = 1
SegmData(4) = 0
SegmData(5) = 0
SegmData(6) = 2
SegmData(7) = 100E6
SegmData(8) = 1E9
SegmData(9) = 31
SegmData(10) = 0
SegmData(11) = 2E9
SegmData(12) = 3E9
SegmData(13) = 51
SegmData(14) = -10
SCPI.SENSe(1).SEGMent.DATA = SegmData
Ref = SCPI.SENSe(1).SEGMent.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Edit Segment Table

630 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.POINts

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.POINts
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.POINts

Description For the segment sweep table of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the total number of the
measurement points of all segments. (Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable
Value

Description Total number of measurement points of all segments

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SegmPoin As Long

SegmPoin = SCPI.SENSe(1).SEGMent.SWEep.POINts

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA on page 629

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.TIME.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.TIME.DATA

Description For the segment sweep table of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), reads out the total sweep time
(including sweep delay time) of all segments. (Read only)
Variable
Value

Description Total sweep time of all segments

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SegmTime As Double

SegmTime = SCPI.SENSe(1).SEGMent.SWEep.TIME.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA on page 629

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 631
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.ASPurious

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.ASPurious
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.ASPurious = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.ASPurious

Description Turns ON/OFF the spurious avoidance mode of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the spurious avoidance mode

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the spurious avoidance mode.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the spurious avoidance mode.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim ASpurious As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.ASPurious = False
ASpurious = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.ASPurious

Equivalent key [System] - Service Menu - Avoid Spurious

632 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.DELay

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.DELay
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.DELay = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.DELay

Description Sets the sweep delay time of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Sweep delay time

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 1

Preset value 0

Unit s (second)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SweDel As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.DELay = 0.05
SweDel = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.DELay

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Sweep Delay

Chapter 7 633
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration

Description Selects the sweep mode of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

When the sweep type is the power sweep (POW specified with the
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE object), when the power calibration is on (ON
specified with the SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe object),
or the power slope value is other than 0 and the power slope function is on (ON specified
with the SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe object), if you execute this
object to try to set the sweep mode to the swept mode or the fast swept mode, an error
occurs and the sweep mode is automatically set to the step mode or the fast step mode,
respectively.

Variable

Param

Description Sweep mode

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"STEPped" Sets the sweep mode to the stepped mode.

•"ANALog" Sets the sweep mode to the swept mode.

•"FSTepped" Sets the sweep mode to the fast stepped mode.

•"FANalog" Sets the sweep mode to the fast swept mode.

Preset value "STEPped"

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SwptMode As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.GENeration = "anal"
SwptMode = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.GENeration

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe on page 661
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe on page 650

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Sweep Mode - Std Stepped|Std Swept|Fast Stepped|Fast Swept

634 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts

Description Sets the number of measurement points of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Number of measurement points

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 2 to 1601

Preset value 201

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Nop As Long

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 801
Nop = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Points

Chapter 7 635
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO = Status

Status = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO

Description Sets whether to automatically set the sweep time of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the auto setting of the sweep time

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the auto setting.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the auto setting.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SweAuto As Boolean

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TIME.AUTO = False
SweAuto = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TIME.AUTO

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA on page 637

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Sweep Time

NOTE When performing the operation from the front panel, the auto setting of the sweep time is
turned ON by setting the sweep time to 0 s.

636 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA = Value

Value = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA

Description Sets the sweep time of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

NOTE Before using this object to set the sweep time, turns OFF the auto setting of the sweep time
(specify False with the SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO object).

Variable

Value

Description Sweep time

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the measurement conditions

Preset value Varies depending on the measurement conditions

Unit s (second)

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SweTime As Double

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TIME.AUTO = False
SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TIME.DATA = 1.5
SweTime = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TIME.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO on page 636

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Sweep Time

Chapter 7 637
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE = Param

Param = SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE

Description Sets the sweep type of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Param

Description Sweep type

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"LINear" Sets the sweep type to the linear sweep.

•"LOGarithmic" Sets the sweep type to the log sweep. *1

•"SEGMent" Sets the sweep type to the segment sweep.

•"POWer" Sets the sweep type to the power sweep.

Preset value "LINear"

*1.If you execute this object to try to specify the log sweep when the frequency span condi-
tion necessary for the log sweep is not satisfied (the stop frequency is about 4 times or
more the start frequency), an error occurs and the object is ignored.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SweType As String

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TYPE = "segm"
SweType = SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.TYPE

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Sweep Type - Lin Freq|Log Freq|Segment

638 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.ACTive

SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.ACTive
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.ACTive

Description Reads out the active channel number. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Value

Description Active channel number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim ActChan As Long

ActChan = SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.ACTive

Related objects SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate on page 395

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.COUNt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.COUNt

Description Reads out the upper limit of the number of channels of the E5070B/E5071B. (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description Upper limit of the number of channels.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim MaxChan As Long

MaxChan = SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.COUNt

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 639
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel(Ch).TRACe.ACTive

SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel(Ch).TRACe.ACTive
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel(Ch).TRACe.ACTive

Description Reads out the active trace number of channels 1 to 16 (Ch). (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description Active trace number

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim ActTrac As Long

ActTrac = SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel(1).TRACe.ACTive

Related objects SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect on page 259

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.TRACe.COUNt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.TRACe.COUNt

Description Reads out the upper limit of the number of traces per channel. (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description Upper limit of the number of traces.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim MaxTrac As Long

MaxTrac = SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.TRACe.COUNt

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

640 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SERVice.PORT.COUNt

SCPI.SERVice.PORT.COUNt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.PORT.COUNt

Description Reads out the number of ports of the E5070B/E5071B. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Value

Description Number of ports

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim MaxPort As Long

MaxPort = SCPI.SERVice.PORT.COUNt

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.SERVice.SREVision
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.SREVision

Description Reads out the system spec version of the E5070B/E5071B. (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description 1 means applying new system specifications.

0 means applying old system specifications.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim SystemRevision As Long

SystemRevision = SCPI.SERVice.PORT.COUNt

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 641
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MAXimum

SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MAXimum
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MAXimum

Description Reads out the upper limit of the measurement frequency of the E5070B/E5071B. (Read
only)

Variable

Value

Description Upper limit of the measurement frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Examples Dim MaxFreq As Double

MaxFreq = SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MAXimum

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MINimum
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MINimum

Description Reads out the lower limit of the measurement frequency of the E5070B/E5071B. (Read
only)

Variable

Value

Description Lower limit of the measurement frequency

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Examples Dim MinFreq As Double

MinFreq = SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MINimum

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

642 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.POINts

SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.POINts
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.POINts

Description Reads out the upper limit of the number of measurement points of the E5070B/E5071B.
(Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

NOTE This command depends on the set of channel and trace.

Variable

Value

Description Upper limit of the number of measurement points

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim MaxPoin As Long

MaxPoin = SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.POINts

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 643
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA

Description Selects the attenuator used for channels 1 to 16 (Ch). The power ranges are determined
depending on the attenuator to be used.
When the Auto Power Range function is ON (Default settin is ON with firmware version
3.60 and later), this command is ignored and a proper attenuator and power range are
selected automatically.

NOTE This object is available only when extended power range function (Option 214, 314, 414)
is installed.

Variable

Value

Description Power ranges Setting

-20 to +10[dB] 0
-25 to +7 [dB] 5

-30 to +2 [dB] 10

-35 to -3 [dB] 15
-40 to -8 [dB] 20

-45 to -13[dB] 25

-50 to -18[dB] 30

-55 to -23[dB] 35

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 35

Preset value 0

Unit dB

Resolution 5

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Att As Long

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA = 10
Att = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude on page 648

644 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO on page 645

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - Power Ranges

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO
Object type Property

7. COM Object Reference

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO = Status
Status = SSCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO

Description Sets whether Turns on/off the Auto Power Range set function for channels 1 to 16 (Ch).
When the Auto Power Range set function is ON, an attenuator and a power range are
selected automatically according to a maximum frequency and a maximum output power
level as following figures.
Also minimum power level of power sweep setting is limited to an available power level of
below figures. If it is impossible to set necessary power sweep width, turn off this function
and set power range manually.

Figure 7-5 Available power level with Auto Power Range set function ON (Maximum frequency
is 3 GHz and below)

Chapter 7 645
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO

Figure 7-6 Available power levle with Auto Power Range set function ON (Maximum frequency
is over 3 GHz (for E5071B only))

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the Auto Power Range set function

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the Auto Power Range set function.

•False or 0 Turns off the Auto Power Range set function.

Preset value True or 1

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude on page 648

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - Auto Range

646 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer

Description Sets the center value of the sweep range for the power sweep for channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Center value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the power range.

Preset value -7.5

Unit dBm

Resolution 0.05 or 0.025

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Pcntr As Double

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.CENTer = 0
Pcntr = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.CENTer

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN on page 664

Equivalent key [Center]

Chapter 7 647
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude

Description Sets the power level of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Power level

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the power range.

Preset value 0

Unit dBm

Resolution 0.05

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim PowLev As Double

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude = -10
PowLev = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO on page 645

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power

648 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA

Description Sets the correction value of the power slope feature of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Correction value of the power slope feature

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range -2 to 2

Preset value 0

Unit dB/GHz

Resolution 0.01

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim SlopLev As Double

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA = 0.1
SlopLev = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe on page 650

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - Slop [xxx dB/GHz]

Chapter 7 649
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe

Description Turns on/off the power slope feature for channels 1 to 16 (Ch). This function is a function
to correct the attenuation of simple power level proportional to the frequency (attenuation
due to cables and so on).

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the power slope feature

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the power slop feature.

•False or 0 Turns off the power slop feature.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Slop As Boolean

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe = True
Slop = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA on page 649

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration on page 634

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - Slop [ON/OFF]

650 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.ACQuire

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
COLLect.ACQuire
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire = Param

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), measure the power calibration data using the

7. COM Object Reference

specified power sensor. When the measurement is complete successfully, the power level
error correction is automatically turned on.
If the power meter is not connected correctly, an error occurs and the object is ignored. (No
read)

Variable

Param

Description Selection of the power sensor

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"ASENsor" Specifies power sensor A.

•"BSENsor" Specifies power sensor B.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire = "asen"
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Take Cal Sweep

Chapter 7 651
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. ASENsor.RCFactor

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
ASENsor.RCFactor
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.ASENsor.RCFactor = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.ASENsor.RCFactor

Description Sets the reference calibration coefficient (the calibration coefficient at 50 MHz) for power
sensor A.

Variable

Value

Description Reference calibration coefficient

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1 to 150

Preset value 100

Unit % (percent)

Resolution 0.01

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim CalRef As Double

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.ASENsor.RCFactor = 99.5
CalRef = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.ASENsor.RCFactor

Related objects SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. BSENsor.RCFactor on

page 654

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor A Settings - Ref Cal Factor

652 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.AVERage.COUNt

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
COLLect.AVERage.COUNt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLLect.AVERage.COUNt = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLLect.AVERage.COUNt

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the number of power calibration data
measurements per measurement point (averaging factor).

Variable

Value

Description Averaging factor

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1 to 100

Preset value 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim AvgCnt As Long

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.AVERage.COUNt = 6
AvgCnt =
SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.AVERage.COUNt

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.ACQuire on page 651

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Num of Readings

Chapter 7 653
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. BSENsor.RCFactor

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
BSENsor.RCFactor
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.BSENsor.RCFactor = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.BSENsor.RCFactor

Description Sets the reference calibration coefficient (the calibration coefficient at 50 MHz) for power
sensor B.

Variable

Value

Description Reference calibration coefficient

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 1 to 150

Preset value 100

Unit % (percent)

Resolution 0.01

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim CalRef As Double

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.BSENsor.RCFactor = 99
CalRef = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.BSENsor.RCFactor

Related objects SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. ASENsor.RCFactor on

page 652

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor B Settings - Ref Cal Factor

654 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. NTOLerance

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
NTOLerance
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.NTOLerance= Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.NTOLerance

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the tolerance of power calibration data
for each measurement point.

Variable

Value

Description Tolerance of power calibration

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 100

Preset value 5

Unit dB

Resolution 0.001

Note When the measurement result is beyond the tolerance, an error message appears and the
power correction function does not turn on.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim TorVal As Long

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.NTOLerance = 10
TorVal = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.NTOLerance

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection. COLLect.ACQuire on page 651

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Tolerance

Chapter 7 655
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. TABLe.ASENsor.DATA

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
TABLe.ASENsor.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.ASENsor.DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.ASENsor.DATA

Description Sets the calibration coefficient table for power sensor A.

Variable
Data

Description Indicates the array data (for the calibration coefficient table) of 1 + Num (number of set data
items)×2. Where n is an integer between 1 and Num.

• Data(0) The number of data items you want to set. Specify an integer
between 0 to 100. When you set the number of data items to 0 (to
clear the calibration coefficient table), you specify only Data(0) as
the Data variable.

• Data(n×2-1) The frequency of the n-th data item (1 kHz to 500 GHz).

• Data(n×2) The calibration coefficient of the n-th data item (1% to 150%).

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If the array data does not contain 1+Num (number of set data items)×2 when setting a
calibration coefficient table, a runtime error occurs. For Data(n¥2-1) and Data(n¥2) in the
array data, if the specified value is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the
range is exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim CalFac As Variant

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.ASENsor.DATA = Array(2,1e7,99.8,
1e9,98.7)
CalFac = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.ASENsor.DATA
'''Clear Cal Factor Table
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.ASENsor.DATA = Array(0)

Dim CalFac(4) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
CalFac(0) = 2
CalFac(1) = 1e7
CalFac(2) = 99.8
CalFac(3) = 1e9
CalFac(4) = 98.7
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.ASENsor.DATA = CalFac
Ref = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.ASENsor.DATA
'''Clear Cal Factor Table
Dim CalFac(0) As Variant
CalFac(0) = 0
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.ASENsor.DATA = CalFac

Related objects SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. TABLe.BSENsor.DATA on

page 657
Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor A Settings - Delete | Add | Clear Cal Factor Table

656 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. TABLe.BSENsor.DATA

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.
TABLe.BSENsor.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.BSENsor.DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.BSENsor.DATA

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the calibration coefficient table for power sensor B.

Variable
Data

Description Indicates the array data (for the calibration coefficient table) of 1 + Num (number of set data
items)×2. Where n is an integer between 1 and Num.

• Data(0) The number of data items you want to set. Specify an integer
between 0 to 100. When you set the number of data items to 0 (to
clear the calibration coefficient table), you specify only Data(0) as
the Data variable.

• Data(n×2-1) The frequency of the n-th data item (1 kHz to 500 GHz).

• Data(n×2) The calibration coefficient of the n-th data item (1% to 150%).

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If the array data does not contain 1+Num (number of set data items)×2 when setting a
calibration coefficient table, a runtime error occurs. For Data(n¥2-1) and Data(n¥2) in the
array data, if the specified value is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if
the lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the
range is exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim CalFac As Variant

SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.BSENsor.DATA = Array(2,1e7,99.8,
1e9,98.7)
CalFac = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.BSENsor.DATA
'''Clear Cal Factor Table
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.BSENsor.DATA = Array(0)

Dim CalFac(4) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
CalFac(0) = 2
CalFac(1) = 1e7
CalFac(2) = 99.8
CalFac(3) = 1e9
CalFac(4) = 98.7
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.BSENsor.DATA = CalFac
Ref = SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.BSENsor.DATA
'''Clear Cal Factor Table
Dim CalFac(0) As Variant
CalFac(0) = 0
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.BSENsor.DATA = CalFac

Related objects SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. TABLe.ASENsor.DATA on

page 656
Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Sensor B Settings - Delete | Add | Clear Cal Factor Table

Chapter 7 657
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the loss compensation table.

Variable
Data

Description Indicates the array data (for the loss compensation table) of 1 + Num (number of set data
items)×2. Where n is an integer between 1 and Num.

• Data(0) The number of data items you want to set. Specify an integer
between 0 to 100. When you set the number of data items to 0 (to
clear the loss compensation table), you specify only Data(0) as the
Data variable.

• Data(n×2-1) The frequency of the n-th data item (1 kHz to 500 GHz).

• Data(n×2) The loss of the n-th data item (-100 dB to 100 dB).

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If the array data does not contain 1+Num (number of set data items)×2 when setting a loss
compensation table, a runtime error occurs. For Data(n×2-1) and Data(n×2) in the array
data, if the specified value is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the
lower limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range
is exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim Loss As Variant

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA = Array(2,1e8,0.5
,1e9,0.8)
Loss = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA
'''Clear Loss Table
SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA = Array(0)

Dim Loss(4) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
Loss(0) = 2
Loss(1) = 1e8
Loss(2) = 0.5
Loss(3) = 1e9
Loss(4) = 0.8
SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA = Loss
Ref = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA
'''Clear Loss Table
Dim Loss(0) As Variant
Loss(0) = 0
SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA = Loss

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.

COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe on page 659

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Loss Compen - Delete | Add | Clear Loss Table

658 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.
COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off the loss compensation.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of loss compensation

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the loss compensation.

•False or 0 Turns off the loss compensation.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim LComp As Boolean

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe = True
LComp = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.COLLect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Loss Compen - Compensation

Chapter 7 659
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.DATA

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.DATA
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.DATA = Data

Data = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.DATA

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets/reads out the power calibration data
array.

Variable

Data

Description Indicates the array data (power calibration data array) of NOP (number of points). Where n
is an integer between 1 and NOP.

• Data(n-1) Data at the n-th measurement point

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If the array data does not contain NOP (number of measurement point))2 when setting a
power calibration data array, a runtime error occurs.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim FreqData As Variant

SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 201
FreqData = SCPI.SENSe(1).FREQuency.DATA
Dim CorData As Variant
SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 201
CorData = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.DATA
SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(2).CORRection.DATA = CorData

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe on page 661

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts on page 635

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

660 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STATe

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), turns on/off the power level error correction.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Status

Description Turning on/off the power level error correction

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the power level error correction.

•False or 0 Turns off the power level error correction.

Preset value False or 0

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PowCorr As Boolean

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.STATe = True
PowCorr = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).CORRection.STATe

Equivalent key [Cal] - Power Calibration - Correction

Chapter 7 661
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle = Status

Status = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle

Description Sets whether to output the same power level for each port of channels 1 to 16 (Ch). When
the power slope feature is on, the same power level is always outputted to all ports
regardless of this setting because different power levels cannot be outputted for each port.

Variable

Status

Description Turning on/off the coupling between ports for the power level output

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Outputs the same power level to individual ports.

•False or 0 Outputs different power levels to individual ports.

Preset value True or -1

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim OutCpl As Boolean

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT.COUPle = False
OutCpl = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT.COUPle

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude on page 663

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - Port Couple

662 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate. AMPLitude

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate.
AMPLitude
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude

7. COM Object Reference

Description For ports 1 to 4 (Pt) of channels 1 to 16 (Ch), sets the power level.

Variable

Value

Description Power level at the specified port.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the power range.

Preset value 0

Unit dBm

Resolution 0.05

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch) and the variable (Pt), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable
(Ch),” on page 209 and Table 7-9, “Variable (Pt),” on page 241, respectively.

Examples Dim PowLev As Double

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT.COUPle = False
SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude = -12.5
PowLev = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.PORT(1).LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude

Related objects SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle on page 662

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644

Equivalent key [Sweep Setup] - Power - Port Power - Port 1 Power | Port 2 Power | Port 3 Power |
Port 4 Power

Chapter 7 663
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN

Description Sets the span value of the sweep range for the power sweep for channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Span value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the power range.

Preset value 15

Unit dBm

Resolution 0.05

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Pspan As Double

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.SPAN = 10
Pspan = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.SPAN

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer on page 647

Equivalent key [Span]

664 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt

Description Sets the start value of the sweep range for the power sweep for channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Start value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the power range.

Preset value -15

Unit dBm

Resolution 0.05

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Pstart As Double

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.STARt = -10
Pstart = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.STARt

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP on page 666

Equivalent key [Start]

Chapter 7 665
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP = Value

Value = SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP

Description Sets the stop value of the sweep range for the power sweep for channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Stop value

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range Varies depending on the power range.

Preset value 0

Unit dBm

Resolution 0.05

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Pstop As Double

SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.STOP = 10
Pstop = SCPI.SOURce(1).POWer.STOP

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE on page 638

SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA on page 644
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt on page 665

Equivalent key [Stop]

666 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.CONDition

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Operation Status Condition Register. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Value

Description Value of the Operation Status Condition Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition on page 668

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition on page 669

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Operation Status Enable Register.

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Operation Status Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note The bit 0 to 3, bit 6 to13 and bit 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE on page 422

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 667
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Operation Status Event Register. (Read only)

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Operation Status Event Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition on page 668
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition on page 669

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of negative transition filter of the Operation Status Register.

Variable
Value

Description Value of the negative transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535
Preset value 0

Note The bit 0 to 3, bit 6 to13 and bit 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt on page 668

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition on page 669

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

668 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of positive transition filter of the Operation Status Register.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Value of the positive transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 16432

Note The bit 0 to 3, bit 6 to13 and bit 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition = 0
Stat = SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt on page 668

SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition on page 668

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.PRESet
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.STATus.PRESet

Description Initialize all registers. (No read)

Examples SCPI.STATus.PRESet

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 669
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDit
ion
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATUS.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Status Condition
Register of channel 1 to channel 16 . (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Status Condition Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition on page 678

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition on page 679

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

670 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Extra Status Event

7. COM Object Reference

Register of channel 1 to channel 16 . (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition on

page 674
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition on
page 675

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 671
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Extra Status Enable Register
of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description Value of the enable register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.ENABle = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle on page 676

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

672 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Extra Status Event

7. COM Object Reference

Register of channel 1 to channel 16 . (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 673
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit
Channel Extra Status Register of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel
Extra Status Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.NTRansition = 6
Stat =
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt on page 673

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition on
page 675

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

674 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel
Extra Status Register of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel
Extra Status Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.PTRansition = 6
Stat =
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt on page 673

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition on
page 674

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 675
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Status Enable Register of
channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Status Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ENABle = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle on page 684

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

676 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Status Event Register of
channel 1 to channel 16 . (Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel Status Event Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 677
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRans
ition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit
Channel Status Register of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel
Status Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).NTRansition = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on page 677

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition on page 679

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

678 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRans
ition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel
Status Register of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Channel
Status Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).PTRansition = 0
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(1).PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on page 677

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition on page 678

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 679
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status Condition Register. (Read
only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status Condition Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition on page 685

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition on page 686

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status Condition Register.
(Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status Condition Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on page 682

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on page 683

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

680 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status Enable Register.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status Enable Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle on page 684

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status Event Register.
(Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status Event Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 681
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra
Status Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status
Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 681

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on page 683

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

682 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra

7. COM Object Reference

Status Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Extra Status
Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 681

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on page 682

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 683
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status Enable Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status Enable Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle on page 688

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status Event Register. (Read
only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status Event Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

684 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status

7. COM Object Reference

Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status
Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt on page 684

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition on page 686

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 685
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status
Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Bandwidth Limit Status
Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt on page 684

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition on page 685

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

686 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Status Condition Register. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Status Condition Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition on page 706

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition on page 707

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 687
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Status Enable Register.

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Questionable Status Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note The bit 0 to 9 and bit 11 to 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE on page 422

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

688 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Status Event Register. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Status Event Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition on page 706
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition on page 707

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Limit Channel Status Condition Register of
channels 1 to 16 (Ch). (Read only)

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Channel Status Condition Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). NTRansition on page 697

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). PTRansition on page 698

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 689
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
ECHannel.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Limit Channel Extra Status Condition Register of
channels 1 to 16 (Ch). (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Channel Extra Status Condition Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.NTRansition on

page 693
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.PTRansition on
page 694

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

690 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
ECHannel.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Limit Channel Extra Status Enable Register of channels
1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Channel Extra Status Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.ENABle = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle on page 695

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 691
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.EVENt

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
ECHannel.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register of
channels 1 to 16 (Ch). (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

692 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
ECHannel.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Limit Channel Extra
Status Register of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Value of the negative transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.NTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.EVENt on page 692

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.PTRansition on
page 694

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 693
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
ECHannel.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Limit Channel Extra
Status Register of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Value of the positive transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), refer to Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.PTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.EVENt on page 692

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). ECHannel.NTRansition on
page 693

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

694 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Limit Channel Status Enable Register of channels 1 to

7. COM Object Reference

16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Channel Status Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting for the channel/trace number.

Note The bit 15 can not be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ENABle = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle on page 703

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 695
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Limit Channel Status Event Register of channels 1
to 16 (Ch). (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Channel Status Event Register of the specified channel

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

696 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Limit Channel Status
Register of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Value of the negative transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note The bit 15 can not be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).NTRansition = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on page 696

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). PTRansition on page 698

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 697
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).
PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Limit Channel Status
Register of channels 1 to 16 (Ch).

Variable

Value

Description Value of the positive transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting for the channel/trace number.

Note The bit 15 can not be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).PTRansition = 0
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(1).PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on page 696

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch). NTRansition on page 697

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

698 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Limit Status Condition Register. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Status Condition Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition on page 704

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition on page 705

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Limit Extra Status Condition Register. (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Extra Status Condition Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on page 701

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on page 702

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 699
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Limit Extra Status Enable Register.

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Extra Status Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle on page 703

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Limit Extra Status Event Register. (Read only)

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Extra Status Event Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

700 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Limit Extra Status

7. COM Object Reference

Register.

Variable

Value

Description Value of the negative transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 700

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on page 702

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 701
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Limit Extra Status
Register.

Variable

Value

Description Value of the positive transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 700

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on page 701

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

702 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Limit Status Enable Register.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Status Enable Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting for the channel/trace number.

Note The bit 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle on page 688

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Limit Status Event Register. (Read only)

Variable
Value

Description Value of the Questionable Limit Status Event Register

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 703
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of negative transition filter of the Questionable Limit Status Register.

Variable

Value

Description Value of the negative transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note The bit 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt on page 703

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition on page 705

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

704 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of positive transition filter of the Questionable Limit Status Register.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Value of the positive transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting for the channel/trace number.

Note The bit 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt on page 703

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition on page 704

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 705
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of negative transition filter of the Questionable Status Register.

Variable

Value

Description Value of the negative transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note The bit 0 to 9 and bit 11 to 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt on page 689

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition on page 707

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

706 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of positive transition filter of the Questionable Status Register.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Value of the positive transition filter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 1024

Note The bit 0 to 9 and bit 11 to 15 can not be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt on page 689

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition on page 706

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 707
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDi
tion
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status Condition Register of
channel 1 to channel 16 . (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status Condition Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition on page 716

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition on page 717

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

708 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra Status Condition

7. COM Object Reference

Register of channel 1 to channel 16 . (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra Status Condition Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat =
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition on

page 712
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition on
page 713

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 709
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra Status Enable Register of
channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra Status Enable Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.ENABle = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle on page 714

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

710 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register

7. COM Object Reference

of channel 1 to channel 16 . (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra Status Event Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 711
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel
Extra Status Register of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra
Status Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.NTRansition = 6
Stat =
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt on page 711

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition on
page 713

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

712 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHan
nel.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel
Extra Status Register of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Extra
Status Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.PTRansition = 6
Stat =
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ECHannel.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt on page 711

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition on
page 712

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 713
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status Enable Register of channel
1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status Enable Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ENABle = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle on page 722

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

714 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status Event Register of
channel 1 to channel 16 . (Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status Event Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 715
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRan
sition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel
Status Register of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status
Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).NTRansition = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on page 715

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition on page 717

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

716 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRans
ition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel
Status Register of channel 1 to channel 16 .

Variable

Value

Description The value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Channel Status
Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

For information on the variable (Ch), see Table 7-6, “Variable (Ch),” on page 209.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).PTRansition = 0
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(1).PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on page 715

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition on page 716

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 717
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CONDition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Status Condition Register. (Read
only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Status Condition Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition on page 723

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition on page 724

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status Condition Register.
(Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status Condition Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on page 720

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on page 721

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

718 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status Enable Register.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status Enable Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle on page 722

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status Event Register. (Read
only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status Event Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 719
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status
Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status
Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 719

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on page 721

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

720 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status

7. COM Object Reference

Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Extra Status
Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 0 and 3 to 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 719

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on page 720

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 721
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle

Description Sets the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Status Enable Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Status Enable Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle = 16
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle on page 688

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt
Object type Property

Syntax Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt

Description Reads out the value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Status Event Register. (Read only)

Variable

Value

Description The value of the Questionable Ripple Limit Status Event Register.

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Examples Dim Stat As Long

Stat =SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

722 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition

Description Sets the value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Status

7. COM Object Reference

Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the negative transition filter of the Questionable Ripple
Limit Status Register.
Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value 0

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt on page 722

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition on page 724

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 723
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition = Value

Value = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition

Description Sets the value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit Status
Register.

Variable

Value

Description The value of the positive transition filter of the Questionable Ripple Limit
Status Register.
Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 65535

Preset value Varies depending on the upper limit setting of the number of channels/traces.

Note Bits 15 cannot be set to 1.

Examples Dim Stat As Long

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition = 6
Stat = SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition

Related objects SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt on page 722

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition on page 723

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

724 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight

SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight = Status

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight

Description Turns ON/OFF the backlight of the LCD display.

7. COM Object Reference

When the backlight is OFF, you cannot read the information on the display.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the backlight

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the backlight.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the backlight.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim BckLght As Boolean

SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight = False
BckLght = SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight

Equivalent key [System] - Backlight

NOTE To turn the backlight ON, press any key on the front panel.

Chapter 7 725
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate

Description Generates a beep for the notification of the completion of the operation. (No read)

Examples SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe on page 726

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate on page 727

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Beeper - Test Beep Complete

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the beeper for the notification of the completion of the operation.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the beeper for the notification of the completion of the operation

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the beeper for the notification of the completion of the
operation.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the beeper for the notification of the completion of the
operation.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim BeepComp As Boolean

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe = False
BeepComp = SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate on page 726

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe on page 727

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Beeper - Beep Complete

726 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate

Description Generates a beep for the notification of warning/limit test result. (No read)

Examples SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate

7. COM Object Reference

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe on page 727
SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate on page 726

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Beeper - Test Beep Warning

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the beeper for the notification of warning/limit test result.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the beeper for the notification of warning/limit test result

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the beeper for the notification of warning/limit test

result.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the beeper for the notification of warning/limit test
result.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim BeepWarn As Boolean

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe = False
BeepWarn = SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate on page 727

SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe on page 726

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Beeper - Beep Warning

Chapter 7 727
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess = Value

Value = SCPI.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess

Description Sets/reads out the GPIB address of the power meter in use.

Variable

Value

Description GPIB address of the power meter

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 30

Preset value 13

Note If the specified parameter is out of the allowable setting range, a runtime error occurs.

Examples Dim Paddr As Long

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess = 15
Paddr = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - GPIB Setup - Power Meter Address

728 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess = Value

Value = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess

Description Sets/reads out the GPIB address of the external signal source in use.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description The GPIB address of the external signal source

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 0 to 30
Preset value 19

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Example of use Dim SGaddr As Long

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess = 20
SGaddr = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - GPIB Setup - Signal Generator Address

Chapter 7 729
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMm
and.FREQuency
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency = Param

Param = SCPI.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency

Description Sets the output frequency setting command for the external signal source in use.
This command is available when the type of the external signal source is 1 (user-defined
external signal source).

Variable

Value

Description Frequency setting command for the user-defined external signal source

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value "FR %f% HZ"

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.
The output frequency in the command string is written as "%f%." The frequency
of the external signal source, which changes for each measurement point, is set and
the setting command is sent to the external signal source.

Example of use Dim SGcomm As String

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency = "FREQ
%f%HZ"
SGcomm = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer on page 731

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet on page 732
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON on page 733
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl on page 734
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE on page 735

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - GPIB Setup - Signal Generator Address - Custom Commands
- Set Frequency

730 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMm
and.POWer
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer = Param

Param = SCPI.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the output level setting command for the external signal source in use.
This command is available when the type of the external signal source is 1 (user-defined
external signal source).

Variable

Value

Description Level setting command for the user-defined external signal source

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value "AP %p% DM"

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.
The output level in the command string is written as "%p%." The output level of
the external signal source, which changes for each measurement point, is set and
the setting command is sent to the external signal source.

Example of use Dim SGcomm As String

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer = "AMPL
%p%DBM"
SGcomm = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency on

page 730
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet on page 732
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON on page 733
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl on page 734
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE on page 735

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - GPIB Setup - Signal Generator Address - Custom Commands
- Set Power Level

Chapter 7 731
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMm
and.PRESet
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet = Param

Param = SCPI.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer

Description Sets the preset command for the external signal source in use.
This command is available when the type of the external signal source is 1 (user-defined
external signal source).

Variable

Value

Description Preset command for the user-defined external signal source

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value ""

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Example of use Dim SGcomm As String

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet = "*RST"
SGcomm = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency on

page 730
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer on page 731
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON on page 733
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl on page 734
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE on page 735

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - GPIB Setup - Signal Generator Address - Custom Commands
- Preset

732 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMm
and.RFON
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON = Param

Param = SCPI.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON

7. COM Object Reference

Description Sets the command to turn on RF for the external signal source in use.
This command is available when the type of the external signal source is 1 (user-defined
external signal source).

Variable

Value

Description RF:on setting command for the user-defined external signal source

Data type Character string type (String)

Range 254 characters or less

Preset value "R3"

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Example of use Dim SGcomm As String

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON = "AMPL:STATE
ON"
SGcomm = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency on

page 730
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer on page 731
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet on page 732
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl on page 734
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE on page 735

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - GPIB Setup - Signal Generator Address - Custom Commands
- Turn RF Out On

Chapter 7 733
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl = Value

Value = SCPI.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl

Description Sets a wait time after setting the frequency or output level for the external signal source in
use.

Variable

Value

Description Wait time setting for the user-defined external signal source

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 1
Preset value 0.1

Unit s (second)

Resolution 0.001

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Example of use Dim SGdelay As Double

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl = 0.2
SGdelay = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency on

page 730
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer on page 731
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet on page 732
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON on page 733
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE on page 735

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - GPIB Setup - Signal Generator Address - Switching Time

734 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE = Value

Value = SCPI.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE

Description Sets the type of the external signal source in use.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Value

Description Type setting of the external signal source

1: User-defined

2: 8643A, 8644B, 8664A, 8665A/B

3: 8648A/B/C/D, ESG Series, PSG Series

Data type Long integer type (long)

Range 1 to 3

Preset value 3

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Example of use Dim SGtype As long

SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE = 2
SGtype = SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency on

page 730
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer on page 731
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet on page 732
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON on page 733
SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl on page 734

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - GPIB Setup - Signal Generator Address - Custom
Commands|8643A,8644B,8664A,8665A/B|8648A/B/C/D,ESG Series,PSG Series

Chapter 7 735
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe

SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe

Description Turns ON/OFF the system correction.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of the system correction

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the system correction.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the system correction.

Preset value True or -1

Examples Dim SysCal As Boolean

SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe = False
SysCal = SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Service Menu - System Correction

736 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.DATE

SCPI.SYSTem.DATE
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.DATE = Data

Data = SCPI.SYSTem.DATE

Description Sets the date of the clock built in the E5070B/E5071B.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Data

Description Indicates 3-element array data (date of the built-in clock).

• Data(0) Sets year.

• Data(1) Sets month.

• Data(2) Sets day.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range • Data(0) 1980 to 2099

• Data(1) 1 to 12

• Data(2) 1 to 31

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim Day As Variant

SCPI.SYSTem.DATE = Array(2001,12,24)
Day = SCPI.SYSTem.DATE

Dim Day(2) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
Day(0) = 2001
Day(1) = 12
Day(2) = 24
SCPI.SYSTem.DATE = Day
Ref = SCPI.SYSTem.DATE

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.TIME on page 748

SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk on page 378

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Clock Setup - Set Date and Time

Chapter 7 737
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.ERRor

SCPI.SYSTem.ERRor
Object type Property

Syntax Err = SCPI.SYSTem.ERRor

Description Reads out the oldest error of the errors stored in the error queue of the E5070B/E5071B.
The read-out error is deleted from the error queue. The size of the error queue is 100.
Executing the SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS object clears the errors stored in the error queue.
(Read only)

NOTE This object can not return an error that occurs by the manual operation or the SCPI
command used in controlling the E5070B/E5071B from the external controller.

Variable

Err

Description Indicates 2-element array data (for error).

• Err(0) Error number

• Err(1) Error message

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Note If no error is stored in the error queue, 0 and "No error" are read out as the error number and
the error message.

Examples Dim Err As Variant

Err = SCPI.SYSTem.ERRor

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS on page 417

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

738 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.PORT

SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.PORT
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.ISPControl.PORT = Value

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.ISPControl.PORT

Description Specifies a test port to be selected for stimulus destination when the Initial Source Port

7. COM Object Reference

Control feature is on.

Variable

Value

Description Selected Port

Data type Long integer type (Long)

Range 1~4

Preset value 1

Examples SCPI.INIT(ch).CONT = False

SCPI.SYST.ISPC.STAT = True
SCPI.SYST.ISPC.PORT = 1

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.STAT on page 740

Equivalent key [System] - Service - Init Src Port [1|2|3|4]

Chapter 7 739
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.STAT

SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.STAT
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.ISPControl.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.ISPControl.STATe

Description Turns on/off the Initial Source Port Control feature (to switch the stimulus output in the
trigger hold state to a test port).

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF Initial Source Port Control feature

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or 1 ON Control feature.

•False or 0 OFF Control feature.

Preset value True or 1

Examples SCPI.INIT(ch).CONT = False

SCPI.SYST.ISPC.STAT = True
SCPI.SYST.ISPC.PORT = 1

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.PORT on page 739

Equivalent key [System] - Service - Init Src Ctrl [ON]

740 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD

SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD = Status

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD

Description Sets whether to lock the operation of the front panel (key and rotary knob) and keyboard.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of lock

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specifies lock.

•False or 0 Specifies unlock.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim FKLock As Boolean

SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD = True
FKLock = SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe on page 742

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Front Panel & Keyboard Lock

Chapter 7 741
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe

SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe = Status

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe

Description Sets whether to lock the operation of the mouse and touch screen.

Variable

Status

Description ON/OFF of lock

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Specifies lock.

•False or 0 Specifies unlock.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim MTLock As Boolean

SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe = True
MTLock = SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD on page 741

Equivalent key [System] - Key Lock - Mouse Lock

SCPI.SYSTem.POFF
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.POFF

Description Turns OFF the E5070B/E5071B. (No read)

Examples SCPI.SYSTem.POFF

Equivalent key Standby switch

742 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet

SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet

Description Presets the setting state of the E5070B/E5071B. There is the following difference from the
setting state preset with the SCPI.IEEE4882.RST object. For details, see Appendix “List
of Default Values” in the E5070B/E5071B User’s Guide. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

• The continuous startup mode (see the SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous object) of
channel 1 is set to ON.

Examples SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.RST on page 421

Equivalent key [Preset] - OK

Chapter 7 743
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel

SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel = Param

Param = SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel

Description Sets/Reads the security level.

Variable

Param

Description The security level.

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"NON" Specifies OFF to the security level.
•"LOW" Specifies LOW level to the security level.
•"HIGH" Specifies HIGH level to the security level.

Preset value "NON"

Note When the setting is LOW, it is able to change to NON or HIGH. But when this setting is
HIGH, it is not able to change NON or LOW.
The setting can be turned NON by executing the preset or recalling when the setting of
security level is HIGH.
Even if the setting is LOW and HIGH, the command that reads out the frequency is not
influenced.

Examples Dim SecLev As String

SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel = "LOW"
SecLev = SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel

Equivalent key [System] - Service Menu - Security Level - None|Low|High

744 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.SERVice

SCPI.SYSTem.SERVice
Object type Property

Syntax Status = SCPI.SYSTem.SERVice

Description Reads out whether to be in the service mode. (Read only)

Variable

7. COM Object Reference

Status

Description Whether to be in the service mode

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 In the service mode.

•False or 0 Not in the service mode.

Examples Dim SvMode As Boolean

SvMode = SCPI.SYSTem.SERVice

Equivalent key Displayed on the instrument status bar (at the bottom of the LCD display).

Chapter 7 745
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH

SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH = Status

Status = SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH

Description Turns ON/OFF the high temperature mode.

Variable
Status

Description ON/OFF of the high temperature mode

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns ON the high temperature mode.

•False or 0 Turns OFF the high temperature mode.

Preset value False or 0

Examples Dim TempMode As Boolean

SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH = True
TempMode = SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH

Equivalent key [System] - Service Menu - High Temperature

746 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.STATe

SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.STATe
Object type Property

Syntax Status = SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.STATe

Description Reads out whether the warm-up is enough to satisfy the specifications of the
E5070B/E5071B. (Read only)

7. COM Object Reference

Variable
Status

Description Whether the warm-up is enough or not.

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Enough warm-up

•False or 0 Not enough warm-up

Examples Dim WarmUp As Boolean

WarmUp = SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.STATe

Equivalent key Displayed on the instrument status bar (at the bottom of the LCD display).

Chapter 7 747
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.TIME

SCPI.SYSTem.TIME
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.TIME = Data

Data = SCPI.SYSTem.TIME

Description Sets the time of the clock built in the E5070B/E5071B.

Variable

Data

Description Indicates 3-element array data (time of the built-in clock).

• Data(0) Sets hour (24-hour basis)

• Data(1) Sets minute.

• Data(2) Sets second.

The index of the array starts from 0.

Data type Variant type (Variant)

Range • Data(0) 0 to 23

• Data(1) 0 to 59

• Data(2) 0 to 59

Resolution 1

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, the minimum value (if the lower
limit of the range is not reached) or the maximum value (if the upper limit of the range is
exceeded) is set.

Examples Dim Time As Variant

SCPI.SYSTem.TIME = Array(21,30,0)
Time = SCPI.SYSTem.TIME

Dim Time(2) As Variant

Dim Ref As Variant
Time(0) = 21
Time(1) = 30
Time(2) = 0
SCPI.SYSTem.TIME = Time
Ref = SCPI.SYSTem.TIME

Related objects SCPI.SYSTem.DATE on page 737

SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk on page 378

Equivalent key [System] - Misc Setup - Clock Setup - Set Date and Time

748 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.SYSTem.UPReset

SCPI.SYSTem.UPReset
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.SYSTem.UPReset

Description Performs presets with the user settings.

The command is executed regardless of the operation mode in preset state. (No read)

7. COM Object Reference

If you try to specify a file for a preset (D:\UserPreset.sta) that does not exist, a warning
message is displayed and “SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet” will be executed.

Examples CPI.SYSTem.UPReset

Related objects SCPI.IEEE4882.RST on page 421

SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet on page 743

Equivalent key [Preset] - OK

Chapter 7 749
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage = Status

Status = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage

Description Turns on/off of the averaging trigger feature.

The sweep averaging feature must be set to on when turning on the averaging trigger
feature.

Variable

Status

Description On/off status of the averaging trigger

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the averaging trigger.

•False or 0 Turns off the averaging trigger.

Preset value False or 0

Example of use Dim Avetrig As Boolean

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage = True
Avetrig = TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage

Related objects SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe on page 466

Equivalent key [Ave] - Ave Trigger

750 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay = Value

Value = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay

Description When the trigger source is external, sets the time that it takes from receiving the trigger to

7. COM Object Reference

starting measurement.

Variable

Value

Description External trigger delay time

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Range 0 to 1
Preset value 0

Unit s (second)

Resolution 10 μ

Example of use Dim Extdel As Double

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay = 0.05
Extdel = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay

Related objects SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe on page 752

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt on page 754

Equivalent key [Trigger] - Ext Trigger Delay

Chapter 7 751
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe = Status

Status = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe

Description Turns on/off the low-latency external trigger feature.

When turning on the low-latency external trigger feature, the point trigger feature must be
set to on and the trigger source must be set to external trigger.

NOTE When the point trigger feature is set to off, or when the trigger source is set to one other
than the external trigger, the change is ignored.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the low-latency external trigger

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the low-latency external trigger.

•False or 0 Turns off the low-latency external trigger.

Preset value False or 0

Example of use Dim Llat As Boolean

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe = True
Llat = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe

Related objects SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay on page 751

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt on page 754
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce on page 757

Equivalent key [Trigger] - Low Latency

752 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate

Description Regardless of the setting of the trigger mode, generates a trigger immediately and executes
a measurement.

7. COM Object Reference

There is the following difference from the trigger with the
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle object.

• The execution of the object finishes at the time of a trigger.

If you execute this object when the trigger system is not in the trigger wait state (trigger
event detection state), an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.
For details about the trigger system, see Section “Trigger System” in the E5070B/E5071B
Programmer’s Guide. (No read)

Examples SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce = "bus"

SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = True
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate

Related objects SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate on page 753

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

Chapter 7 753
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt
Type of object Property

Syntax SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt = Status

Status = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt

Description Turns on/off of the point trigger feature.

Variable

Status

Description On/off of the point trigger

Data type Boolean type (Boolean)

Range Select from the following.

•True or -1 Turns on the point trigger.

•False or 0 Turns off the point trigger.

Preset value False or 0

Note When the point trigger feature is turned on, if the sweep mode is Swept, it changes
to Stepped.

When the trigger source is set to the internal trigger (Internal), the setting is
ignored.

Example of use Dim Ptrig As Boolean

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt = True
Ptrig = TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt

Related objects SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce on page 757

Equivalent key [Trigger] - Trigger Event

754 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe = Param

Param = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe

Description Selects the channel to be triggered.

7. COM Object Reference

Variable

Param

Description Setting of the channel to be triggered

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"ALL" Specifies all channels

•"ACTive" Specifies the active channel

Preset value "ALL"

Examples Dim TrigScop As String

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe = "active"
TrigSour = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe

Equivalent key [Trigger] - Trigger Scope - All Channel|Active Channel

Chapter 7 755
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
Object type Method

Syntax SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle

Description Regardless of the setting of the trigger mode, generates a trigger immediately and executes
a measurement.
There is the following difference from the trigger with the
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate object.

• The execution of the object finishes when the measurement (all of the sweep) initiated
with this object is complete. In other words, you can wait for the end of the
measurement using the SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC object.
If you execute this object when the trigger system is not in the trigger wait state (trigger
event detection state), an error occurs when executed and the object is ignored.
For details about the trigger system, see Section “Trigger System” in the E5070B/E5071B
Programmer’s Guide. (No read)

Examples Dim Dmy As Long

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce = "bus"
SCPI.INITiate(1).CONTinuous = True
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

Related objects SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate on page 753

SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC on page 420

Equivalent key No equivalent key is available on the front panel.

756 Chapter 7
 COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce
Object type Property

Syntax SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce = Param

Param = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce

Description Selects the trigger source from the following 4 types.

7. COM Object Reference

Internal trigger Uses the internal trigger to generate continuous triggers automatically.
External trigger Generates a trigger when the trigger signal is inputted externally via
the Ext Trig connector or the handler interface.
Manual trigger Generates a trigger when the key operation of [Trigger] - Trigger is
executed from the front panel.
Bus trigger Generates a trigger when the SCPI.IEEE4882.TRG object is
executed.
When you change the trigger source during sweep, the sweep is aborted.

Variable

Param

Description Trigger source

Data type Character string type (String)

Range Select from the following.

•"INTernal" Specifies internal trigger.

•"EXTernal" Specifies external trigger.

•"MANual" Specifies manual trigger.

•"BUS" Specifies bus trigger.

Preset value "INTernal"

Examples Dim TrigSour As String

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce = "bus"
TrigSour = SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce

Equivalent key [Trigger] - Trigger Source - Internal|External|Manual|Bus

Chapter 7 757
COM Object Reference
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce

758 Chapter 7
 8. Waveform Analysis Library

8 Waveform Analysis Library

This chapter describes how to use the ripple analysis library and the procedures in the
ripple analysis library.

759
Waveform Analysis Library
Ripple Analysis Library

Ripple Analysis Library

By combining the COM objects provided for the E5070B/E5071B and the ripple analysis
library, you can easily perform the ripple analysis of waveforms.

Flow of Programming Using the Ripple Analysis Library

Below table shows the flow of program development using the ripple analysis library. First,
set up the analysis range and peak definition to use the procedures for ripple analysis.

STEP 1. Condition setting before using the ripple analysis library

R Specifying the analysis range

R Setting the peak definition

STEP 2. Using the ripple analysis library

Condition Setting Before Using the Ripple Analysis Library

Since the analysis conditions are not specified in the ripple analysis library, before using
the procedure for ripple analysis, set up the analysis range and the peak definition using
COM objects.

Specifying the Analysis Range

Use the following COM objects to specify the analysis range for ripple analysis. For more
information on each object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference.”

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt on page 292

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP on page 294
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe on page 293
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COUPle on page 291

Setting the Peak Definition

Use the following COM objects to set up the peak definition for ripple analysis. For more
information on each object, see Chapter 7, “COM Object Reference.”

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion on page 296

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity on page 298

760 Chapter 8
 Waveform Analysis Library
Ripple Analysis Library

List of the Ripple Analysis Library

Use the provided procedures for ripple analysis to analyze the ripple of waveforms and
output the result. All procedures perform analysis only within the stimulus range for the
specified channel.
For more information on the E5070B/E5071B ripple analysis library, refer to Procedure
Reference on page 763.

List of ripple analysis library

• Returns the maximum value of the difference between a positive peak and a
negative peak.
MaxPeakToPeak(Chan) on page 771

• Returns the maximum value of the difference between a positive peak and its right
adjacent negative peak.
MaxRightGap(Chan) on page 772

• Returns the maximum value of the difference between a positive peak and its left
adjacent negative peak.

8. Waveform Analysis Library

MaxLeftGap(Chan) on page 770

• Returns the maximum value of the difference between a positive peak and its
adjacent negative peak.
MaxGap(Chan) on page 769

• Returns the maximum value of the vertical distance between a line segment
connecting 2 adjacent positive peaks and the negative peak between them.
MaxEnvelopeGap(Chan) on page 768

• Returns the mean value of the differences between a negative peak and its right and
left adjacent positive peaks.
GapMean(Chan) on page 767

• Returns the maximum value of the total of the differences between a negative peak
and its right and left adjacent positive peaks.
MaxRippleValue(Chan) on page 774

• Returns the maximum value of the total of the differences between a negative peak
and its right and left adjacent positive peaks and the stimulus value (Stim) of the
valley of the ripple.
MaxRipplePoint(Chan,Stim) on page 773

• Returns the values (LeftValue and RightValue) and the stimulus values (LeftStimulus
and RightStimulus) of the right and left negative peaks detected first below the
specified value (D) relative to the maximum value.
Pole(Chan,D,LeftStim,LeftValue,RightStim,RightValue) on page 775

• Returns the difference between the positive peak detected first when searched from
the left edge toward the right edge and its right adjacent negative peak.
FirstRightGap(Chan) on page 765

Chapter 8 761
Waveform Analysis Library
Ripple Analysis Library

List of ripple analysis library

• Returns the difference between the positive peak detected first when searched from
the right edge toward the left edge and its left adjacent negative peak.
FirstLeftGap(Chan) on page 763

• Returns the difference of the stimulus value between the positive peak detected first
when searched from the left edge toward the right edge and its right adjacent
negative peak.
FirstRightInterval(Chan) on page 766

• Returns the difference of the stimulus value between the positive peak detected first
when searched from the left edge toward the right edge and its left adjacent negative
peak.
FirstLeftInterval(Chan) on page 764

Simple Use Example

Here is a simple sample program using the ripple analysis procedures.
Sub Sample()

Dim Val As Double (1)

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion = 1.5 (2)

SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity = "BOTH" (2)
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STARt = 935E6 (3)
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STOP = 960E6 (3)
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STATe = True (3)
•
•
Val = MaxPeakToPeak(1) (4)

End Sub
Let us break down the code into a number of blocks and see what they do.

1. Defines a variable Val as Double.

2. Sets the lower limit of the peak excursion value and polarity for the peak search to 1.5
and both of positive peak and negative peak, respectively.
3. Sets the analysis range for channel 1 to 935 MHz to 960 MHz.
4. For channel 1, substitutes the return value from the MaxPeakToPeak function
(procedure) in the ripple analysis library to the Val variable.

762 Chapter 8
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

Procedure Reference
This section describes the procedures in the ripple analysis library provided by the
E5070B/E5071B in alphabetical order.

FirstLeftGap(Chan)
Syntax Value = FirstLeftGap(Chan)
Description Returns the response difference between the positive peak detected first when searched
from the right edge toward the left edge within the analysis range and its left adjacent
negative peak.

Figure 8-1 FirstLeftGap

8. Waveform Analysis Library

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)
Range 1 to 9
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the response difference between the positive peak detected first when searched
from the right edge toward the left edge within the analysis range and its left adjacent
negative peak.
Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)
Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = FirstLeftGap(1)
MsgBox "First Left Gap =" & Value

Chapter 8 763
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

FirstLeftInterval(Chan)

Syntax Value = FirstLeftInterval(Chan)

Description Returns the stimulus difference between the positive peak detected first when searched
from the right edge toward the left edge within the analysis range and its left adjacent
negative peak.

Figure 8-2 FirstLeftInterval

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the stimulus difference between the positive peak detected first when searched
from the right edge toward the left edge within the analysis range and its left adjacent
negative peak.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = FirstLeftInterval(1)
MsgBox "First Left Interval =" & Value

764 Chapter 8
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

FirstRightGap(Chan)

Syntax Value = FirstRightGap(Chan)

Description Returns the response difference between the positive peak detected first when searched
from the left edge toward the right edge within the analysis range and its right adjacent
negative peak.

Figure 8-3 FirstRightGap

8. Waveform Analysis Library

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the response difference between the positive peak detected first when searched
from the left edge toward the right edge within the analysis range and its right adjacent
negative peak.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = FirstRightGap(1)
MsgBox "First Right Gap =" & Value

Chapter 8 765
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

FirstRightInterval(Chan)

Syntax Value = FirstRightInterval(Chan)

Description Returns the stimulus difference between the positive peak detected first when searched
from the left edge toward the right edge within the analysis range and its right adjacent
negative peak.

Figure 8-4 FirstRightInterval

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the stimulus difference between the positive peak detected first when searched
from the left edge toward the right edge within the analysis range and its right adjacent
negative peak.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = FirstRightInterval(1)
MsgBox "First Right Interval =" & Value

766 Chapter 8
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

GapMean(Chan)

Syntax Value = GapMean(Chan)

Description Returns the mean value of the response differences between the negative peaks and its
adjacent positive peaks within the analysis range.

Figure 8-5 GapMean

8. Waveform Analysis Library

Variable

Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value

Value

Description Returns the mean value of the response differences between the negative peaks and its
right and left adjacent positive peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = GapMean(1)
MsgBox "Gap Mean =" & Value

Chapter 8 767
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

MaxEnvelopeGap(Chan)

Syntax Value = MaxEnvelopeGap(Chan)

Description Returns the maximum value of the vertical distance between the line segments connecting
2 adjacent positive peaks and the negative peaks between them within the analysis range.

Figure 8-6 MaxEnvelopeGap

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the maximum value of the vertical distance between the line segments
connecting 2 adjacent positive peaks and the negative peaks between them.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = MaxEnvelopeGap(1)
MsgBox "Max Envelope Gap =" & Value

768 Chapter 8
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

MaxGap(Chan)

Syntax Value = MaxGap(Chan)

Description Returns the maximum value of the response differences between the positive peaks and its
adjacent negative peaks within the analysis range.

Figure 8-7 MaxGap

8. Waveform Analysis Library

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the maximum value of the response differences between the positive peaks and
its adjacent negative peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = MaxGap(1)
MsgBox "Max Gap =" & Value

Chapter 8 769
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

MaxLeftGap(Chan)

Syntax Value = MaxLeftGap(Chan)

Description Returns the maximum value of the response differences between the positive peaks and its
left adjacent negative peaks within the analysis range.

Figure 8-8 MaxLeftGap

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the maximum value of the response differences between the positive peaks and
its left adjacent negative peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = MaxLeftGap(1)
MsgBox "Max Left Gap =" & Value

770 Chapter 8
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

MaxPeakToPeak(Chan)

Syntax Value = MaxPeakToPeak(Chan)

Description Returns the maximum value of the response differences between the positive peaks and the
negative peaks within the analysis range.

Figure 8-9 MaxPeakToPeak

8. Waveform Analysis Library

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the maximum value of the response differences between the positive peaks and
the negative peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = MaxPeakToPeak(1)
MsgBox "Max Peak To Peak =" & Value

Chapter 8 771
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

MaxRightGap(Chan)

Syntax Value = MaxRightGap(chan)

Description Returns the maximum value of the response differences between the positive peaks and its
right adjacent negative peaks within the analysis range.

Figure 8-10 MaxRightGap

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the maximum value of the response differences between the positive peaks and
its right adjacent negative peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = MaxRightGap(1)
MsgBox "Max Right Gap =" & Value

772 Chapter 8
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

MaxRipplePoint(Chan,Stim)
Syntax Value = MaxRipplePoint(Chan,Stim)

Description Returns the maximum value of the sum of the response differences between the negative
peaks and its adjacent positive peaks and the stimulus value of the applicable negative
peaks within the analysis range.

Figure 8-11 MaxRipplePoint

8. Waveform Analysis Library

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)
Range 1 to 9
Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the maximum value of the sum of the response differences between the negative
peaks and its adjacent positive peaks.
Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)
Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Stim

Description Returns the stimulus value of the negative peak at which the sum of the response differences
between the negative peak and its adjacent positive peaks is maximum.
Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)
Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Dim Stim As Double

Value = MaxRipplePoint(1, Stim)

MsgBox "Max Ripple Value =" & Value & " , Stimulus =" & Stim

Chapter 8 773
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

MaxRippleValue(Chan)

Syntax Value = MaxRippleValue(Chan)

Description Returns the maximum value of the sum of the response differences between the negative
peaks and its adjacent positive peaks within the analysis range.

Figure 8-12 MaxRippleValue

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Return value
Value

Description Returns the maximum value of the sum of the response differences between the
negative peaks and its adjacent positive peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim Value As Double

Value = MaxRippleValue(1)
MsgBox "Max Ripple Value =" & Value

774 Chapter 8
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

Pole(Chan,D,LeftStim,LeftValue,RightStim,RightValue)

Syntax Call Pole(Chan,D,LeftStim,LeftValue,RightStim,RightValue)

Description For the negative peaks below the specified value (D) relative to the maximum value of the
positive peaks within the analysis range, returns the response value (LeftValue) and
stimulus value (LeftStimulus) of the negative peak first detected when searched to the left
from the maximum value of the positive peaks, and the response value (RightValue) and
stimulus value (RightStimulus) of the negative peak first detected when searched to the
right from the maximum value of the positive peaks.

Figure 8-13 Pole

8. Waveform Analysis Library

Variable
Chan

Description Specifies the channel number.

Data type Integer type (Integer)

Range 1 to 9

Note If the specified variable is out of the allowable setup range, an error occurs when
executed.

Description Specifies the difference from the maximum value.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Chapter 8 775
 Waveform Analysis Library
Procedure Reference

Return value
(arguments)

LeftStim

Description Returns the stimulus value of the negative peak first detected to the left from the
maximum value of the positive peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

LeftValue

Description Returns the response value of the negative peak first detected to the left from the
maximum value of the positive peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

RightStim

Description Returns the stimulus value of the negative peak first detected to the right from the
maximum value of the positive peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

RightValue

Description Returns the response value of the negative peak first detected to the right from the
maximum value of the positive peaks.

Data type Double precision floating point type (Double)

Note If no applicable point is detected, 0 is returned.

Example of use Dim LeftStim As Double

Dim LeftValue As Double
Dim RightStim As Double
Dim RightValue As Double

Call Pole(1, 1, LeftStim, LeftValue, RightStim, RightValue)

MsgBox "Left Pole =" & LeftStim & ":" & LeftValue
MsgBox "Right Pole =" & RightStim & ":" & RightValue

776 Chapter 8
 9. Complex Operation Library

9 Complex Operation Library

This chapter describes the complex operation library.

777
Complex Operation Library
Complex operation library

Complex operation library

By using the complex operation library, you can perform operations of complex numbers.

Data of the complex type

In the complex operation library, you can use the complex type (Complex) as a data type.
Data of the complex type consists of a real part (.real) and an imaginary part (.imag) as
shown in the following example.
Dim Num as Complex
Num.real=1.0
Num.imag=2.0

List of procedures
The following table lists the procedures included in the complex operation library.

Procedure name Function

ComplexSet(x,y) on page 782 Sets a complex number.

(Specify a real part and an imaginary part.)
ComplexPolar(x,y) on page 782 Sets a complex number.
(Specify an absolute value and a phase angle.)
ComplexSetArray(x) on page 783 Converts a variant type or double floating point type
array to a complex type array.
ComplexAdd(x,y) on page 779 Returns the result of the addition.
ComplexSub(x,y) on page 784 Returns the result of the subtraction.
ComplexMul(x,y) on page 781 Returns the result of the multiplication.
ComplexDiv(x,y) on page 780 Returns the result of the division.
ComplexAbs(x) on page 779 Returns the absolute value.
ComplexArg(x) on page 779 Returns the phase angle.
ComplexNorm(x) on page 782 Returns the square of the absolute value.
ComplexConj(x) on page 780 Returns the conjugate complex number.
ComplexCos(x) on page 780 Returns the cosine.
ComplexCosh(x) on page 780 Returns the hyperbolic cosine.
ComplexSin(x) on page 783 Returns the sine.
ComplexSinh(x) on page 783 Returns the hyperbolic sine.
ComplexExp(x) on page 781 Returns ex.
ComplexLog(x) on page 781 Returns the natural logarithm.
ComplexLog10(x) on page 781 Returns the common logarithm.
ComplexSqrt(x) on page 784 Returns the square root.

778 Chapter 9
 Complex Operation Library
Procedure Reference

Procedure Reference
This section describes the procedures in the complex operation library in alphabetical
order.

ComplexAbs(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexAbs(x)

Description Returns the absolute value of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Double precision floating point type (Double)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Double

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexAbs(a)

ComplexAdd(x,y)
Syntax Result = ComplexAdd(x,y)

Description Returns the result (x+y) of the addition of a complex number x and another y.
Data type x Complex type (Complex)
y Complex type (Complex)
Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex, c As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexSet(0.5, 3.5)
c = ComplexAdd(a, b)

9. Complex Operation Library

ComplexArg(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexArg(x)

Description Returns the phase angle (radian) of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Double precision floating point type (Double)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Double, c As Double, pi As Double

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexArg(a)
pi = 3.14159265
c = b * 180 / pi ‘ radian -> degree

Chapter 9 779
 Complex Operation Library
Procedure Reference

ComplexConj(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexConj(x)

Description Returns the conjugate complex number of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexConj(a)

ComplexCos(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexCos(x)

Description Returns the cosine (cos(x)) of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexCos(a)

ComplexCosh(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexCosh(x)

Description Returns the hyperbolic cosine (cosh(x)) of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexCosh(a)

ComplexDiv(x,y)
Syntax Result = ComplexDiv(x,y)

Description Returns the result (x/y) of the division of a complex number x and another y.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

y Complex type (Complex)
Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex, c As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexSet(0.5, 3.5)
c = ComplexDiv(a, b)

780 Chapter 9
 Complex Operation Library
Procedure Reference

ComplexExp(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexExp(x)

Description Returns ex.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexExp(a)

ComplexLog(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexLog(x)

Description Returns the natural logarithm (log(x)) of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexLog(a)

ComplexLog10(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexLog(x)

Description Returns the common logarithm (log10(x)) of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

9. Complex Operation Library

Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexLog10(a)

ComplexMul(x,y)
Syntax Result = ComplexMul(x,y)

Description Returns the result (x×y) of the multiplication of a complex number x and another y.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

y Complex type (Complex)
Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex, c As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexSet(0.5, 3.5)
c = ComplexMul(a, b)

Chapter 9 781
 Complex Operation Library
Procedure Reference

ComplexNorm(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexNorm(x)

Description Returns the square of the absolute value of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Double precision floating point type (Double)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Double

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexNorm(a)

ComplexPolar(x,y)
Syntax z = ComplexPolar(x,y)

Description Sets a complex number to a complex type variable z. Specify a complex number with an absolute
value x and a phase angle y (radian).

Data type x Double precision floating point type (Double)

y Double precision floating point type (Double)
z Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, pi As Double

pi = 3.14159265
a = ComplexPolar(2.5, 60 * pi / 180)

ComplexSet(x,y)
Syntax z = ComplexSet(x,y)

Description Sets a complex number to a complex type variable z. Specify a complex number with a real part x and
an imaginary part y. (Sets x and y to z.real and z.imag respectively.)

Data type x Double precision floating point type (Double)

y Double precision floating point type (Double)
z Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a as Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)

782 Chapter 9
 Complex Operation Library
Procedure Reference

ComplexSetArray(x)
Syntax y = ComplexSetArray(x)

Description Converts a variant type or double floating point type array x that contains complex numbers using 2
elements to store each complex number in the order of the real part and imaginary part to a complex
type array y.

Data type x Variant type (Variant) array or Double precision floating point type
(Double) array
y Complex type (Complex) array

Example of use Dim a as Variant, b as Complex

a = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.SDATa
b = ComplexSetArray(a)

ComplexSin(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexSin(x)

Description Returns the sine (sin(x)) of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexSin(a)

ComplexSinh(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexSinh(x)

Description Returns the hyperbolic sine (sinh(x)) of a complex number x.

9. Complex Operation Library

Data type x Complex type (Complex)
Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexSinh(a)

Chapter 9 783
 Complex Operation Library
Procedure Reference

ComplexSqrt(x)
Syntax Result = ComplexSqrt(x)

Description Returns the square root ( x ) of a complex number x.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexSqrt(a)

ComplexSub(x,y)
Syntax Result = ComplexSub(x,y)

Description Returns the result (x − y) of the subtraction of a complex number x and another y.

Data type x Complex type (Complex)

y Complex type (Complex)
Result Complex type (Complex)

Example of use Dim a As Complex, b As Complex, c As Complex

a = ComplexSet(1.5, 2.0)
b = ComplexSet(0.5, 3.5)
c = ComplexSub(a, b)

784 Chapter 9
 Complex Operation Library
Sample Program

Sample Program
:
:

Dim Dmy As Long

Dim s21_raw As Variant
Dim s31_raw As Variant
Dim s21_Comp As Complex
Dim s31_Comp As Complex
Dim trAce_ratio_comp As Complex
Dim trAce_ratio(401) As Double

SCPI.DISPlay.Split = "D1"
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(1).Split = "D12_34"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter.Count = 2
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).DEFine = "s21"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).DEFine = "s31"
SCPI.SENSe(1).SWEep.POINts = 201

:
:
:

SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.Source = "bus"
SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle
Dmy = SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC

'''' Get corrected data array

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(1).SELect
s21_raw = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.SDATa
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(2).SELect
s31_raw = SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.SDATa

For i = 0 To 200

'''' Copy corrected data array to the complex data array

'''' to take advantage of complex operation library
s21_Comp = ComplexSet(s21_raw(2 * i), s21_raw(2 * i + 1))
s31_Comp = ComplexSet(s31_raw(2 * i), s31_raw(2 * i + 1))

'''' Calculate the ratio of S31 and S21

9. Complex Operation Library

'''' S31/S21
trAce_ratio_comp = ComplexDiv(s31_Comp, s21_Comp)

trAce_ratio(2 * i) = trAce_ratio_comp.real
trAce_ratio(2 * i + 1) = trAce_ratio_comp.imag

Next i

SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter.Count = 4

'''' Write "S31/S21" data to corrected data array for the trace 3 (LogMag)
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(3).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.Format = "MLOG"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.SDATa = trAce_ratio

'''' Write "S31/S21" data to corrected data array for the trace 4 (Phase)
SCPI.CALCulate(1).PARameter(4).SELect
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.Format = "PHASe"
SCPI.CALCulate(1).SELected.DATA.SDATa = trAce_ratio

:
:

Chapter 9 785
Complex Operation Library
Sample Program

786 Chapter 9
A Manual Changes

This appendix contains the information required to adapt this manual to versions or
A. Manual Changes

configurations of the E5070B/E5071B manufactured earlier than the current printing date
of this manual.

787
 Manual Changes
Manual Changes

Manual Changes
To adapt this manual to your E5070B/E5071B, refer to Table A-1 and Table A-2.
Table A-1 Manual Changes by Serial Number

Serial Prefix or Number Make Manual Changes

MY423 Change 6

Table A-2 Manual Changes by Firmware Version

Version Make Manual Changes

A.03.0x Change 1

A.03.53 Change 2

A.03.54 Change 3

A.03.62 Change 4

A.04.00 Change 5

A.05.00 Change 7

A.06.00 Change 8

A.06.50 Change 9

A.08.01 Change 10

The ten-character serial number is stamped on the serial number plate (Figure A-1) on the
rear panel.

Figure A-1 Example of Serial Number Plate

788 Appendix A
 Manual Changes
Manual Changes

Change 10
The firmware revision A.08.01 and below does not support the following COM objects.
Please delete their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. DATA on page 331

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCh.STATe on page 332
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh. THReshold on page 333
The firmware rivision A.08.01 or lower does not support the following functions. Please
delete the descriptions about these functions from this manual.

R Notch search function

Change 9
The firmware revision A.06.50 and below does not support the following COM objects.
Please delete their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe on page 279

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT on page 280
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid on page 281
• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).DATA on page 459
• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum).SIZE on page 461
• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum).DATA on page 462
• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum).DATA on page 463
• SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum).DATA on page 464
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LENGth on page 488
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.STATe on page 533
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ADAPter.REMoval on
page 534
• SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MAXimum on page 642
• SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MINimum on page 642
• SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.POINts on page 643
• SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe on page 755
The following COM objects include parameters, which cannot be chosen with the
firmware revision A.06.50 and below.

• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std).TYPE on page 517

The firmware rivision A.06.50 or lower does not support the following functions. Please
delete the descriptions about these functions from this manual.
A. Manual Changes

R Equation editor function

R User definition variable function
R Function to trigger only the active channel

Appendix A 789
Manual Changes
Manual Changes

R Change of the dialog box for checking the puroduct information

R Calibration kits, 85038A/F/M, have been added
R Available power meters, N1911A/N1912A, have been added.
R Function to remove/insert adapter characteristics.
R Unknown Thru Calibration function

Change 8
The firmware revision A.06.00 and below does not support the following COM objects.
Please delete their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA on page 450

• SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat on page 451
• SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P on page 452
• SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P on page 453
• SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P on page 454
• SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P on page 455
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE on page 545
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe on page 584
• SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect. NTOLerance on page 655
• SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage on page 750
• SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay on page 751
• SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe on page 752
The firmware rivision A.06.00 or lower does not support the following functions. Please
delete the descriptions about these functions from this manual.

R Low latency external trigger function

R Averaging trigger function
R Function of tolerance setting at power calibration
R Function of trigger source setting at calibration
R Function of data saving in touchstone format by using front panel
R Function of simplified full 3/4 port calibration by using front panel
R Simplified 3/4 port TRL calibration function
R Partial overwrite function

Change 7
The firmware revision A.05.00 and below does not support the following COM objects.
Please delete their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary on page 209

790 Appendix A
 Manual Changes
Manual Changes

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL on
page 211
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary on page 222
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion. BPORt(Bpt).REAL on
page 223
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
PORT(Pt).IMAGinary on page 252
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. PORT(Pt).REAL on
page 253
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. MEDium on page 271
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay. WGCutoff on page 273
• SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIGn. STATe on page 396
• SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SINGle. STATe on page 397
• SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.X on
page 403
• SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.MARKer.POSition.Y on
page 404
• SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit) on page 432
• SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit) on page 442
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBClass on page 483
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLine on page 485
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire. TRLReflect on page 486
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLThru on page 487
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)
on page 497
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLReflect on page 498
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. TRLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n)
on page 499
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std). CHARacter on
page 507
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMAXimum on
page 509
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std) .FMINimum on
page 510
A. Manual Changes

• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption. IMPedance on
page 519
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoption. RPLane on page 520
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentation .STATe on

Appendix A 791
Manual Changes
Manual Changes

page 525
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cpt) on page 526
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2 on page 541
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3 on page 542
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4 on page 543
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFig on page 548
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFfset on page 549
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS on page 550
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEASure on page 551
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT(Pt) on page 552
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet on page 553
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt on page 554
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP on page 555
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). FREQuency(Fq) on
page 556
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). INCLude(Il).STATe on
page 558
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LDC on page 560
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt) .LOSS(Loss) on page 561
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIME on page 563
• SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer.CATalog on page 594
• SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).INCount on page 597
• SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME on page 598
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog on page 600
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect on page 601
• SCPI.SYSTem.UPReset on page 749
The following COM objects include parameters, which cannot be chosen with the
firmware revision A.05.00 and below.

• SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit on page 391

• SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit on page 400
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. LOAD(Cpt) on page 490
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. OPEN(Cpt) on page 492
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SELect on page 493
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. SHORt(Cpt) on page 494
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer. THRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n) on
page 495
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544

792 Appendix A
 Manual Changes
Manual Changes

• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).COUNt on page 595

The firmware revision A.05.00 or below does not support the following functions. Please
delete the descriptions about these functions in this manual.

R User preset function

R Function to display the marker value for non-active traces.
R Function to the display position where the marker value are displayed.
R Function to align the marker value.

R User recovery function*1

R TRL calibration by softkeys
R Function to set the Waveguide for the media type.
R Loss correction.
R Auto port extension and auto loss value calculation.
R Function to turn off the auto-detect function of the Ecal module (Manual setting is
available).
R Conversion function of differential/common port reference impedance of the fixture
simulator in complex format.
R Function to have the E5091A-016 multiport test set correspond to this instrument.
R Function to select the 85052C for the calibration kit.
R Function to specify up to eight calibration standards for each calibration class.
R Reading/Writing of the calibration standard files.

R Function to set the measurement point to a maximum of 20001.*2

Change 6
The serial prefix MY423 or below dose not support the USB(USBTMC) interface port.
Please delete the discription in this manual.

Change 5
The firmware revision A.04.00 and below does not support the following COM objects.
Please delete their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe on page 268

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB on page 261
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKer on page 262
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 263
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL on page 264
A. Manual Changes

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum on page 265

*1.This function is available when the volume label on the C-drive is CP600 or higher.
*2.This function is available when the channel/trace is set to Ch 1 / Tr 4 20001 Points.

Appendix A 793
Manual Changes
Manual Changes

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum on page 266

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA on page 267
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.ALL on page 309
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitude on page 306
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer on page 307
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus on page 308
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe on page 352
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA on page 345
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect on page 348
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue on page 349
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE on page 347
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL on page 350
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA on page 351
• SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit on page 435
• SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit on page 447
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA on page 470
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERESponse on page 472
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.OPEN on
page 473
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.SHORt on
page 473
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT1 on page 475
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT2 on page 476
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT3 on page 477
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SOLT4 on page 478
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RESPonse.THRU on
page 474
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE on page 479
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESponse on page 523
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ERESponse on page 535
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt on page 684
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on page 677
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition on page 670
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt on
page 673
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.CONDition on
page 671

794 Appendix A
 Manual Changes
Manual Changes

• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle on
page 672
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition on
page 674
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition on
page 675
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle on page 676
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition on page 678
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition on page 679
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CONDition on page 680
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt on page 681
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition on page 680
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle on page 681
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on page 682
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on page 683
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle on page 684
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition on page 685
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition on page 686
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt on page 722
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVENt on page 715
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CONDition on page 708
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.EVENt on
page 711
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.CONDition on
page 709
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.ENABle on
page 710
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.NTRansition on
page 712
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHannel.PTRansition on
page 713
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENABle on page 714
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRansition on page 716
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRansition on page 717
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CONDition on page 718
A. Manual Changes

• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition on page 718

• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle on page 719
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition on page 720

Appendix A 795
Manual Changes
Manual Changes

• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition on page 721

• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle on page 722
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition on page 723
• SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition on page 724
• SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel on page 744
The following COM objects include parameters, which cannot be chosen with the
firmware revision A.04.00 and below.

• SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE on page 394

• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE on page 544
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) on page 585
The firmware revision A.04.00 and below does not support the following functions. Please
delete the descriptions about these functions in this manual.

R Offset limit line function

R Ripple test function
R Bandwidth test function
R Enhanced response calibration
R Frequency information appearing as asterisks
R Disable USB mass storage devices

Change 4
The firmware revision A.03.62 and below does not support the following COM objects.
Please delete their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt on page 260

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis on page 341
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFset.XAXis on page 344
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar on page 469
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar on page 521
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar on page 566
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD on page 567
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN on page 568
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.PMETer on page 569
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt on page 571
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU on page 572
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar on page 573
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SMIX2 on page 574
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1 on page 575

796 Appendix A
 Manual Changes
Manual Changes

• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SMIX2 on page 576

• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHod.SOLT1 on page 577
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE on page 578
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.ACQuire on page 580
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe on page 581
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious on page 609
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe on page 610
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DATA on page 611
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor on page 612
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 613
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet on page 614
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt on page 615
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP on page 616
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude on
page 617
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA on page 618
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe on page 619
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe on page 620
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DATA on page 621
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor on page 622
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTiplier on page 623
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet on page 624
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt on page 625
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP on page 626
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe on page 627
• SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRess on page 729
• SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.FREQuency on
page 730
• SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.POWer on
page 731
• SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.PRESet on
page 732
• SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOMmand.RFON on
page 733
A. Manual Changes

• SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl on page 734

• SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE on page 735
• SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt on page 754

Appendix A 797
Manual Changes
Manual Changes

The following COM objects include parameters, which cannot be chosen with the
firmware revision A.03.62 and below.

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr). SSBalanced.DEFine
on page 228
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine on page 258
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion on page 269
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE(Tr) on page 585
The firmware revision A.03.62 and below does not support the following functions. Please
delete the descriptions about these functions in this manual.

R Scalar-mixer calibration
R Vector-mixer calibration
R Absolute measurement function and receiver calibration
R Frequency offset function (including the avoid spurious function)
R External signal generator control function
R Point tirgger function
R Z/Y Transmission-Shunt conversion
R Imbalance 3 and 4 parameters for SE-SE-Bal measurement (Fixture simulator)
R Assignable x-axis such as RF+LO, RF-LO, and LO-RF frequencies for each active
trace
R Conjugation for converting vector mixer measurement parameters
R 7 mm calibration kits such as 85031B and 85050C/D
R Calibration data and calibration coefficient clear functions

Change 3
The firmware revision A.03.54 and below does not support the following COM objects.
Please delete their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.SERVice.SREVision on page 641

• SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO on page 645
The firmware revision A.03.54 and below does not support the following functions. Please
delete the descriptions about these functions in this manual

R Auto Power Range set function

Change 2
The firmware revision A.03.53 and below does not support the following COM objects.
Please delete their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.PORT on page 739

• SCPI.SYSTem.ISPC.STAT on page 740
The firmware revision A.03.53 and below does not support the following functions. Please

798 Appendix A
 Manual Changes
Manual Changes

delete the descriptions about these functions in this manual

R Initial Source Port Control function

Change 1
The firmware revision A.03.0x does not support the following COM objects. Please delete
their descriptions in this manual.

• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). FILename on
page 234
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nwk). TYPE on page 235
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe on page 236
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A. PORTs on page 237
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B. PORTs on page 238
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C. PORTs on page 239
• SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE on page 240
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.CCHeck. ACQuire on page 522
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar on page 532
• SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SIMPlified.SAVE on page 547
The firmware revision A.03.0x does not support the following functions. Please delete the
descriptions about these functions in this manual

R Loading and executing program in batch process

A. Manual Changes

Appendix A 799
Manual Changes
Manual Changes

800 Appendix A
 Index

Index
A SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.STA
analysis Te, 221
ripple analysis library, 760 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
Application objects, 136 BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary, 222
array data SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
storing array data, 75 BPORt(Bpt).REAL, 223
Array function, 44 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
automatic Loading BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R, 224
Loading a project at power-on, 50 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DZConversion.
STATe, 225
B SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
BBALanced.DEFine, 226
break point, 59 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
SBALanced.DEFine, 227
C SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.PARameter(Tr).
Calib_Solt SSBalanced.DEFine, 228
procedure for full n-port calibration, 98 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.STATe, 229
calibration SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.BBA
Calib_Solt procedure, 98 Lanced.PPORts, 230
class module, 37 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.PRO
inserting class module, 40 Perty.STATe, 231
Clear SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SBA
Error queue, 417 Lanced.PPORts, 232
Status register, 417 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.TOPology.SSB
Clear Echo button, 63 alanced.PPORts, 233
Close Editor button, 36 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nw
code window, 42 k).FILename, 234
coding SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.NETWork(Nw
auto-complete function, 45 k).TYPE, 235
coding a VBA program, 42 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.STATe, 236
COM OBJECT SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.A.P
NAME, 199 ORTs, 237
OnPress Event, 204 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.B.P
Parse, 200 ORTs, 238
Prompt, 201 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TOPology.C.P
SCPI.ABORt, 208 ORTs, 239
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.EMBed.TYPE, 240
BPORt(Bpt).IMAGinary, 209 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PO
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. RT(Prt).TYPE, 241
BPORt(Bpt).REAL, 211 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.PO
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. RT(Pt).USER.FILename, 243
BPORt(Bpt).Z0.R, 212 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.DEEMbed.ST
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.CZConversion. ATe, 244
STATe, 213 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PO
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DEVice, 214 RT(Pt).PARameters.C, 245
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BP SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PO
ORt(Bpt).PARameters.C, 215 RT(Pt).PARameters.L, 247
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BP SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PO
ORt(Bpt).PARameters.G, 216 RT(Pt).PARameters.R, 248
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BP SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PO
ORt(Bpt).PARameters.L, 217 RT(Pt).TYPE, 249
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BP SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PO
ORt(Bpt).PARameters.R, 218 RT(Pt).USER.FILename, 250
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BP SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.ST
ORt(Bpt).TYPE, 219 ATe, 251
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.BALun.DMCircuit.BP SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion.
ORt(Bpt).USER.FILename, 220 PORT(Pt).IMAGinary, 252

801
Index

SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.COU
PORT(Pt).REAL, 253 Ple, 291
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STA
PORT(Pt).Z0.R, 254 Rt, 292
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.SENDed.ZCONversion. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STA
STATe, 255 Te, 293
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).FSIMulator.STATe, 256 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DOMain.STO
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).COUNt, 257 P, 294
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).DEFine, 258 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.EXECute, 295
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SELect, 259 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PEXCursion,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).PARameter(Tr).SPORt, 260 296
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DB, 261 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.POINts, 297
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.MARKe SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.PPOLarity,
r, 262 298
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.DISPlay.VALue, SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TARGet, 299
263 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TTRansition,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.FAIL, 264 300
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MAXimum, 265 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.TYPE, 301
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.MINimum, 266 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DATA, 302
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.REPort.DATA, SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.DISPlay.STATe,
267 304
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.BLIMit.STATe, 268 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.FAIL, 305
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.FUNCtion, SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.AMPLitud
269 e, 306
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CONVersion.STATe, 270 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.MARKer,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.M 307
EDium, 271 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.OFFSet.STIMulus,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.TI 308
ME, 272 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.ALL, 309
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.EDELay.W SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.DATA, 310
GCutoff, 273 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.REPort.POINts,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.CORRection.OFFSet.PH 311
ASe, 274 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.LIMit.STATe, 312
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FDATa, 275 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).ACTivate,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.FMEMory, 276 313
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SDATa, 277 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.D
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.DATA.SMEMory, 278 ATA, 314
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.STATe, 279 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.S
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.TEXT, 280 TATe, 315
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.EQUation.VALid, 281 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).BWIDth.T
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.CE HReshhold, 316
NTer, 282 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).COUPle,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SH 317
APe, 283 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).DISCrete,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.SP 318
AN, 284 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.ST DOMain.COUPle, 319
ARt, 285 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.ST DOMain.STARt, 320
ATe, 286 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.ST DOMain.STATe, 321
OP, 287 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FILTer.GATE.TIME.TY DOMain.STOP, 322
PE, 288 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FORMat, 289 EXECute, 323
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.FUNCtion.DATA, 290 SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
PPOLarity, 325

802
 Index

Index
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STIM
TARGet, 326 ulus, 363
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STOP
TRACking, 327 , 364
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.TYPE
TTRansition, 328 , 365
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion. SCPI.CALCulate(Cn).FSIMulator.SENDed.PMCircuit.PO
TYPE, 329 RT(Pt).PARameters.G, 246
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh.D SCPI.CALCulate(Cn).SELected.MARKer(Mk).FUNCtion.
ATA, 331 PEXCursion, 324
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).NOTCh.T SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.A.DATA, 366
HReshhold, 333 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.B.DATA, 367
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).REFerence SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.DATA, 368
.STATe, 334 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.C.MODE, 369
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).SET, 335 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.DATA, 370
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).STATe, SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.D.MODE, 371
336 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.E.DATA, 372
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).X, 337 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.INDex.STATe, 373
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer(Mk).Y, 338 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.EXTension.RTRigger.STATe,
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MARKer.NOTCÇà.STA 374
Te, 332 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.F.DATA, 375
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.FUNCtion, 339 SCPI.CONTrol.HANDler.OUTPut(Num).DATA, 376
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MATH.MEMorize, 340 SCPI.DISPlay.ANNotation.FREQuency.STATe, 377
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MIXer.XAXis, 341 SCPI.DISPlay.CCLear, 377
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.DATA, 342 SCPI.DISPlay.CLOCk, 378
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.MSTatistics.STATe, 343 SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).BACK, 379
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.OFFset.XAXis, 344 SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).GRATicule(Gnum), 380
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DATA, 345 SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).LIMit(Lnum), 381
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.LINE, SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).RESet, 382
347 SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).DATA, 383
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.SELect, SCPI.DISPlay.COLor(Dnum).TRACe(Tr).MEMory, 384
348 SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.CLEar, 385
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.DISPlay.VALue, SCPI.DISPlay.ECHO.DATA, 385
349 SCPI.DISPlay.ENABle, 386
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.FAIL, 350 SCPI.DISPlay.FSIGn, 387
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.REPort.DATA, SCPI.DISPlay.IMAGe, 388
351 SCPI.DISPlay.MAXimize, 389
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.RLIMit.STATe, 352 SCPI.DISPlay.SKEY.STATe, 390
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.APERture, SCPI.DISPlay.SPLit, 391
353 SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.STATe, 393
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.SMOothing.STATe, 354 SCPI.DISPlay.TABLe.TYPE, 394
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.CEN SCPI.DISPlay.UPDate.IMMediate, 395
Ter, 355 SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ACTivate, 395
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.IMPul SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.ALIG
se.WIDTh, 356 n. STATe, 396
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.KBES SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).ANNotation.MARKer.SING
sel, 357 le.STATe, 397
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.LPFR SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).LABel, 398
equency, 358 SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).MAXimize, 399
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.SPAN SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).SPLit, 400
, 359 SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.DATA, 401
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STAR SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TITLe.STATe, 402
t, 360 SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.M
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STAT ARKer.POSition.X, 403
e, 361 SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).ANNotation.M
SCPI.CALCulate(Ch).SELected.TRANsform.TIME.STEP ARKer.POSition.Y, 404
.RTIMe, 362

803
Index

SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).MEMory.STAT SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.FORMat, 451

e, 405 SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S1P, 452
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).STATe, 406 SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S2P, 453
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.AUT SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S3P, 454
O, 406 SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.TYPE.S4P, 455
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.PDIV SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STATe, 456
ision, 407 SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.STYPe, 457
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RLE SCPI.OUTPut.STATe, 458
Vel, 408 SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum)DATA, 459
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).TRACe(Tr).Y.SCALe.RPOS SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.ARRay(Vnum)SIZE, 461
ition, 409 SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.DOUBle(Vnum)DATA, 462
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).X.SPACing, 410 SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.LONG(Vnum)DATA, 463
SCPI.DISPlay.WINDow(Ch).Y.SCALe.DIVisions, 411 SCPI.PROGram.VARiable.STRing(Vnum)DATA, 464
SCPI.FORMat.BORDer, 412 SCPI.SENs(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.DATA, 470
SCPI.FORMat.DATA, 413 SCPI.SENs(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.ERE
SCPI.HCOPy.ABORt, 415 Sponse, 472
SCPI.HCOPy.IMAGe, 415 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.CLEar, 465
SCPI.HCOPy.IMMediate, 416 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.COUNt, 465
SCPI.IEEE4882.CLS, 417 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).AVERage.STATe, 466
SCPI.IEEE4882.ESE, 418 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BANDwidth.RESolution, 467
SCPI.IEEE4882.ESR, 419 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).BWIDth.RESolution, 468
SCPI.IEEE4882.IDN, 419 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORection.COLLect.METHod.ERESpo
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPC, 420 nse, 535
SCPI.IEEE4882.OPT, 421 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.CLEar, 469
SCPI.IEEE4882.RST, 421 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RE
SCPI.IEEE4882.SRE, 422 SPonse.OPEN, 473
SCPI.IEEE4882.STB, 423 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RE
SCPI.IEEE4882.TRG, 423 SPonse.SHORt, 473
SCPI.IEEE4882.WAI, 423 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.RE
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).CONTinuous, 424 SPonse.THRU, 474
SCPI.INITiate(Ch).IMMediate, 425 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SL
SCPI.MMEMory.CATalog(Dir), 426 OT2, 476
SCPI.MMEMory.COPY, 427 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SL
SCPI.MMEMory.DELete, 428 OT3, 477
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.ASCFactor, 429 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SL
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.BSCFactor, 430 OT4, 478
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CHANnel.STATe, 431 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.METHod.SO
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.CKIT(Ckit), 432 LT1, 475
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.LIMit, 433 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COEFficient.SAVE, 479
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.PLOSs(Pt), 434 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.ISOLat
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.RLIMit, 435 ion, 480
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.SEGMent, 436 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.LOAD,
SCPI.MMEMory.LOAD.STATe, 437 481
SCPI.MMEMory.MDIRectory, 438 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.OPEN,
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.ASCFactor, 439 482
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.BSCFactor, 440 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SHORt
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.CLEar, 441 , 482
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CHANnel.STATe, 441 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.SUBCl
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.CKIT(Ckit), 442 ass, 483
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.FDATa, 443 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.THRU,
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.IMAGe, 444 484
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.LIMit, 445 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLLi
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.PLOSs(Pt), 446 ne, 485
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.RLIMit, 447 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLRe
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SALL, 448 flect, 486
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SEGMent, 449 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ACQuire.TRLTh
SCPI.MMEMory.STORe.SNP.DATA, 450 ru, 487

804
 Index

Index
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ADAPter(Pt).LE SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std
NGth, 488 ).Z0, 518
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.LABel, SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoptio
489 n.IMPedance, 519
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.L SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.TRLoptio
OAD(Cpt), 490 n.RPLane, 520
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.O SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CLEar, 521
PEN(Cpt), 492 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.CCHeck.
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.SE ACQuire, 522
Lect, 493 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ERESpon
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.S se, 523
HORt(Cpt), 494 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ISOLatio
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.T n.STATe, 524
HRU(Cpt_m,Cpt_n), 495 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.ORIentati
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.T on.STATe, 525
RLLine(Cpt_m,Cpt_n), 497 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.PATH(Cp
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.T t), 526
RLReflect, 498 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT1,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.ORDer.T 527
RLThru(Cpt_m,Cpt_n), 499 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT2,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.RESet, 528
500 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT3,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.SELect, 529
500 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.SOLT4,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 530
).ARBitrary, 502 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.THRU,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 531
).C0, 503 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UCHar,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 532
).C1, 504 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.ECAL.UTHRu.S
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std TATe, 533
).C2, 505 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.ADAP
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std ter.REMoval, 534
).C3, 506 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPo
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std nse.OPEN, 536
).CHARacter, 507 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPo
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std nse.SHORt, 536
).DELay, 508 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.RESPo
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std nse.THRU, 537
).FMAX, 509 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 1, 537
).FMIN, 510 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 2, 538
).L0, 511 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 3, 539
).L1, 512 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.SOLT
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 4, 540
).L2, 513 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL2,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 541
).L3, 514 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL3,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 542
).LABel, 515 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TRL4,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 543
).LOSS, 516 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.METHod.TYPE,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.CKIT.STAN(Std 544
).TYPE, 517 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.PARTial.SAVE,
545

805
Index

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SAVE, 546 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).COLLect.A

SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.COLLect.SIMPlified.SAV CQuire, 580
E, 547 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RECeiver(Pt).STATe, 581
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.CONFi SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.RVELocity.COAX, 582
g, 548 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.STATe, 583
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.DCOFf SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TRIGger.FREE.STATe,
set, 549 584
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.LOSS, SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.TYPE, 585
550 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CENTer, 587
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.MEAS SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.CW, 588
ure, 551 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.DATA, 589
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.PORT( SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.FIXed, 590
Pt), 552 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.SPAN, 591
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.RESet, SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STARt, 592
553 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).FREQuency.STOP, 593, 594
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STARt, SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).OUTPut.DATA, 599
554 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).CATalog,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.AUTO.STOP, 600
555 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).PORT(Pt).SELect,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). 601
FREQuency(Fq), 556 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).STATe, 603
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt). SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DAT
INCLude(Il).STATe, 558 A, 604
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LD SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT1, 605
C, 560 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT2, 606
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).LOS SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT3, 607
S(Loss), 561 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.PORT4, 608
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.PORT(Pt).TIM SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.ASPurious, 609
E, 563 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.CONTrol.STATe, 610
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.EXTension.STATe, 564 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DATA, 611
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.IMPedance.INPut.MAGNi SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.DIVisor,
tude, 565 612
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.CLEar, 566 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.MULTiplie
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuir r, 613
e.LOAD, 567 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.OFFSet,
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuir 614
e.OPEN, 568 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STARt, 615
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuir SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.FREQuency.STOP, 616
e.PMETer, 569 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.IMMedia
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuir te.AMPLitude, 617
e.SHORt, 571 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.D
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ACQuir ATA, 618
e.THRU, 572 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.S
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.CLEar, TATe, 619
573 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.LOCal.STATe, 620
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.S SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DATA,
MIX2, 574 621
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.ECAL.S SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.DIVisor,
OLT1, 575 622
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHo SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.MULTi
d.SMIX2, 576 plier, 623
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.METHo SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.OFFSet,
d.SOLT1, 577 624
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.OFFSet.COLLect.SAVE, SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STARt,
578 625
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).CORRection.PROPerty, 579 SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.PORT(Pt).FREQuency.STOP,
626

806
 Index

Index
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).OFFSet.STATe, 627 SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TAB
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).ROSCillator.SOURce, 628 Le.ASENsor.DATA, 656
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.DATA, 629 SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.TAB
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.POINts, 631 Le.BSENsor.DATA, 657
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SEGMent.SWEep.TIME.DATA, 631 SCPI.STATus.OPERation.CONDition, 667
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.ASPurious, 632 SCPI.STATus.OPERation.ENABle, 667
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.DELay, 633 SCPI.STATus.OPERation.EVENt, 668
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.GENeration, 634 SCPI.STATus.OPERation.NTRansition, 668
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.POINts, 635 SCPI.STATus.OPERation.PTRansition, 669
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.AUTO, 636 SCPI.STATus.PRESet, 669
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TIME.DATA, 637 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CON
SCPI.SENSe(Ch).SWEep.TYPE, 638 Dition, 670
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).DISPlay.STATe, 596 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).INCount, 597 annel.CONDition, 671
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).NAME, 598 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH
SCPI.SENSe.MULTiplexer(Id).TSET9.OUTPut.DATA, annel.ENABle, 672
595 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel(Ch).TRACe.ACTive, 640 annel.EVENt, 673
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.ACTive, 639 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.COUNt, 639 annel.NTRansition, 674
SCPI.SERVice.CHANnel.TRACe.COUNt, 640 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH
SCPI.SERVice.PORT.COUNt, 641 annel.PTRansition, 675
SCPI.SERVice.SREVision, 641 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENA
SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MAXimum, 642 Ble, 676
SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.FREQuency.MINimum, 642 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVE
SCPI.SERVice.SWEep.POINts, 643 Nt, 677
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.AUTO, 645 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTR
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.ATTenuation.DATA, 644 ansition, 678
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.CENTer, 647 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTR
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.IMMediate.AMPLitude ansition, 679
, 648 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.CONDition, 680
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.DATA, 649 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.CONDition,
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.LEVel.SLOPe.STATe, 650 680
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLL SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle,
ect.ACQuire, 651 681
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLL SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt, 681
ect.AVERage.COUNt, 653 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansitio
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLL n, 682
ect.TABLe.LOSS.DATA, 658 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.COLL , 683
ect.TABLe.LOSS.STATe, 659 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.ENABle, 684
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.DATA SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.EVENt, 684
, 660 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.NTRansition, 685
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).CORRection.STAT SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.BLIMit.PTRansition, 686
e, 661 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.CONDition, 687
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT(Pt).LEVel.IMMediate. SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.ENABle, 688
AMPLitude, 663 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.EVENt, 689
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.PORT.COUPle, 662 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).COND
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.SPAN, 664 ition, 689
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STARt, 665 SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHa
SCPI.SOURce(Ch).POWer.STOP, 666 nnel.CONDition, 690
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.ASE SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHa
Nsor.RCFactor, 652 nnel.ENABle, 691
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.BSE SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHa
Nsor.RCFactor, 654 nnel.EVENt, 692
SCPI.SOURce.POWer.PORT.CORRection.COLLect.NTO SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHa
Lerance, 655 nnel.NTRansition, 693

807
Index

SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECHa SCPI.SYSTem.BACKlight, 725

nnel.PTRansition, 694 SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.IMMediate, 726
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENAB SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.COMPlete.STATe, 726
le, 695 SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.IMMediate, 727
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVEN SCPI.SYSTem.BEEPer.WARNing.STATe, 727
t, 696 SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.PMETer.ADDRess,
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTRa 728
nsition, 697 SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.ADDRe
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTRan ss, 729
sition, 698 SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOM
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.CONDition, 699 mand.FREQuency, 730
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.CONDition, SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOM
699 mand.POWer, 731
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.ENABle, 700 SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOM
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.EVENt, 700 mand.PRESet, 732
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.NTRansition, SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.CCOM
701 mand.RFON, 733
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition, SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.DWELl,
702 734
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.ENABle, 703 SCPI.SYSTem.COMMunicate.GPIB.SGENerator.TYPE,
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.EVENt, 703 735
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.NTRansition, 704 SCPI.SYSTem.CORRection.STATe, 736
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.LIMit.PTRansition, 705 SCPI.SYSTem.DATE, 737
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.NTRansition, 706 SCPI.SYSTem.ERRor, 738
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.PTRansition, 707 SCPI.SYSTem.ISPControl.PORT, 739
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).CON SCPI.SYSTem.ISPControl.STATe, 740
Dition, 708 SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.KBD, 741
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH SCPI.SYSTem.KLOCk.MOUSe, 742
annel.CONDition, 709 SCPI.SYSTem.POFF, 742
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH SCPI.SYSTem.PRESet, 743
annel.ENABle, 710 SCPI.SYSTem.SECurity.LEVel, 744
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH SCPI.SYSTem.SERVice, 745
annel.EVENt, 711 SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.HIGH, 746
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH SCPI.SYSTem.TEMPerature.STATe, 747
annel.NTRansition, 712 SCPI.SYSTem.TIME, 748
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ECH SCPI.SYSTem.UPReset, 749
annel.PTRansition, 713 SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.AVERage, 750
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).ENA SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.DELay, 751
Ble, 714 SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.EXTernal.LLATency.STATe,
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).EVE 752
Nt, 715 SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.IMMediate, 753
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).NTR SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.POINt, 754
ansition, 716 SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SCOPe, 755
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CHANnel(Ch).PTR SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SINGle, 756
ansition, 717 SCPI.TRIGger.SEQuence.SOURce, 757
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.CONDition, 718 UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Caption, 202
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.ENABle, UserMenu.Item(Key_id).Enabled, 203
719 UserMenu.PRESet, 204
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.EVENt, 719 UserMenu.Press(Key_id), 205
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.NTRansitio UserMenu.Show, 205
n, 720 UserMenu_OnPress(ByVal Key_id As Long), 204
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ELIMit.PTRansition VBAVersion, 206
, 721 WaitOnSRQ, 207
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.ENABle, 722 COM object
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.EVENt, 722 about COM object, 31
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.NTRansition, 723 accessing a list of COM objects, 66
SCPI.STATus.QUEStionable.RLIMit.PTRansition, 724 auto-complete function, 45

808
 Index

Index
control methods of the E5070B/E5071B, 31 control methods of the E5070B/E5071B, 31
conversion rules from SCPI commands, 137 controlling peripherals
ECHO, 198 control methods, 30
list by front panel key, 160 implementing a control system, 29
list by function, 138 overview, 88
looking up COM objects, 24
major control difference between COM object and SCPI D
command, 32 data
object model, 136 reading/writing measurement data, 75
object tree, 178 data hint, 60
overview of E5070B/E5071B COM object, 31 DC bias
COM object reference application program for DC power supply, 90
notational rules, 196 debugging, 57
Complex operation library, 778 description
ComplexAbs(x), 779 COM Object reference, 196
ComplexAdd(x,y), 779 display
ComplexArg(x), 779 Display_Update procedure, 110
ComplexConj(x), 780 echo Window, 63
ComplexCos(x), 780 initial screen of Visual Basic Editor, 34
ComplexCosh(x), 780 switching from Visual Basic Editor to E5070B/E5071B
ComplexDiv(x,y), 780 measurement screen, 36
ComplexExp(x), 781 Display_Update
ComplexLog(x), 781 procedure for displaying analysis results, 110
ComplexLog10(x), 781
ComplexMul(x,y), 781
E
ComplexNorm(x), 782
ComplexPolar(x,y), 782 echo window, 63
ComplexSet(x,y), 782 Echo Window button, 63
ComplexSetArray(x), 783 End statement
ComplexSin(x), 783 stopping a VBA program, 56
ComplexSinh(x), 783 equivalent key
ComplexSqrt(x), 784 equivalent key to COM object, 197
ComplexSub(x,y), 784 error handling routine
Complex type, 778 On Error GoTo sentence, 98
ComplexAbs(x), 779 errors
ComplexAdd(x,y), 779 run-time errors, 57
ComplexArg(x), 779 syntax errors, 57
ComplexConj(x), 780 event
ComplexCos(x), 780 COM objects, 31
ComplexCosh(x), 780 executing a procedure with assigned softkey, 80
ComplexDiv(x,y), 780 examples
ComplexExp(x), 781 COM object reference, 197
ComplexLog(x), 781 Executing Power Calibration, 126
ComplexLog10(x), 781 export
ComplexMul(x,y), 781 saving a module, 47
ComplexNorm(x), 782 external instruments
ComplexPolar(x,y), 782 controlling external instruments from E5070B/E5071B, 87
ComplexSet(x,y), 782
ComplexSetArray(x), 783 F
ComplexSin(x), 783 F/W version, 419
ComplexSinh(x), 783 FEM, 118
ComplexSqrt(x), 784 Firmware version, 419
ComplexSub(x,y), 784 FirstLeftGap(Chan), 763
control methods, 30 FirstLeftInterval(Chan), 764
control system FirstLRightInterval(Chan), 766
control system based on the macro function, 29 FirstRightGap(Chan), 765
controlling E5070B/E5071B For•••Next statement, 44

809
Index

front panel key MaxRippleValue(Chan), 774

equivalent key to COM object, 197 measurement
detecting the end of measurement, 70
G program for measuring a band-pass filter, 96
GapMean(Chan), 767 program for measuring a duplexer, 104
program for measuring FEM, 118
measurement conditions
H
Setup_Parameter, 108
help Measurement using E5091A, 118
using VBA online help, 64 menu bar, 34
history method
manual printing, 2 COM objects, 31
modules
I class module, 37
I/O library deleting modules, 41
controlling peripherals from E5070B/E5071B, 87 loading a module, 50
immediate window, 60 saving a module, 47
import standard module, 37
loading a module, 50 user form, 37
index
storing array data, 75 O
Initialization object box, 42
Error queue, 417 object browser, 66
Status register, 417 object model, 136
Installation and Quick Start Guide, 4 option ID, 421

L P
library references peripherals
automatic library references, 67 controlling peripherals from E5070B/E5071B, 87
limit test setting Pole(Chan,D,LeftStim,LeftValue,RightStim,RightValue),
Setup_Limitline procedure, 109 775
Load & Run, 54 Power Calibration, 126
Load Project button, 49 Preset User Menu button, 81
loading procedure box, 42
loading a module, 50 Product information, 419
loading a project, 49 Programmer's Guide, 4
loading a project at power-on, 50 programming
local window auto-complete function, 45
debug toolbar, 58 coding a VBA program, 42
project, 37
M loading a project, 49
macro saving a project file, 46
introduction of the macro function, 28 project explorer, 35
Macro Break key, 55 property
macro function COM objects, 31
control system based on the macro function, 29 monitoring property values, 60
Macro Run key, 54 property window, 35
Macros dialog box, 53
manual changes, 787 Q
manual printing history, 2 quick watch, 62
MaxEnvelopeGap(Chan), 768
MaxGap(Chan), 769 R
MaxLeftGap(Chan), 770
MaxPeakToPeak(Chan), 771 reading
MaxRightGap(Chan), 772 reading/writing measurement data, 75
MaxRipplePoint(Chan,Stim), 773 reference
automatic library references, 67

810
 Index

Index
related objects major control difference between COM object and SCPI
COM object reference, 197 command, 32
Reset SCPI objects, 137
Error queue, 417 segment sweep setting
Instrument setting, 421 Setup_Segment procedure, 108
Status register, 417 Select Macro button, 54
Ripple Serial number plate, 788
Ripple Analysis Library, 760 Service Request Enable Register
ripple Setting, 422
reading out a bandpass ripple value, 108 Setup_Limitline
ripple Analysis procedure for limit test setting, 109
setting the peak definition, 760 Setup_Parameter
ripple analysis procedure for setting measurement conditions, 108
FirstLeftGap(Chan), 763 Setup_Register
FirstLeftInterval(Chan), 764 procedure for setting status register, 109
FirstLRightInterval(Chan), 766 Setup_Segment
FirstRightGap(Chan), 765 procedure for segment sweep setting, 108
flow of programming, 760 softkey
GapMean(Chan), 767 executing a procedure with assigned softkey, 80
MaxEnvelopeGap(Chan), 768 executinga VBA program in the VBA folder, 54
MaxGap(Chan), 769 SRQ
MaxLeftGap(Chan), 770 suspending program until detection, 70
MaxPeakToPeak(Chan), 771 Standard Event Status Register
MaxRightGap(Chan), 772 Reading out, 419
MaxRipplePoint(Chan,Stim), 773 Setting valid registers, 418
MaxRippleValue(Chan), 774 standard module, 37
Pole(Chan,D,LeftStim,LeftValue,RightStim,RightValue), inserting standard module, 40
775 Status Byte Register
simple use example, 762 Reading out, 423
specifying analysis range, 760 status register
running detecting the end of measurement, 70
running a VBA program, 52 status register setting
Setup_Register procedure, 109
S step-in
sample program debug toolbar, 58
apl_bsc.vba, 96 step-out
apl_fem.vba, 118 debug toolbar, 58
apl_sys.vba, 104 step-over
ctrl_ext.vba, 93 debug toolbar, 58
how to load, 24, 25 Stop button, 55
map_drive.vba, 132 syntax
meas_sing.vba, 73 COM object reference, 196
meas_srq.vba, 70
meas_user.vba, 82 T
pow_cal.vba, 126 toolbar, 34
read_write.vba, 76 debug toolbar, 58
visa32.bas, 88 trigger, 423
vpptype.bas, 88 triggering
sample program disk detecting the end of measurement, 70
notice, 3 type of object
Save Project button, 47 COM object reference, 196
saving
saving a module, 47 U
saving a project file, 46 user form, 37
SCPI, 421 inserting UserForm, 38
SCPI command User Menu button, 81
user menu function, 80

811
Index

User Variable, 85
User's Guide, 4
UserMenu_OnPress Procedure, 80

V
variable
COM object reference, 197
monitoring variables, 60
Variant type
storing array data, 75
VBA
introduction of the macro function, 28
VBA Editor button, 34
VBA programmer's
contents of this manual, 22
how to use this manual, 24
VBA Programmer's Guide, 4
vbreadme.txt
CD-ROM, 89
viClose function
VISA, 92
viOpen function
VISA, 90
viOpenDefaultRM function
VISA, 90
VISA
control flow with VISA, 89
importing definition files, 88
notes on using VISA library with VB, 89
online help of VISA library, 89
program to read out the product information on peripherals,
93
programming using VISA, 89
visa.hlp
CD-ROM, 89
Visual Basic Editor
closing Visual Basic Editor, 36
displaying Visual Basic Editor, 34
initial screen, 34
viVPrintf function
VISA, 91
viVScanf function
VISA, 92

W
wait, 423
WaitOnSRQ, 70
watch window, 61
writing
reading/writing measurement data, 75

812
 REGIONAL SALES AND SUPPORT OFFICES
For more information about Agilent Technologies test and measurement products, applications, services, and
for a current sales office listing, visit our web site: http://www.agilent.com/find/tmdir. You can also contact one
of the following centers and ask for a test and measurement sales representative. 21/01/2004

United States: Australia/New Zealand:

Test and Measurement Call Center (tel) (61 3) 9210-5555 (Australia)
(tel) 1 800 452-4844 (fax) (61 3) 9210-5899
(fax) 1 888 900-8921 (tel) (64 4) 939-0636 (New Zealand)
(fax) (64 4) 972-5364

Canada:
Test and Measurement Call Center Asia Pacific:
(tel) 1 877 894-4414 (tel) (65) 6375-8100
(fax) 1 888 900-8921 (fax) (65) 6836-0252
Email: [email protected]

China:
(tel) 800 810-0189
(fax) 800 820-2816

Europe:
(tel) (31 20) 547-2323
(fax) (31 20) 547-2390

Japan:
Call Center
(tel) 0120 421-345
(tel) (81) 426 56-7832
(fax) (81) 426 56-7840

Korea:
(tel) (82 2) 2004-5004
(fax) (82 2) 2004-5115

Latin America:
(tel) (305) 269-7500
(fax) (305) 269-7599

Taiwan:
(tel) 0800 047 866
(fax) 0800 286 331